Skip to main content

Full text of "The Graduate school catalog"

See other formats


STATE COLLEGE RECORD 



THE GRADUATE SCHOOL catalog 



1962-1964 



State College Record 

Published monthly by the North Carolina State College of Agriculture 
& Engineering, Office of Information Services, Watauga Hall. Second- 
Class Postage paid at Raleigh, North Carolina. 

Vol. 61 June, 1962 No. 10 



This issue of The Graduate School 
Catalog is one in a series of publi- 
cations being published during 
North Carolina State College's Dia- 
mond Jubilee and the Centennial 
of America's unique Land-Grant 
Colleges and Universities. Joining 
North Carolina State College in the 
national celebration of the Centen- 
nial are the 67 other Land-Grant 
Colleges and Universities in the 
United States. It was a century ago 
on July 2, 1862, President Abraham 
Lincoln signed the Morrill Act es- 
tablishing the Land Grant system of 
public higher education. 




i/mv*' 




Gardner Hall houses the offices of the Graduate School Dean. 



CONTENTS 

Officers of Administrotion 3 

The College 5 

State College Division of the Graduate School of the 

University of North Carolina 7 

Admission 11 

Graduate Degrees 13 

Tuition and Fees 26 

Fellowships and Graduate Assistantships 28 

Residence Facilities 29 

Fields of Instruction 30 

Graduate Faculty 175 

College Calendar 192 

College Map 197 



OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION 
Norf-h Carolino State College 



William Clyde Friday, B.S., LL.B., LL.D., President 
Donald B. Anderson, B.A., B.Sc.Ed., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President 
Alexander Hurlbutt Shepard, Jr., A.B., M.A., Business Officer and Treasurer 
Frederick Henry Weaver, A.B., A.M., Secretary 
John T. Caldwell, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Chancellor 
J. G. Vann, Assistant Controller and Business Manager 
Harlan C. Brown, B.A., B.S., A.M., Librarian 
J. J. Stewart, B.S., M.A., Dean of Student Affairs 

Kenneth D. Raab, B.A., M.A., Director of Admissions and Registration 
E. Glenn Overton, B.A., M.A., Assistant Director of Admissions and Regis- 
tration 
Joseph J. Combs, M.D., College Physician 

THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 

Donald B. Anderson, B.A., B.Sc.Ed., M.A., Ph.D., Vice President 
Walter J. Peterson, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Dean, N. C. State College 
Patsy J. Haywood, B.S., Assistant to the Dean 
Betty H. Cremens, Secretary 
C. Joanne Walters, Secretary 

THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL 

The Executive Council is made up of members of the Advisory Boards 
of each of the three units of the Consolidated University. The President, 
the Vice President, the Chancellors and the Graduate Deans are ex-officio 
members of the Executive Council. 



THE ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD AT 
NORTH CAROLINA STATE COLLEGE 

Walter J. Peterson, Ph.D., Dean 

Richard Loree Anderson, Ph.D., Professor of Experimental Statistics and 
Graduate Administrator— Term expires October, 1964. 

Roy N. Anderson, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Head of Department 
of Occupational Information and Guidance— Term expires October, 1963. 

Fred V. Cahill, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science and 
Dean of the School of General Studies— Term expires January, 1965. 

David M. Gates, Ph. D., Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry and Assist- 
ant Director, Chemical Research— Term expires July, 1964. 



4 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

John L. Etchells, Ph.D., Professor of Animal Industry, Botany and Horti- 
culture—Term expires November, 1962. 

Roy Lee Lovvorn, Ph.D., Professor of Field Crops and Director of Research 
in the School of Agriculture— Term expires January, 1963. 

Patrick H. McDonald, Ph.D., Professor of Engineering Mechanics and Head 
of Department— Term expires December, 1964. 

T. Ewald Maki, Ph.D., Professor of Forest Management— Term expires 
August, 1964. 

Raymond L. Murray, Ph.D., Professor of Physics and Head of Department- 
Term expires October, 1964. 

William D. Stevenson, Jr., M.S., Professor of Electrical Engineering and 
Graduate Administrator— Term expires October, 1965. 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD 
AT THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA 

George Alexander Heard, Ph.D., Dean 

Wayne Alexander Bowers, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

Clifford Pierson Lyons, Ph.D., Professor of English 

Werner Paul Friederich, Ph.D., Kenan Professor of German and Compara- 
tive Literature 

Haywood Arnold Perry, Ed.D., Professor of Education and Dean of the 
School of Education 

Glen Haydon, Ph.D., Kenan Professor of Music 

Alan Keith-Lucas, Ph.D., Professor of Social Work 

Ralph William Pfouts, Ph.D., Professor of Economics and Research Affiliate 
in the Institute for Research in Social Science 

Charles Emert Bowerman, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Research Pro- 
fessor in the Institute for Research in Social Science 

George Philip Manire, Ph.D., Professor of Bacteriology and Immunology 

Frank Wysor Klingberg, Ph.D., Professor of History 

John Edgar Larsh, Jr., M.S., Sc.D., Professor of Parasitology in the School 
of Public Health 

George Edward Nicholson, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Statistics Research Pro- 
fessor in the Institute for Research in Social Science 

THE ADMINISTRATIVE BOARD 
AT THE WOMAN'S COLLEGE 

Vance T. Littlejohn, Ph.D., Acting Dean (ex officio) 

Richard Bardolph, Ph.D., Professor of History 

Joseph A. Bryant, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of English 

Ethel L. Martus, M.S., Professor of Physical Education 

Mereb E. Mossman, M.A., L.H.D., Dean of the College and Professor of 

Sociology (ex officio) 
Lee Rigsby, Ph.D., Professor of Music 
Donald W. Russell, Ed.D., Professor of Education 
Irwin V. Sperry, Ed.D., Professor of Home Economics 
Helen A. Thrush, M.A., Professor of Art 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

THE COLLEGE 



North Carolina State College officially began its operations on October 3, 
1889, with 45 students matriculating. The 1961 fall semester student body 
enrollment numbered more than 7,000 with a teaching staff of 660 and a 
total staff of nearly 3,000, including administrative, extension, and research 
personnel across the State. 

Keeping pace with the College's growing enrollment is the expanding 
physical plant. State College's initial physical plant would be dwarfed if it 
could be placed side by side the well planned and constructed plant of 
today which is valued at more than $50 million and includes 72 major 
buildings. 

In the late 1880's when the College was still a toddler taking its first 
steps up the academic ladder, the campus was made up of one building 
(which is still standing), one stable, two mules, one horse, and a 60-acre 
farm. Now State College has reached the top of the ladder in the fields of 
science and technology and can justly boast of its equally superior physical 
plant. 

Among the newest buildings on campus is Harrelson Hall, a circular 
classroom building seating 3,500 students at a time in classes ranging in size 
from 18 to 189. The colossal structure was built at a cost of $2,500,000. 

Another new addition to the growing State College campus is the William 
D. Carmichael Gymnasium, one of the nation's most modern structures of its 
kind, valued at $2,600,000. 

State College, always looking forward to tomorrow and its apparently 
never ceasing growth, is preparing its campus to accommodate the influx 
of students anticipated during the approaching years. 

The College is constructing horticultural and plant pathology green- 
houses totaling $100,000 in cost and extension to its utilities which is costing 
$900,000. In addition, several construction projects, totaling $7,635,000 in 
cost, are being designed. 



Unique Harrelson Hall is the home of seven College departments. 




J3 n ai^ii^jij-nii Ui 



Ml 



^^ ^,^|l 

iiJiiiS lliir'.iiHItlllll 

>! til I II i i !l!S!i 



i'li 



1!! 11 i i ii 1 1 iilli ill ! 

lUI III '^ii^ 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 





Holladay Hall is the oldest building on the State College campus. 



North Carolina State College owns 3,500 acres of land, including 650 in 
the Raleigh campus and 2,850 in orchards and farms. In addition, it has 
access to 97,000 acres of woodlands used as outdoor forestry laboratories. 

Looking back through the well written chapters of the North Carolina 
State College history book, page one reveals that one of the State's most 
far-sighted citizens. Colonel Leonidas L. Polk, editor of The Progressive 
Farmer, and the Watauga Club, an association of industrious young Raleigh 
men, were guiding lights in the College's beginning. 

The Watauga Club proposed an industrial school "to add the products 
of the mines, forests, and factories to agriculture, so that the people will 
no longer be dependent on the North for technical experts and manufactured 
articles of daily use." 

Colonel Polk campaigned for a new college under the provisions of the 
Morrill Land-Grant Act of 1862, through which Congress donated public 
land or its equivalent in land scrip for the creation of an agricultural 
college in each state. 

For several years the land scrip fund in North Carolina had gone to the 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, but Polk contended that only 
the creation of a specialized technical institution would fulfill the true 
Land-Grant purpose. 

R. Stanhope Pullen, one of Raleigh's leading citizens, offered 50 acres 
of land for the new college. A new bill-transferring the Land-Scrip Fund 
from the University of North Carolina and accepting Pullen's offer was 
passed by the Legislature and ratified into law on March 7, 1887, to form 
the North Carolina College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts. 

Much later in 1931, the General Assembly formed the Consolidated Uni- 
versity of North Carolina, taking in the University at Chapel Hill, State 
College at Raleigh, and the Woman's College at Greensboro. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



THE GRADUATE SCHOOL 
OF THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA 

STATE COLLEGE DIVISION 



Donald B. Anderson, Vice President, Graduate Studies and Research, Chapel 

Hill 
Walter John Peterson, Dean, Raleigh 

The Graduate School of the Consolidated University of North Carolina 
is composed of three divisions, one at each of the three units of the Univer- 
sity System. Each branch of the Consolidated Graduate School is administered 
by a graduate dean who works in close association with the vice president 
in charge of Graduate Studies and Research. The Graduate Council is 
composed of representatives of the Administrative Boards of each of the 
three units of the Consolidated University. At State College the graduate 
dean is assisted in all matters of policy by an Administrative Board of ten 
members. Seven are elected by the faculties of the degree-granting schools 
and three are appointed by the chancellor after consultation with the dean. 

Graduate instruction at State College is organized to provide opportunity 
and facilities for advanced study and research in the fields of agriculture, 
engineering, forestry, physical sciences and applied mathematics, technologi- 
cal education, and textiles. The purpose of these graduate programs is to 
develop in advanced students a more adequate comprehension of the scope 
of knowledge in these special fields of learning and an understanding of 
the requirements and responsibilities essential for independent research 
investigations. In all of the graduate programs emphasis is placed upon a 
high level of scholarship ratner than upon the satisfaction of specific course 
or credit requirements. 

The full resources of the Consolidated University of North Carolina are 
available to all graduate students enrolled at any one of the three branches 
of the Graduate School. Exceptional facilities for graduate study are pro- 
vided at State College. New buildings furnish modern well equipped labora- 
tories for graduate study in specialized areas of agriculture, engineering, 
forestry, physical sciences and applied mathematics, and textiles. 

The North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station and the Department 
of Engineering Research are integral parts of the College. The staff, research 
facilities, equipment, and field studies of these organizations contribute in 
a very important way to the graduate programs of the College. The Institute 
of Statistics on the State College campus makes available to graduate students 
unusual opportunities in this important phase of research study. 

The State of North Carolina, extending from the Atlantic Ocean westward 
about 500 miles to the Appalachian Mountains, possesses an exceptional 
range of climatic and topographic environments. The Coastal Plain, the 
Piedmont, and the mountains provide a rich pattern of agricultural and 
industrial activities which offer unusual opportunities for research study 
and employment. 

State College is located in Raleigh, situated on the boundary separating 
the broad coastal plains on the East from the rolling terrain of the Piedmont 
on the West, about midway between the northern and southern boundaries 
of the State. Raleigh is 29 miles from Chapel Hill, the location of the 
University of North Carolina, and 26 miles from Durham, the home of 



8 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Duke University. The libraries and other facilities of the three institutions 
make this area one of the important centers of research opportunity in the 
South. 

College Library 

The North Carolina State College Library has excellent holdings in 
materials essential for research study in the graduate curricula offered by 
the College. 

As of July 1, 1961, the College Library held more than 227,000 volumes 
of books and bound journals, and more than 12,000 bound volumes of 
documents. The books and journals have been selected to reflect strongly 
the scientific and technological interests of the College, and the documents 
represent a most important increment of the whole collection. They include, 
in addition to the publications of the Federal government, all publications 
of the various Agricultural Experiment Stations, most of the publications 
of the Engineering Experiment and Engineering Research Stations, and 
publications of the various research stations from all over the world. 

The depository status of the College Library may be described as follows: 

1. The Library is a complete depository for all unclassified publications 
of the Federal government that are available for distribution. This in- 
cludes publications of the USDA, Geological Survey, National Bureau 
of Standards, Department of Interior, etc. Since 1923, the year the 
Library was designated as a depository, its document holdings in the 
fields of State College's special interest are almost 100 per cent complete. 

2. The Library is a "selective" depository for the publications of the Car- 
negie Institution of Washington and has excellent files of these valuable 
monographs. 

3. The Library is a depository for all unclassified and declassified publi- 
cations of the Atomic Energy Commission. 

4. The Library receives on exchange the publications of many foreign 
countries— especially publications dealing with the agricultural sciences 
and with engineering. 

5. In July, 1960, the Library became a full depository for the publications 
of the Food and Agriculture Administration of the United Nations. 

In July, 1959, the Library acquired the Tippmann Collection of Ento- 
mology, the outstanding private collection of Dr. Friedrich F. Tippmann of 
Vienna. This collection contains 6,200 rare books and bound research 
journals in the field of entomology. 

The Library's research holdings are particularly strong in the fields of 
entomology, nuclear energy, genetics, aeronautics and space technology, 
engineering, and physics, and include files of the major journals in these 
fields. A large and useful collection of books in the humanities and the 
social sciences is available for the use of undergraduates. 

The Textiles Library located in Nelson Textile Building contains out- 
standing holdings in textiles and textile chemistry, and the School of Design 
Library in Brooks Hall has a top-level collection of books, journals and 
slides in the fields of architecture, landscape architecture, and product 
design. 

The resources of the College Library together with the inter-library loan 
service available from other neighboring scientific libraries make it a highly 
satisfactory adjunct of the graduate program of the College. 

A reciprocal arrangement has been made with the Library at the Univer- 
sity of North Carolina and the Duke University Library whereby their 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 9 

facilities are available to the State College faculty and graduate students 
who may wish to deal with these libraries directly. 

Identification certificates enabling participation in this reciprocal arrange- 
ment may be secured at the office of the director of the State College 
Library. 

Institute of Statistics 

The Institute of Statistics is composed of two sections, one at State Col- 
lege and the other at Chapel Hill. At State College, the Institute provides 
statistical consulting services to all branches of the institution, sponsors 
research in statistical theory and methodology, and coordinates the teaching 
of statistics at the undergraduate and graduate level. The actual instructional 
and other academic functions are performed by the Department of Experi- 
mental Statistics, which forms a part of the Institute. 

The purpose of the Institute is to provide extra depth and strength in 
the development and use of modern statistical procedures throughout the 
Institution. This involves cooperative efforts with many schools, depart- 
ments, and agencies. The establishment of a nationally recognized program 
in quantitative genetics and recent developments in the field of biomathe- 
matics illustrates the coordinating role the Institute plays in the quantitative 
sciences. 

In addition to these local activities, the Institute maintains close and 
continuing contact with statistics scholars, research programs, and graduate 
instruction programs throughout the world. It has helped develop an inter- 
national abstracting journal for statistical articles. The Institute is the point 
of contact for grants and contracts in statistics. It has been active in organiz- 
ing and maintaining a strong Southern Regional Cooperative Graduate 
Summer Session in statistics. Approximately fifteen graduate assistantships 
in statistics are made available annually through the efforts of the Institute. 
All of these contributions have added substantially to the vigor of the entire 
graduate program of State College. 

Computing Facilities 

A number of high speed computing facilities are available for graduate 
instruction and research. 

An IBM 650 digital computer is located in the Computing Center, Pat- 
terson Hall, and is available for graduate student research. It is also used 
in connection with credit courses and non-credit short courses in computer 
programming and operation. It is supplemented bv a number of other 
IBM machines. The IBM 650 will be replaced in 1963 with an IBM 1410. 

Several other computers are available for use by graduate students. A 
GEDA (Goodyear Electronic Differential Analyzer) is in use in the Mathe- 
matics Department's research and graduate instruction program, particularly 
used in problems involving large scale linear and non-linear differential 
equations. Several Donner analog computers are used on the campus for 
classroom instruction and research projects. A UNIVAC (Remington Rand 
1105) is in operation at the University at Chapel Hill and is also available 
for faculty and graduate student research. 

Nuclear Reactor Project 

The Nuclear Reactor Project at State College constitutes one of the most 
advanced and complete university reactor laboratory facilities in the country. 



10 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



A 100 kilowatt tank-type heterogeneous reactor and a 100 watt homo- 
geneous reactor are available for graduate research and laboratory study. 
Aimed principally toward graduate work in nuclear science and engineer- 
ing, the Project includes laboratory classrooms in addition to several research 
laboratories. Facilities are also available for studies in radiochemistry, 
nuclear electronics, health physics, and solid state physics. 

The Project has a wide variety of associated research equipment including 
numerous items of nuclear electronics, a neutron diffraction spectrometer, 
a 200 channel pulse height analyzer-sealer, and time-of-flight instrumentation. 

Student, faculty, and contract research activities are concurrent with the 
instructional programs, which produce an atmosphere that is stimulating to 
the student and helps keep classroom teaching abreast of recent develop- 
ments in nuclear science. 

Research Program at the Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies 

North Carolina State College as a unit of the Consolidated University of 
North Carolina is one of the sponsoring institutions of the Oak Ridge 
Institute of Nuclear Studies located at Oak Ridge, Tennessee. Through this 
cooperative association with the Institute, State College's graduate research 
program has at its disposal the facilities and research staff of Oak Ridge 
National Laboratory. An extensive research program is underway there on 
the physical and biological effects of radiations, uses of radioisotopes and 
many other nuclear physics and chemical processes. When master's and 
doctoral candidates have completed their resident work, it may be possible, 
by special arrangement, for them to go to Oak Ridge to do their research 
problems and prepare their theses. In addition, it is possible for the staff 
members of this University to go to Oak Ridge for varying periods, usually 
not less than three months, for advanced study in their particular fields. 



N. C. State College is proud of its outstanding library facilities. 




THE GRADUATE CATALOG U 

ADMISSION 

Graduate School admission may be to full graduate standing, provisional 
or unclassified status. Applications for admission to the Graduate School 
must be accompanied by official transcripts from all colleges previously 
attended. 

Full Graduate Standing. — For admission in this category a student must 
have a bachelor's degree from a recognized college or university regarded 
as standard by a regional or general accrediting agency and at least a B 
grade average in his undergraduate major. 

Provisional admission may be granted to applicants who lack under- 
graduate work considered essential for graduate study in the major field. 
Course work, without graduate credit, will be required to make up such 
deficiencies before admission to full graduate status can be granted. 

Graduates from non-accredited institutions may be granted provisional 
admission when their academic records warrant this status. Additional 
course work will be required of such students when deficiencies in their 
previous training are apparent. 

Graduates from accredited institutions whose scholastic records are below 
the standards for admission to full graduate standing may be admitted 
provisionally when unavoidable extenuating circumstances affected their 
undergraduate averages or when progressive improvements in their under- 
graduate programs warrant provisional admission. All such students are 
required to take the Graduate Record Examinations and to submit scores 
to the Graduate Office in support of their application. The National Teach- 
er's Examination may be substituted for the Graduate Record Examination 
if recommended by the department head. Information as to the dates on 
which the Graduate Record and the National Teacher's Examinations are 
given may be obtained at the Graduate Office. 

Graduate students admitted on a provisional status may attain full grad- 
uate standing when the deficiencies responsible for their provisional status 
are corrected. They also must have maintained a satisfactory academic 
record in all course work taken as part of their graduate program. Change 
from provisional to full graduate standing is effected only on written recom- 
mendation from the department in which the student is seeking his degree. 

Unclassified graduate students are not candidates for graduate degrees. 
They may take courses for graduate credit, but may not apply more than 
ten credits earned while in the unclassified status to any program leading 
to an advanced degree at this institution. Unclassified graduate students are 
expected to meet the same admission requirements that apply to graduate 
students in full standing. 

Applications for admission to the Graduate School should be on file in 
the Graduate Office at least thirty days in advance of the registration date 
for the term in which the student wishes to enroll in the Graduate School. 

Students who apply for admission to the Graduate School without having 
allowed sufficient time for the study of completed transcripts, or prior to 
the receipt of their scores on the Graduate Record Examinations, may be 
admitted as unclassified students. When evaluation of completed transcripts 
or satisfactory performances on the Graduate Record Examinations warrant, 
such students may be transferred during the semester to full or provisional 
status. Unless transcripts or Graduate Record Examination scores are re- 
ceived within a reasonable time after admission or when evaluation of 
transcripts or scores on the Graduate Record Examinations indicate unsatis- 
factory qualifications for graduate study, no graduate credit may be re- 
ceived for course work. 



12 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Registration — The Office of Registration must have written authorization 
from the dean of the Graduate School before any graduate student will be 
given a permit to register. This authorization will be sent to the Office of 
Registration by the graduate dean at the time the student is notified of his 
acceptance. 

Physical Examinations — All regularly enrolled graduate students must 
take a physical examination preferably given by the family physician and 
the results recorded on forms provided by the College. When this is not 
done the examination may be given by the College physician during regis- 
tration for a fee of $5.00. 

Public school personnel (primary teachers, secondary teachers, or admin- 
istrators) registering at State College for the first time who are interested 
primarily in "Certification Credit" may enroll as graduate students for a 
maximum of six semester hours without forwarding official transcripts of 
previous work to the Graduate Office. If, however, application is not made 
through normal channels for graduate credit in the session in which the 
course or courses are taken, the student will not be permitted to apply the 
credit toward an advanced degree, at State College, or elsewhere. 

In all cases where the teacher's interest is primarily in approval for certifi- 
cation credit, the School of Education will be responsible for assessing the 
adequacy of the teacher's qualifications for enrollment in the College and 
in the particular course or courses. The School of Education will also be 
responsible for advising all such students early in each school session that 
if they wish for their credits to be applied in due course to a higher degree 
at State College, or elsewhere, normal admission procedures will be required. 

All teachers who have previously attended State College and earned six 
semester hours of credit and wish to enroll for additional courses for grad- 
uate credit will be required to make application for admission to the Grad- 
uate School in the usual manner, if they have not already done so. 

In all cases a "B" level of academic performance or better is required. 

Course Load — A full-time graduate load is considered to be fifteen credits 
per semester. This course load restriction is made so that graduate students 
may have time for reading and contemplation well beyond the limits set for 
satisfactory undergraduate work. In exceptional cases one or two additional 
credit hours may be added to the roster if necessary in order to get prerequi- 
site work which is not taught in subsequent terms, provided the correspond- 
ing adjustment in course load is made in the other terms. Rosters with 
additional credit hours beyond fifteen should be accompanied by a special 
note from the head of the major department indicating the reasons for the 
additional work. 

Full-time employees of the College may register for or audit one course 
in each semester upon the recommendation of their dean and the approval 
of the dean of the faculty. 

Employees of the College having academic rank higher than instructor 
may register for graduate work for credit to be transferred to other institu- 
tions. They may not undertake programs for graduate degrees in the Con- 
solidated University of North Carolina. 

Graduate assistants on half-time appointments are permitted a maximum 
course load of nine credits per semester unless corresponding adjustments 
are made in their service obligations during the same semester. If the 
appointment is for the academic year of nine months, half-time assistants 
are restricted to a maximum of eighteen credit hours of work during the 
nine months of their appointment. Half-time graduate assistants whose 
appointments are for twelve months may not exceed a total of twenty-four 
credits during the twelve month period of their appointment. Three-quarter 




13 



Stale College's Memorial Tower ivas completed in 1949. 



time graduate assistants whose appointments are for twelve months may 
register for a total of sixteen credits during the calendar year. A total of six 
credits is the maximum load in a regular semester. 

A member of the State College senior class may, upon approval of the 
dean of the Graduate School, register for courses in the 500 group for grad- 
uate credit to fill a roster of studies not to exceed fifteen credits in any 
semester. Not more than six hours of graduate credit may be acquired by an 
undergraduate student. Courses listed with numbers in the 600 series are 
not ordinarily open to undergraduates. Occasional exceptions may be made 
for "honor" students. 



GRADUATE DEGREES 

Admission to the Graduate School does not constitute admission to can- 
didacy for a graduate degree. Application for admission to candidacy for 
graduate degrees must be submitted to the Administrative Board of the 
Graduate School. Application of students preparing for the master's degree 
may not be filed before the satisfactory completion of one full semester of 
graduate study and must be presented before the end of the first week of the 
last semester in residence. Approval of the application will be determined by 
the quality of the scholastic record and on the certification by the major 
department that the student is qualified to continue advanced work. Ad- 
mission to candidacy for the doctorate is granted upon satisfactory comple- 
tion of the qualifying or preliminary examinations. 



14 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The N. C. State College Graduate School offers work leading to the Master 
of Science degree in the specialized branches of agriculture, education, engi- 
neering, forestry, physical sciences and applied mathematics, and textiles: 
the Professional Master's degree in agriculture, agricultural education, and 
forestry; and the Doctor of Philosophy degree in certain fields of agriculture, 
engineering, forestry, and physical sciences and applied mathematics. 

A graduate student is expected to familiarize himself with the require- 
ments for the degree for which he is a candidate and is held responsible 
for the fulfillment of these requirements. This applies to the last dates on 
which theses may be accepted, the dates for examinations, the proper form 
of theses, and all other matters regarding requirements for degrees. 

Master of Science Degree 

The Master of Science degree is awarded at State College after a student 
has completed a course of study in specialized fields in agriculture, educa- 
tion, engineering, forestry, physical sciences and applied mathematics, or 
textiles; demonstration of ability to read a modern foreign language; com- 
pletion of a satisfactory thesis and of comprehensive examinations in the 
chosen field of study. 

In addition to complying with these requirements, the candidate for the 
Master of Science degree is expected to achieve high levels of scholarship. 
Graduate study is distinguished from undergraduate work by its emphasis 
upon independent research. The graduate student is more interested in the 
significance of facts than in the accumulation of data. He is concerned with 
the materials of learning and the organization and interpretation of these 
materials. 

A graduate student's program of study is planned so as to provide a com- 
prehensive view of some major field of interest and to furnish the training 
essential for successful research in this field and related areas of knowledge. 
As great a latitude is permitted in the selection of courses as is compatible 
with a well-defined major interest. The program of course work is selected 
with the object of making possible a reasonable mastery of the subject matter 
in a specialized field. Training in research is provided to familiarize the 
student with the methods, ideals, and goals of independent investigation. 
Since there are many possible combinations of courses, the administration 
of graduate programs calls for personal supervision of each student's plan 
of work by a special advisory committee of the graduate faculty. (See 
page 15V The program of course work to be followed by the student as a 
part of the requirements for the master's degree and the thesis problem 
selected must be approved by the student's advisory committee and the dean 
of the Graduate School. 

Credits 

1. For the Master of Science degree a minimum of thirty semester credits 
is required. 

2. No more than six of the academic credits required for the degree will 
be accepted from other institutions. 

3. No graduate credit will be awarded for excess undergraduate credit from 
another institution. 

4. All work credited toward a master's degree must be completed within 
six calendar years. 

5. No graduate credit is allowed for courses taken by correspondence. A 
maximum of six semester credits may be obtained in extension study in 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 15 

the field of education provided the extension courses are taught by a 
member of the graduate faculty and provided the courses are given grad- 
uate ranking by the Graduate School. Courses taken by extension axe 
accepted for graduate credit only when the student has been admitted to 
the Graduate School and when notice of his registration is filed with the 
Graduate Office. Credit for extension courses reduces the amount of 
credit that may be transferred from other institutions by the amount of 
graduate credit granted. 

The thirty semester credit hour requirement for the master's degree 
represents the minimum quantity of work acceptable. The credit hours 
required of graduate students usually exceed the minimum requirements. 
Inadequate preparation and thesis research frequently make additional 
work necessary. 

Courses of Study 

The program of the student shall include at least eight semester credits 
in courses of the 600 group, no more than six of which may be allowed 
for research study. A maximum of two hours of seminar is permitted. 
Graduate students may use not more than six semester hours of course work 
of th e 400 level for credit on programs leading to the master's degree. To 
be acceptable for graduate credit, courses bearing a 400 number must fall in 
fields other than the student's major field of interest. 

During the first term in residence an advisory committee of at least three 
faculty members, one representing the minor field, will be appointed by the 
dean, after consultation with the head of the major department, for each 
student engaged in a program of work leading to the master's degree. The 
advisory committee will meet with the student and prepare a program of 
course work to meet the requirements of the student's graduate objectives. 
Four copies of the program, prepared on forms provided for this purpose, 
must be approved by each member of the committee, by the head of the 
major department, and by the dean of the Graduate School. After approval 
has been made in the Graduate Office, three copies will be returned to the 
department head, one for his files, one for the chairman of the advisory 
committee, and one for the student. 

The courses taken by a graduate student shall constitute a well-rounded 
but unified plan of study. This means that the program of research and 
course work shall be divided between a major and a minor field. While 
there are no inflexible rules which govern the number of credit hours that 
must constitute the major and minor, in general, it is expected that approxi- 
mately two-thirds of the course work will fall in the major and one-third in 
the minor. The detailed course requirements for each graduate student 
program are left to the judgment of the advisory committee. 

Residence 

Students engaged in a course of study leading to the Master of Science 
degree are required to be in residence at the College, pursuing graduate 
work, one full academic year. 

Class Work 

A graduate student is expected to show greater initiative in exploring 
the possibilities of the subject matter presented in the courses he takes than 
is the undergraduate. He is also expected to recognize the significance of 



16 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

facts and to assume a responsibility for relating data to theoretical concepts. 
In preparation, attendance, and in all the routine of class work the gradu- 
ate student is subject to the regulations observed in other divisions of the 
College. 

Grodes 

A minimum grade of "C" must be made on all formal course work to 
obtain graduate credit. An average of "B" must be obtained on all course 
work taken as a part of the student's graduate program. Failure to maintain 
a "B" average in any term will place the student on probation. Any student 
whose academic record fails to meet the "B" average requirement for two 
consecutive terms will not be permitted to continue a graduate program 
without the written approval of the dean. 

Grades in research, seminar, and special problem courses are given in 
terms of "S" (satisfactory) or "U" (unsatisfactory) in place of the symbols 
used for formal course work. 

The grade incomplete may be used in research and laboratory courses when 
circumstances beyond the control of the student have prevented completion 
of the work by the end of the academic term. An incomplete grade may be 
given only after approval by the dean and must be converted to one of the 
usual symbols before the end of the next academic semester in which the 
student is in residence. 

Language Requirements 

A reading knowledge of at least one modern foreign language (Germanic, 
Romance, or Slavic) is required of candidates for the Master of Science 
degree. 

The language requirement must be satisfied before a student can be ad- 
mitted to candidacy. 

Proficiency in languages is determined by the Department of Modern 
Languages: 

1. By traditional reading knowledge examination at any time requested 
by the student. 

2. By taking course work (audit) especially designed for graduate students 
who have no previous foreign language experience or who wish to 
refresh work formerly done. The department offers special courses 
beginning with elementary grammar and proceeding in the course of 
the semester to general scientific reading. Pronunciation is emphasized 
to the degree to which it will help in translating from the language 
into English. This first course is followed by a second course in which 
the student selects work from scientific publications touching as nearly 
as possible his major interest. He will then be assigned a particular 
instructor with whom he will read in individual conferences. When 
the conference instructor is satisfied that the student has demonstrated 
his knowledge of intricate grammatical problems, a decrease in the 
time required for reading, and a confidence in his ability to use the 
language, he will be certified without further examination. The com- 
pleted translations may then, depending upon their merit, be edited 
and prepared for permanent filing with the various translation libraries 
throughout the country. 

Graduate students who expect to complete the requirements for the Master 
of Science degree should confer with the head of the Department of Modern 
Languages soon after registration to formulate plans for meeting the lan- 
guage requirement of this degree. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 17 

Students whose native language is other than English may meet the foreign 
language requirement for the Master of Science degree by demonstrating 
a satisfactory mastery of English. Examinations in English are conducted by 
the English Department. 

Thesis 

A candidate for the Master of Science degree must prepare a thesis repre- 
senting an original investigation. The subject of the thesis must be approved 
by the head of the department in which the major work is done and by the 
student's advisory committee. Three copies of the thesis in final form and 
five copies of the abstract must be filed in the Graduate Office at least one 
month before the degree is awarded. The abstract will be published by the 
College. Detailed instructions as to form and organization of the thesis may 
be obtained at the Graduate Office. 

Examinations 

All candidates for the Master of Science degree must pass, with a grade 
of "A", "B", or "C", all formal course work specified as part of the require- 
ments for the degree. Graduate credit for research, seminar, and special 
problem courses is granted when a grade of "S" is recorded in the Registra- 
tion Office. In addition, the candidate must pass a comprehensive oral 
examination that is held to satisfy the examining committee that the candi- 
date possesses a reasonable mastery of knowledge in the major and minor 
fields and that this knowledge can be used with promptness and accuracy. 
This examination may not be held until all other requirements, except 
completing the course work of the last semester, are satisfied but must be 
taken not later than two weeks before the end of the semester in which the 
degree is to be awarded. Application for the comprehensive oral examination 
must be filed with the graduate dean by the chairman of the advisory com- 
mittee at least one week prior to the date on which the examination is 
to be held. 

The oral examination will be conducted by an examining committee 
appointed by the graduate dean. The chairman of the examining committee 
will be the chairman of the student's advisory committee. At least two 
additional members will be appointed to represent the major and minor 
fields. The comprehensive oral examination is open to all faculty members 
who care to attend but the decision as to the candidate's fitness rests solely 
with the examining committee. 

At the discretion of the examining committee, written examinations 
covering the subject matter in the major and minor fields also may be 
required of the candidate. Written examinations, when required, may not 
be held earlier than the end of the first month of the last semester in 
residence, and not later than one week before the comprehensive oral 
examination. 

The final examination for candidates for the master's degree may not be 
scheduled until the thesis, in complete and final form, signed by the chair- 
man of the student's advisory committee, has been submitted to the Graduate 
Office. 

Master's Degree in a Professional Field 

This degree is offered for students who are interested in the more advanced 
applications of fundamental principles to specialized fields rather than in 
the acquisition of the broader background in the advanced scientific studies 



18 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

which would fit them for careers in research. Students working for this degree 
ordinarily will terminate their graduate work at this point. 

Examples of the types of degrees that may be awarded upon the comple- 
tion of the course of study in a professional field are Master of Agricultural 
Education, Master of Forestry, and Master of Agricultural Engineering. 

The degree is not offered in the Schools of Engineering, Physical Sciences 
and Applied Mathematics, or Textiles. 

The chief characteristic of these degrees is that the changes made in 
requirements permit, in greater measure, the satisfaction of what are repre- 
sented as professional needs than do the requirements for the conventional 
Master of Science degree. The most important modification in the require- 
ments is the greater emphasis upon the applied rather than the basic 
sciences. 

Language Requirements 

The candidate for a master's degree in a professional field is exempt from 
the requirements of a reading knowledge of a modern foreign language. 

Thesis Requirements 

In the School of Education the thesis requirement for the master's degree 
in each of the specialized fields may be waived by the department in which 
the degree is sought. When the thesis requirement is waived the student must 
complete the course "Introduction to Educational Research," or a depart- 
mental course in research and a problem report. A thesis is required for the 
professional degree in agriculture and forestry. 

Other Requirements 

The other requirements for the master's degree in a professional field are 
the same as for the Master of Science degree. 

Master of Agriculture Degree 

This plan is offered for the students who are interested in advanced 
training in the broad field of agriculture but whose responsibility is not 
in research. The requirements for the degree are designed to provide an 
opportunity for professional training without narrow specialization for 
those who plan to devote their lives to some phase of practical agriculture. 
Among the individuals interested in this degree are agricultural extension 
workers and foreign students who are in action or educational programs. The 
proposed plan differs from the plan for the Master of Science degree in 
the following principal respects: 

1. A total of thirty-six semester credits is required. 

2. A minimum of four semester credits in special problems is required. 
Not more than six semester credits in special problems will be allowed. This 
work replaces the research thesis requirement for the Master of Science 
degree. 

3. There are no specific requirements as to courses in the 600 group. 

4. A reading knowledge of a modern foreign language is not required. 

In all other respects the requirements for the Master of Agriculture degree 
are the same as those for the Master of Science degree. 

A Summary of Procedures for the Master's Degree 

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate Office or 
department head. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 19 

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate Office or department 
head. 

3. Receipt of application form and transcript by Graduate Office. 

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study. 

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective student stat- 
ing curriculum in which he will work and the degree sought. 

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholastic stan- 
dards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the Graduate Office. When 
the student's academic record fails to meet the minimum scholastic stan- 
dards of the Graduate School, provisional admission may be granted upon 
submission by the student of evidence of a satisfactory performance on the 
Graduate Record or National Teacher's Examinations. The National Teach- 
er's Examination is accepted only when approved by the department head 
and the graduate dean. 

7. Permit to register is sent by the Graduate Office to the registrar. 

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an adviser, 
and makes out a roster of courses in consultation with departmental ad- 
viser. 

9. Advisory committee of three or more faculty members, one of whom 
represents the minor field, appointed before the end of the first semester 
of graduate study by the Graduate Office after consultation with the depart- 
ment head. 

10. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee in consultation with 
the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the Graduate Office by the 
end of the first semester in residence. 

11. Plan of work approved by the graduate dean and three copies re- 
turned to the department head. One copy is kept in department files, one 
goes to the adviser, and one is given to the student. 

12. A thesis subject is selected and an outline of the proposed research 
submitted to the department head and to the student's advisory committee. 
Students preparing themselves for the professional degree in specialized 
fields of education should consult the chairman of their committees with 
reference to their problem report. 

13. Student passes language examination. Students preparing themselves 
for the master's degree in a professional field are not required to pass a 
language examination. The language requirement must be satisfied before 
admission to candidacy can be granted. 

14. Student applies for admission to candidacy for the master's degree. 
Application must be filed before the end of the first week of the last 
semester in residence and may not be filed before the language require- 
ment is satisfied. 

15. Application is reviewed by the head of the major department and by 
the Administrative Board and if approved the student becomes a candidate 
for the degree. 

16. A copy of a preliminary draft of the thesis is submitted to the chair- 
man of the student's committee for criticism. No thesis is required of the 
candidate for the master's degree in specialized fields of education. 

17. Corrected draft of the thesis submitted to members of the student's 
advisory committee for additional suggestions and criticisms. 

18. Three copies of the thesis in final form approved by each member 
of the student's advisory committee and signed by the adviser are sub- 
mitted to the Graduate Office at least one month prior to awarding of the 
degree. 

19. Permission for student to take final examination requested of Gradu- 
ate Office by chairman of student's advisory committee at least one week 



20 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

before the examination is to be held. Permission will not be granted until 
thesis in final and complete form has been received in the Graduate Office. 

20. Permission granted by graduate dean— date is set and examining 
committee appointed. 

21. Report of the examination sent to the Graduate Office at least two 
weeks prior to the date the degree is to be awarded. 

22. Graduate Office certifies to the Registration Office and to the general 
faculty that all requirements for the degree have been met and recommends 
the awarding of the degree. 

23. Student must be registered in term in which degree is to be awarded. 

Doctor of Philosophy Degree 

The degree of Doctor of Philosophy is offered in the following depart- 
ments: 

Agricultural Economics 

Agricultural Engineering 

Animal Science 

Applied Mathematics 

Applied Physics 

Botany and Bacteriology (in the fields of bacteriology, physiology 

and ecology) 
Chemical Engineering 
Civil Engineering 
Crop Science 
Electrical Engineering 
Entomology 
Experimental Statistics 
Food Science 
Forestry 
Genetics 

Mechanical Engineering 

Mineral Industries (in the field of ceramic engineering) 
Nuclear Engineering 
Plant Pathology 
Rural Sociology 
Soil Science 
Zoology (in the fields of ecology and wildlife biology) 

The doctor's degree symbolizes the fact that the recipient is capable of 
undertaking original research and scholarly work at the highest levels with- 
out supervision. Therefore, the Doctor of Philosophy degree is not granted 
on a basis of the successful completion of a given amount of course work, 
but rather upon the demonstration by the candidate of a comprehensive 
knowledge and high attainments in scholarship and research in a specialized 
field of study. These attainments are determined by the quality of the dis- 
sertation which the candidate prepares to report the results of original 
investigations and by passing successfully a series of rigorous and compre- 
hensive examinations on the special and related fields of study. 

Course of Study 

At the time of admission the student should, with the advice of the chair- 
man of the department, elect a major field. During the student's first 
semester in residence, an advisory committee of at least five members will 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 21 

be appointed by the graduate dean, after consultation with the department 
head, to prepare with the student a plan of graduate work. Four copies of 
the program, signed by all members of the advisory committee and the 
department head or graduate administrator, are referred to the graduate 
dean for approval. When approved three copies are returned to the depart- 
ment head, one being retained in the department files, a second copy is 
given to the chairman of the advisory committee, and the third copy is 
given to the student. The subject of the dissertation must appear on the 
plan of work, and any subsequent changes in the subject of the thesis 
or in the plan of graduate work must be reported to the Graduate Office for 
approval. 

There are no definite requirements in credit hours for the doctor's degree. 
Emphasis is placed upon a comprehensive knowledge of a well defined and 
recognized field and related subjects. Each student will have a major and 
one or two minor areas of specialization. The minor field ordinarily will 
consist of at least twenty semester credit hours. These may fall in an allied 
department or in the major department. A minor in the department of 
the major is permitted only when the department offers recognized divisions 
of study other than that designated as the major field. 

Residence 

For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the student is expected to be regis- 
tered for graduate work for at least six semesters beyond the bachelor's 
degree at some accredited graduate school. The amount of work from other 
institutions credited to the fulfillment of degree requirements will be de- 
termined by the dean after consultation with the student's advisory com- 
mittee at the time the plan of graduate work is filed. 

At least two residence credits, as defined below, must be secured in con- 
tinuous residence (registration in consecutive semesters) as a graduate 
student at some branch of the Consolidated University of North Carolina. 
Failure to take work during the summer does not break the continuity; 
however, summer school work can be used to fulfill this requirement. 

Residence credit is based on the number of credits of graduate work 
beyond the bachelor's degree carried in a given term. During a regular 
semester, residence credit is calculated in the following manner: 

Semester Credits Residence Credits 

9 or more 1 

6-8 2/S 

less than six* 1/3 

The residence credit for a six-week summer term is only one-half the cor- 
responding amount for a regular semester; i.e., six semester credits carry 
1/3 residence credit and less than six credits, 1/6 residence credit. If a 
student registers for a twelve-week summer term, the residence credit is 
computed as for regular semesters. If a student registers for both twelve- 
week and six-week summer terms, the residence credit is computed separ- 
ately for each type and totaled, with the stipulation that no more than one 
residence credit can be earned in a given summer. 

The candidate must complete all requirements for the degree, including 
the final examination on his dissertation, within a period of seven calendar 
years from the date of admission to candidacy for the degree. 



* Including registration for thesis preparation on campus. 



22 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Languages 

A reading knowledge of scientific literature in two modern foreign lan- 
guages or a comprehension in depth of one language is required for the 
Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

Comprehension in depth is to be interpreted as a proven ability in the 
oral and composition elements of a particular language as well as the read- 
ing knowledge normally required. Ph. D. students desiring to offer one 
language in depth should consult with the head of the Modern Languages 
Department as to the specific courses to be followed to achieve this com- 
prehension. Specific arrangements may differ depending upon the student's 
previous background in the language. It is emphasized that students choos- 
ing to achieve competence in depth in one language will generally find this 
alternative more rigorous than proof of reading ability in two languages. 

If the student elects to work in two languages, the languages may be a 
combination of Romance and Slavic, Romance and Germanic, or Slavic 
and Germanic. 

Students whose native tongue is some language other than English may 
use English as one of the languages required for the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. When English is submitted in partial fulfillment of the language 
requirements, the native language may not be used to satisfy the language 
requirements. 

Examinations in English will be given by the English Department, and 
a statement certifying the candidate's proficiency in English must be filed 
in the Graduate Office before the qualifying examination may be taken. 

The Dissertation 

The doctoral dissertation presents the results of the candidate's original 
investigations in the field of his major interests. It must represent a con- 
tribution to knowledge adequately supported by data and written in a 
manner consistent with high standards of excellence in scholarship. Detailed 
instructions relating to the thesis may be obtained from the Graduate Office. 

Publication of the results obtained in the thesis investigation is expected. 
Each copy of the thesis must be accompanied by an abstract of approximately 
500 words. The abstract will be published by the College. 

The dissertation will be examined by all members of the examining com- 
mittee and must receive their approval to be acceptable to the Graduate 
Office. 

Two copies of the dissertation in final form and signed by the chairman 
of the student's advisory committee must be presented to the Graduate 
Office not later than six weeks before the date of which the degree is to 
be awarded. 

North Carolina State College now has an agreement with University 
Microfilms, Inc., of Ann Arbor, Michigan, by which all doctoral dissertations 
are microfilmed and abstracts of the dissertations are published in Disserta- 
tion Abstracts. 

Examinations 

Not earlier than the end of the second year of graduate study and not 
later than the end of the third week of the academic year in which the 
degree is expected, each doctoral student is required to pass general com- 
prehensive examinations (known as the qualifying or preliminary examina- 
tions). If summer sessions are involved, the interval between the date of the 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 23 

qualifying examinations and anticipated date of the awarding of the degree 
may be interputed as including two consecutive summer sessions and one 
academic semester. The examinations are given by an examining committee 
of graduate faculty members appointed by the graduate dean after consulta- 
tion with the head of the department in which the student's major work 
has been taken. The examining committee usually consists of the student's 
advisory committee and a representative of the Graduate School, but may 
include other members of the graduate faculty. The examinations are open 
to all members of the graduate faculty who may care to attend. 

Authorization for the qualifying examination is requested of the Graduate 
School by the chairman of the student's advisory committee when the major 
part of the student's program of course work has been completed and when, 
in the judgment of the committee, the student is prepared to devote the 
greater part of his time to the prosecution of his research study. Members 
of the examining committee will be notified of their appointment by the 
Graduate Office. Official printed forms will be supplied to the chairman 
of the examining committee for a report of the results of the examination. 

The examination consists of two parts: (1) written examinations pre- 
pared separately by each member of the examining committee and (2) an 
oral examination held before the entire examining committee. Upon receiv- 
ing authorization for holding the qualifying examination, the chairman of 
the examining committee will request examination questions from each 
member of the examining committee. Each set of questions will be given 
to the student by the chairman of the examining committee in any order 
that may seem appropriate. The questions together with the student's answers 
will be returned to the members of the committee for grading. The ques- 
tions may cover any phase of the course work taken by the student during 
the period of his graduate study or any subject logically related and basic 
to an understanding of the subject matter of the major and minor areas of 
study. They should be designed to measure the student's mastery of these 
subject matter fields and the adequacy of his preparation of research in- 
vestigations. 

Upon satisfactory completion of the written examinations the student 
must pass an oral examination before the entire examining committee. This 
examination is usually held within a week after the written examination. 
The members of the examining committee will be notified by the Graduate 
School of the time and place arranged for the oral examination. The oral 
examination is designed to test the student's ability to relate factual knowl- 
edge to specific circumstances. In the oral examination the student is ex- 
pected to use his knowledge with accuracy and promptness and to demon- 
strate that his thinking is not limited to the facts learned in course work. 

When the examining committee consists of five members, a unanimous 
vote of approval is required for passing the preliminary examination. Ap- 
proval may be conditioned, however, upon the completion of additional 
work in some particular field to the satisfaction of the committee. In case 
a single dissenting vote is cast in a five member committee, the course of 
action to be taken will become a matter for decision by the Administrative 
Board. Upon receiving the approval of the examining committee the student 
is admitted to candidacy for the doctorate. 

A final oral examination is also required. During a normal academic year, 
an interval of at least eight months must elapse between admission to can- 
didacy and the final oral examination. If summer sessions are involved, this 
interval may be interpreted to include two consecutive summer sessions and 
one academic semester. 



24 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

This examination is held after the dissertation has been completed and 
consists of a defense by the candidate of the methods used and the conclu- 
sions reached in his research study. The examination is conducted by an 
examining committee. The examining committee usually includes the 
student's advisory committee, plus a representative of the Graduate School, 
although this procedure is not always adopted. The examining committee 
is appointed by the graduate dean after consultation with the head of the 
student's major department. 

The final oral examination may not be scheduled until the dissertation 
in complete and final form, signed by the chairman of the student's advisory 
committee as evidence of committee approval, has been submitted to the 
Graduate Office. 

Failure of a student to pass either the preliminary or the final examina- 
tion terminates his graduate work at this institution unless otherwise 
recommended by the examining committee. No re-examination may be given 
until at least one full semester has elapsed since the first examination. Only 
one re-examination is permitted. 

Admission to Candidacy 

A student is admitted to candidacy after he has successfully passed the 
preliminary examinations. The language requirements must be fulfilled 
before permission to take the preliminary examination is granted. Admission 
to candidacy must be obtained before the end of the third week in the 
academic year in which the degree is expected; i.e., nearly two semesters 
before the degree is awarded. 

Additional Information 

A booklet containing detailed instruction about the form of dissertation 
may be obtained at the Graduate Office. 

Further information concerning graduate work at State College may be 
secured from Dr. Walter J, Peterson, Dean of the Graduate School, N. C. 
State College, Raleigh, N. C. 

Summary of Procedures for Doctor of Philosophy Degree 

1. Letter of inquiry from prospective student to Graduate Office or 
department head. 

2. Mailing of proper forms to student by Graduate Office or department 
head. 

3. Receipt of application forms by Graduate Office. 

4. Application with transcript sent to department head for study. 

5. Department head recommends acceptance of prospective student stat- 
ing curriculum in which he will work. 

6. Assuming the prospective student meets the minimum scholastic stan- 
dards, notice of acceptance is mailed to him by the Graduate Office. 

7. Permit to register is sent by Graduate Office to the registrar. 

8. Student arrives, reports to the department head, is assigned an adviser, 
and makes out a roster of courses in consultation with departmental adviser. 

9. Advisory committee of at least five members is appointed in the first 
term of graduate study by the graduate dean after consultation with the 
department head. 

10. Plan of work prepared by the advisory committee in consultation with 
the student and submitted in quadruplicate to the Graduate Office by the 
end of the first semester in residence. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



25 



11. Plan of work approved by the graduate dean and three copies re- 
turned to the department head. One copy is kept in department files, one 
goes to the adviser, and one is given to the student. 

12. A dissertation subject is selected and an outline of the proposed 
research submitted to the department head and the student's advisory 
committee. 

13. Student passes language examinations. 

14. The chairman of the student's advisory committee requests permis- 
sion to hold the qualifying examination. This must be done not earlier than 
the end of the second year of graduate study and not later than eight 
months (two semesters or one semester and two summer sessions) before the 
date on which the degree is to be awarded. 

15. Permission to take qualifying examination granted by graduate dean 
if the student's record is in order. A date is set and examining committee 
appointed. The examination consists of two parts— a written and an oral. 

16. A report of the examination is sent to the Graduate Office. If the 
report is favorable, the student is admitted to candidacy. 

17. A copy of a preliminary draft of the dissertation is submitted to the 
chairman of the student's committee for criticism. 

18. Corrected draft of the dissertation submitted to members of the 
student's advisory committee for additional suggestions and criticisms. 

19. Two copies of the dissertation in final form approved by each mem- 
ber of the student's advisory committee and signed by the adviser are sub- 
mitted to the Graduate Office at least six weeks prior to awarding of the 
degree. 

20. Eight months after admission to candidacy or later, permission for 
the candidate to take the final oral examination is requested of the Grad- 
uate School by the chairman of the candidate's advisory committee. Re- 
quests should be filed at least one week before the date of the examination. 

21. Permission granted by graduate dean if the student's record is in 
order. A date is set and examining committee appointed. 

22. Report of the examination sent to the Graduate Oifice at least one 
week prior to the date on which the degree is to be awarded. 

23. Graduate Office certifies to the Registration Office and to the general 
faculty that all requirements for the degree have been met and recommends 
the awarding of the degree. 

24. Student must be registered in the term in which the degree is to be 
awarded. 

State's ultra-modern Student Supply Store was completed in 1959. 



fW^ wiiiF 



^ 




26 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

TUITION AND FEES 

Tuition rates for students enrolled in the Graduate School at State College 
are as follows: 

North Carolina resident— $9 per semester hour for each semester 
hour of enrollment up to and including nine semester hours. For 
ten semester hours or more, $87.50 for the semester. 

Non-resident— $32 per semester hour for each semester hour of 
enrollment up to and including nine semester hours. For ten 
semester hours or more, $300 for the semester. 

Incidental fees and charges are levied for purposes and services available 
to all graduate students whether or not the student takes advantage of 
them. The full amount of incidental fees and charges will be collected, 
notwithstanding the number of semester hours of credit for which the stu- 
dent may enroll. 

For the academic year 1962-63, fees are as follows: 

First semester $71 

Second semester $65 

In cases of occasional or part-time graduate students not in residence, 
application for cancellation of non-academic fees may be made if it is 
clear that the student could not use the services covered. Application forms 
are available in the Graduate School and College Business Offices. 

Full-time staff or faculty members may be permitted to take one course 
per semester on the N. C. State College campus at a flat rate of $15 per 
semester or to audit one course without charge, in either case upon the 
recommendation of their dean and approval of the dean of the faculty. 
This payment does not include non-academic fees, and none of the privi- 
leges attendant upon the payment of such fees is allowed. Forms for this 
approval are available in the office of the dean of the faculty. 

Faculty members on less than full-time appointments will be permitted 
to take more than one course per semester upon the recommendation of 
their dean and the approval of both the dean of the Graduate School and 
the dean of the faculty. In these cases tuition and fees will be the same as 
those for part-time graduate students computed at residence rates. 

Maximum permissible course loads for graduate students holding part- 
time appointments are as follows: Three quarters time, six hours; half-time, 
nine hours; quarter time, twelve hours. 

Students wishing to visit classes without participation in class discussions, 
quizzes, or examinations must register for this privilege as auditors. Visiting 
classes without registration is not permitted. Graduate students may register 
for one course as an audit in any semester without charge when the audit 
is certified by the dean of the Graduate School as a part of course work for 
which tuition charges are made (this does not apply in the summer sessions). 

Audits in subjects in which the student has had no previous experience 
will be evaluated at full credit value in determining course loads. Audits 
taken as repetition of work previously accomplished are considered at one 
half their credit value in calculating course loads. With the single exception 
of foreign language audits, all audit registrations must fall within the 
maximum permissible course loads. Audits are not permitted students regis- 
tering for thesis preparation. While audit registrations are evaluated for 
purposes of determining permissive course loads in terms of the above 
regulations of the Graduate Office, the Business Office considers all audits, 
excepting the one permitted free of charge, in terms of full credit value in 
calculating the tuition for graduate students. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 27 

All graduate students holding college appointments of 1/3 service obliga- 
tion or more and receiving a regular monthly salary check are charged the 
resident or "in-state" rate of tuition. 

Formerly, a non-resident student holding a non-service grant paying him 
at least 51,000 for nine months was entitled to a special tuition rate of S180 
per semester. This is no longer the case. 

Graduate students who have completed all course work and residence 
requirements and who are in residence for the purpose of writing a thesis 
or dissertation may register for "thesis preparation." The tuition charge 
for this registration is SI 5. Students registering for thesis preparation will 
pay in addition a non-academic fee of S38 in the fall semester and S32 in 
the spring semester. 

Graduate students not in residence who have completed all requirements 
for the degree sought, including the thesis and final examination, will be 
required to register for "degree only" in the semester in which the degree 
is awarded. The charge for this registration is SIO. 

A diploma fee of S12 is charged all students receiving a master's degree 
and a fee of SI 7 is charged all students who receive a doctorate. A fee of 
S21 is charged all doctoral candidates for microfilming their dissertations. 

Anyone who feels a mistake has been made in his bill may discuss the 
matter with the Business Office. Any further appeals should be made to the 
College Committee on Refund of Fees. Forms for this appeal may be ob- 
tained at 101 Holladay Hall. 

All tuition charges and fees are subject to change without notice. 

Fees for Summer School 

Registration Fee SI 1-00 

Tuition (In-State Students per credit hour) S 7.50 

Tuition (Out-of-State Students per credit hour) $18.50 

Audits (per credit hour) 3 7.50 

In order to draw a clear line between in-state and out-of-state students, 
the Administration has ruled that all students whose parents have not been 
domiciled in North Carolina for more than six months immediately pre- 
ceding the day of their first enrollment in the institution shall be termed 
out-of-state students, with the following exceptions: 

(1) Sudents twenty-one years of age at the time of their first matricu- 
lation who have resided in North Carolina for more than one year 
preceding the day of their first enrollment; 

(2) Children of regular employees of the Federal Government stationed 
in the State of North Carolina; and 

(3) Children of regular employees of the Federal Government who 
are employed outside of the State, but who through law are per- 
mitted to retain their North Carolina citizenship. 

Students cannot claim a change in their resident status after matricu- 
lating. Students furnishing incomplete or incorrect information in order to 
obtain the special State-resident status shall be liable for dishonorable 
dismissal. 

Graduate students employed by the College or the Experiment Station 
on a part-time basis are not permitted to register for a full-time load of 
course work. The Veterans Administration will classify such students as 
full-time students when it is officially certified by the dean of the Graduate 
School that the student is engaged in a full-time program of professional 
work. 



28 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



FELLOWSHIPS AND GRADUATE ASSISTANTSHIPS 

Fellowships 

Graduate fellowships are funds offered to graduate students to assist in 
the support of programs of advanced study. Holders of fellowships have no 
service obligations to the College and may devote full time to the prosecu- 
tion of their graduate programs. 

Some of the agencies sponsoring fellowships at North Carolina State Col- 
lege are the Celanese Corporation, DuPont Company, Eastman Kodak 
Company, Edward Orton, Jr. Ceramic Foundation, General Foods Corpora- 
tion, Honor Society of Phi Kappa Phi, Kellogg, Mortex Chemical Products, 
N. C. Grange (E. G. Moss Fellowship), National Science Foundation, Office 
of Education of the Department of Health, Education and Welfare, Rocke- 
feller Foundation, Sperry Gyroscope Company, Union Carbide Corporation, 
and Westinghouse. 

Information relative to stipends, areas of research study supported by 
specific fellowships, and application forms may be obtained from the Grad- 
uate School or from the heads of the appropriate departments. 

Assistantshlps 

Graduate assistantships are granted to selected students who devote some 
part of their time to service duties for the College. Teaching assistantships 
carry a stipend of $2,400 for the academic year and permit the holder to 
enroll for sixty per cent of a full course load. The stipends for research 
assistantships range from $2,400 to $2,700 for a 12 months' appointment. 
The College offers 350 assistantships which require a service obligation in 
either teaching or research. Some of these are supported by funds granted 
by the following agencies: the American Potash Institute, the Atomic Energy 
Commission, Best Foods, Campbell Soup Company, the Chilean Nitrate 
Education Bureau, Inc., Gerber Products Company, Hercules Powder Com- 
pany, the Lilliston Implement Company, the Lilly Company, the McLean 
Trucking Company, National Cotton Council, the North Carolina Agricul- 
tural Foundation, the North Carolina Dairy Foundation, the North Carolina 
Department of Motor Vehicles, the North Carolina State Optometric 
Society, the Office of Naval Research, the Pacific Coast Borax Company, the 
Ralston-Purina Company, the Tennessee Corporation, the Solvay Process 
Division of the Allied Chemical Company, and the Union Carbide Chemicals 
Company. 



William D. Carmichael Gymnasium is sportsman's paradise. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



RESEDENCE FACILITIES 



29 



Dormitory facilities are provided on the campus for unmarried graduate 
students. The rental charge for double rooms is $85 per semester. A limited 
number of apartments are provided for married graduate students. 




rainnM 



Views of McKimmon Village (married student housing) are shown. 



% 



W[ 



"""•^Bhifc. 



30 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FIELDS OF INSTRUCTION 

Departmental Announcements and Description of Courses'*' 

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Charles Edwin Bishop, Head, George L. Capel, H. Brooks 
James, Richard Adams King, James Gray Maddox, Walter Henry 
Pierce, George Stanford Tolley, William Douglas Toussaint 

Associate Professors: Arthur James Coutu, William Ray Henry, James 
Arthur Seagraves, Anthony Paul Stemberger, James Claude William- 
son, Jr. 

Assistant Professors: Richard Lee Simmons, Thomas Dudley Wallace 

USDA Agricultural Economist: Joseph Gwyn Sutherland 

The Department of Agricultural Economics offers programs of study lead- 
ing to the Master of Agricultural Economics, the Master of Science and the 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Special emphasis is placed on the economics 
of agricultural production and marketing, analysis of programs and policies 
affecting agriculture and statistical techniques used lin solving economic 
problems of the agricultural industry. The curriculum includes courses in 
advanced economic theory with special adaptation to agricultural problems 
including the use of econometric and linear programming techniques. 
Business management analysis, operations analysis and programming of 
firm and industry decisions are emphasized. Special attention is given to 
public policies influencing regional and national agricultural adjustments. 

Collateral fields of study include statistics, rural sociology, history and 
political science, general economics, agricultural education, and various 
technical departments in the School of Agriculture. 

As a part of their advanced training, students are required to prepare 
a thesis dealing with a recognized problem in agriculture. This part of the 
program affords an opportunity to learn how to apply theory and analytical 
techniques in the solution of agricultural problems. 

The rapid growth and development of industry and agriculture in North 
Carolina and throughout the South have resulted in an increased demand 
for well-trained workers throughout the region. Opportunities for employ- 
ment far exceed the number of qualified workers available to perform the 
many duties associated with the complex and technical problems of a devel- 
oping economy. Many graduates of the Department of Agricultural Econom- 
ics are employed in various agencies of the Federal and State governments 
where they are engaged in research and educational work. Others are en- 
gaged in professional work with commercial organizations dealing in agri- 
cultural credit and the production and marketing of agricultural products. 



• The course descriptions are planned for the academic years, 1962-63 and 1963-64, unless 
indicated otherwise. Specific courses may not be offered, however, if registration for the 
course or courses are too low or if faculty or facilities are not available. Courses for which 
graduate credit may be received are numbered in three catagories. The courses in the 400 
series carry no graduate credit when they are in the student's major field of interest. Gradu- 
ate credit will be allowed for no more than six semester hours at the 400 level in the 
student's minor area of study. Courses in the 500 series are open to both seniors and 
graduate students. All courses in this series carry full graduate credit. Courses in the 600 
series are open only to graduate students. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 31 

The department is located on the second floor of Patterson Hall. It has 
a modern and well equipped departmental library, including all the major 
professional journals and United States Department of Agriculture pub- 
lications. Experiment Station publications from other institutions through- 
out the United States are kept on file here. Modern computational and re- 
production equipment, an IBM 650 digital computer, and a Rand 1105 
computer are available to the department. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

AGC 512. Economic Analysis of Agriculturol Factor Markets 0-3 

Prerequisite: AGC 212 or equivalent 

This course is oriented to the relative significance of land, labor and capital 
as factors of production in a modern agricultural economy, including major 
changes in the respective roles of these factors of production in recent 
years. An examination is made of the changes in characteristics of the 
supply and demand for these factors. The structure and efficiency of markets 
for these factors, including relevance of the institutional and attitudinal 
setting in each type of market, and nature of the demand-supply equilibra- 
tion will be investigated. Public policies as they affect efficiency of the factor 
markets and other goals relating to the use of the basic factors of production 
in agriculture also will be considered. Mr. ToUey. 

AGC 521. Procurement, Processing and Distribution of Agricultural Products 0-3 

Prerequisite: AGC 311 or equivalent 

A study of marketing firms as producers of marketing services and their 
role in the pricing process; the influence of government policies on their 
behavior of marketing firms; methods for increasing the efficiency of market- 
ing agricultural products. Mr. King. 

AGC 523. Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 3-0 

Prerequisite: AGC 303 or equivalent 

The application of economic principles in the solution of production prob- 
lems on typical farms in the State; methods and techniques of economic 
analysis of the farm business; application of research findings to production 
decisions; development of area agricultural programs. Mr. Coutu. 

AGC 533. Agricultural Policy 0-3 

Prerequisite: AGC 212 or equivalent 

A review of the agricultural policy and action programs of the Federal 
Government in their economic and political setting; analysis of objectives, 
principal means, and observable results under short-term and long-term 
viewpoints, and under the criteria of resource use and income distrubtion 
within agriculture, and between agriculture and the rest of the economy; 
appraisal of alternative policy proposals; the effects of commodity support 
programs on domestic and foreign consumption, and some of the interna- 
tional aspects of United States agricultural policy; the attempts at world 
market regulation, and the role of international organizations, agreements, 
and programs. Staff. 

AGC 551. Agricultural Production Economics 3-0 

Prerequisite: AGC 212 or equivalent 

An economic analysis of agricultural production, including production 
functions, cost functions, programming and decision-making principles; and 
the applications of these principles to farm and regional resource allocation, 
and to the distribution of income to and within agriculture. 

Mr. Toussaint. 



32 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

AGC 552. Consumption, Distribution, end Prices in Agriculture 0-3 

Prerequisite: AGC 212 or equivalent 

Basis for family decisions concerning consumption of goods and services 
and supply of productive factors; forces determining prices and incomes; 
interrelationships between economic decisions of the household and the 
firm. Mr. Henry. 

AGC 561. Seminar in Contemporary Economic Problems in Agriculture 

Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing and consent of the instructor 
Analysis of economic problems of current interest in agriculture. Credit 
for this course will involve a scientific appraisal of a selected problems and 
alternative solutions. Staff. 

Courses fcr Graduates Only 

AGC 602. Monetary and Fiscal Policies in Relotion to Agriculture 0-3 

Prerequisite or corequisite: AGC 501 or equivalent 

The essentials of monetary theory necessary in interpreting and evaluating 
monetary and fiscal operations and policies as to their effect upon income, 
employment, and price level; the monetary and fiscal structure, and the 
mechanics of monetary and fiscal operations in the United States; and the 
relation of monetary and fiscal policies to agricultural income and prices. 

Mr. Tolley. 

AGC 612. International Trade in Relation to Agriculture 0-3 

Prerequisite or corequisite: AGC 602 and 641 

The principles of international and interregional trade; structures of trade 
relationships between countries engaged in the import or export of agricul- 
tural products; attempts at stabilizing trade and financial transactions. 

Staff. 

AGC 621. Reseorch in Agricultural Economics Credits by orrangements 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Agricultural Economics, and consent 
of Graduate Advisory Committee 

A consideration of research methods and procedures employed in the field 
of agricultural economics, including qualitative and quantitative analysis, 
inductive and deductive methods of research procedure, selection of projects, 
planning and execution of the research project. Staff. 

AGC 631. Economic and Social Foundations of Agricultural Policy 3-0 

Prerequisite: AGC 501 or equivalent 

The study of logical and empirical problems of inquiry into public policies 
and programs that affect agriculture; analysis of policy-making processes, 
interdependencies among economic, political and social objectives and 
action; the study of forces which shape economic institutions and goals 
and of the logic, beliefs and values on which policies and programs that 
affect agriculture are founded. Staff. 

AGC 632. Welfare Effects of Agricultural Policies and Programs 3-0 

Prerequisite: AGC 642 

Description of the conditions defining optimal resource allocation; applica- 
tion of the conditions for maximum welfare in appraisal of economic 
policies and programs affecting resource allocation, income distribution, 
and economic development of agriculture. Mr. Bishop. 

AGC 641. Economics of Production, Supply ond Market Interdependency 3-0 

Prerequisite or corequisite: AGC 501 or equivalent 

An advanced study in the logic of, and empirical inquiry into, producer 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG S3 

behavior and choice among combinations of factors and kinds and quanti- 
ties of output; aggregative consequences of individuals' and firms' decisions 
in terms of product supply and factor demand; factor markets and income 
distribution; general interdependency among economic variables. 

Messrs. Seagraves and Toussaint. 

AGC 642. Economics of Consumption, Demand and Market Interdependency 0-3 

Prerequisites: AGC 641 and ST 513 or equivalent 

An advanced study in the theory of, and research related to, household 
behavior; aggregative consequences of household decisions concerning factor 
supply and product demand; pricing and income distribution; economic 
equilibrium. Mr. King. 

AGC 651. (ST 651) Econometric Methods I 0-3 

Prerequisites: ST 421, ST 502, or equivalent and AGC 641 
The role and uses of statistical inference in agricultural economic research; 
measurement problems and their solutions arising from the statistical model 
and the nature of the data; limitations and interpretation of results of 
economic measurement from statistical techniques. Topics include the prob- 
lems of specification, aggregation, identification, multicolinearity and auto- 
correlation. Attention also is given to expectations models and simultaneous 
stochastic equations. Mr. Wallace. 

AGC 652. (ST 652) Econometric Methods II 0-3 

Prerequisites: ST 422 and AGC 551 

Techniques for problem analysis in agricultural economics; attention to 
analysis of time series data; non-parametric inference; experimental design 
in economic research; estimation of parameters in production functions and 
in simultaneous models; selected special topics. Mr. Anderson. 

AGC 671. Analysis of Economic Development in Agriculture 3-0 

Prerequisite: AGC 641 

A theoretical and empirical study of the processes of economic growth; the 
problems of underdeveloped countries; the role of agriculture in a develop- 
ing economy; an examination of policies and programs needed for effective 
economic development. Mr, Maddox. 



DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 
(See School of Education) 

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Graduate Faculty 

Processors: Francis Jefferson Hassler, Head, Henry Dittimus Bowen, 

George Wallace Giles*^ William Eldon Splinter 
Processor Emeritus: David S. Weaver 
Associate Professor: Jan Van Schilfgaarde 
Assistant Professors: William Hugh Johnson, Kenneth Allan Jordan, 

Charles Wilson Suggs 

The Department of Agricultural Engineering offers advanced study lead- 
ing to the Doctor of Philosophy degree in the fields of power and machinery, 
rural structures, soil and water conser\'ation, rural electrification, and agri- 
cultural processing. 

* On leave 



34 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The Master of Science program in agricultural engineering provides a 
broad background in science and engineering through advanced study in 
mathematics and physics. This program provides training in the theoretical 
and instrumental aspects of engineering research and development as pre- 
paration for teaching and research positions with State and Federal institu- 
tions and industry. 

For those individuals interested primarily in existing technologies, a pro- 
gram of study for the Master of Agricultural Engineering degree permits 
selections from a variety of advanced application courses. This program 
provides training for those engaged in the dissemination of information 
either as extension workers with public institutions or sales and service 
representatives for industry. This degree is not intended as preliminary- 
study to the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

Admission to full graduate standing requires a bachelor's degree in agri- 
cultural engineering from an accredited curriculum or its equivalent. 

Unusual opportunities are available for graduate student participation 
in departmental research programs. The systems approach to operations in 
crop and animal productions provides a variety of areas within which to 
define timely investigations. 

The department maintains a research shop manned by competent me- 
chanics. The shop is available to graduate students. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

AGE 401. Problems in Farm Mechonics 3-0 

Prerequisites: AGE 201, 202, Enrollment in Agricultural Education 
A study of the mechanical activities engaged in by the vocational agriculture 
teacher; with emphasis on the role of the teacher in the area of agricultural 
engineering technology. Included is a study of facilities, equipment, and 
shop management. Mr. Howell. 

AGE 41 1 . Form Power and Machinery 1 1 B 3-3 

Prerequisite: AGE 211 

This course is designed to provide students in Agricultural Engineering 
Technology with a knowledge of the operations of manufacturing and 
distributing organizations of farm machinery and their places in these 
organizations. Included is a practical course in farm tractors and engines 
with emphasis on familiarizing the student with component parts— their 
application, operation, and maintenance, as well as with the selection of 
these units from the standpoint of power, performance, and ratings. 

Messrs. Fore, Greene. 

AGE 451. Conditioning Principles for Plant and Animal Systems 2-0 

Prerequisite: ME 301 

Principles of heat transfer and diffusion are presented using the mathe- 
matical equations to point out analogous systems. The use of electric analogs 
to describe thermal and diffusion fields is demonstrated. Psychrometric and 
heat transfer principles are used to indicate methods of conditioning the 
environment in agricultural structures. Thin layers drying theory and 
dimensional analysis are used to describe bulk dr^'ing systems of agricul- 
tural crops. Mr. Jordan. 

AGE 462. Farm Power and Machinery IIA 4-0 

Prerequisites: AGE 211, EM 321 

A study of engineering analysis as it applies to problems in the power and 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 35 

machinery field of Agricultural Engineering. The course is intended to 
strengthen the students ability to approach agricultural engineering prob- 
lems in a systematic manner. Mr. Bowen. 

AGE 481. Agricultural Structures as Production Units 0-4 

Prerequisites: AGE 451, EM 321 

Application of conditioning principles to provide die required environment 
for optimum agricultural production is stressed. Environment requirements 
of animals and of harvested crops are discussed. Analysis for labor reduction 
and the replacement of human decisions with electric controls are indicated. 
Environmental requirements, proper arrangement, equipment, equipment 
selection and control, and estimation of external loads are presented to 
indicate the design procedures for a sound, functional building. 

Mr. Jordan. 

AGE 491. Rurol Electrification 4-0 

Prerequisites: EE 320 

Wiring and circuitry for both single and three phase applications of elec- 
tricity to farm and rural community process and operations. A very brief 
study of the local and regional organization as developed by the electric 
industries for the dependable generation, transmission, and distribution of 
power. Electric motor characteristics and selection are studied in the labor- 
atory along with those of water systems, feed grinders and mixers; lighting 
systems, cooling, ventilating, heating, and the application of switches and 
controls. Mr. Weaver. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

AGE 551. Special Problems Credits by arrangentent 

Prerequisite: Senior or Graduate standing in Agricultural Engineering 
Each student will select a subject on which he will do research and write 
technical report on his results. He may choose a subject pertaining to his 
particular interest in any area of study in Agricultural Engineering. 

Mr. Hassler, Staff. 

AGE 552. Instrumentation for Agriculturol Research and Processing 1-0 

Prerequisites: EE 320, MA 301 

Elaboration of the theory and principles of various primary sensing elements. 
Relates the output signal of electrical transducers to wheatstone bridge 
and potentiometer measuring circuits for calibration of the signal with the 
variable under study. Introduces the principles of circuits and mechanisms 
used for indicating, recording, and/or controlling process variables. Rep- 
resentative equipment will be employed whenever feasible. Mr. Splinter. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

AGE 651. Research in Agricultural Engineering Credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Agricultural Engineering 
A maximum of six credits is allowed toward a Masters degree; no limitation 
on credits for Doctorate program. 

Performance of a particular investigation of concern to Agricultural Engi- 
neering. The study will begin with the selection of a problem and culminate 
with the presentation of a thesis. Graduate Staff. 

AGE 652. Seminar 1-1 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
A maximum of two credits is allowed 

Elaboration of the subject areas, techniques and methods peculiar to pro- 
fessional interest through presentations of personal and published works; 



36 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

opportunity for students to present and defend, critically, ideas, concepts 
and inferences. Discussions to point up analytical solutions and analogies 
between problems in Agricultural Engineering and other technologies, and 
to present the relationship of Agricultural Engineering to the socioeconomic 
enterprise. Mr. Hassler. 

AGE 654. Agricultural Process Engineering 3-3 

Prerequisites: MA 511 

Generalized classical thermodynamics is extended by Onsager's relations 
to provide a theoretical basis for analyzing the energetics of systems that 
include life processes. Mr. Johnson. 

AGE 661. Anolysis of Function and Design of Farm Machinery 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: PY 401 

Methods and tools used in determining the functional requirements of 
machine components; writing of machine specifications in terms of funda- 
mental parameters; introduction of the principles of discriminate and indis- 
criminate mechanical selection of agricultural products with emphasis on 
the theory of servo-systems. Mr. Bowen. 

AGE 671. Theory of Drainage Irrigation and Erosion Control 4 or 4 

Prerequisites: MA 512 

Emphasis is placed on the physical and mathematical aspects of problems 
in conservation engineering and an attempt is made to rationalize pro- 
cedures which have often come about through experience rather than 
through analytical considerations. Examples are presented of cases where 
such an analytical approach has already improved, or shows promise of 
improving, design criteria and procedures. Mr. van Schilfgaarde. 

AGE 681. Analysis of Function and Design of Farm Buildings 4 or 4 

Prerequisites: AGE 481 

A study of the functional requirements of fanii structures with respect to 
man, animals and crops and development of the means of providing struc- 
tures which fulfill the functional requirements. Application of the science 
and art of engineering in the solution of environmental problems. Advanced 
planning in the integration of structural environmental design. 

Mr. Jordan. 

AGRICULTURE 

AG 401. Principles and Methods of Extension Education 0-3 

A study of the background, development, and operation of the Agricultural 
Extension Service. Consideration is given to major events leading to the 
establishment of Agricultural Extension, its objectives, organization, and 
philosophy. Major emphasis is placed upon the principles underlying Ex- 
tension education together with methods of programs building and teaching. 

Mr. Sloan. 

DEPARTMENT OF ANIMAL SCIENCE 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: I. D. Porterfield, Head, Elliott Roy Barrick, Edward Guy 
Batte, George Hyatt, Jr., James Edward Legates, Gennard Matrone, 
W. Ray Murley, Frank Houston Smith, Hamilton Arlo Stewart, 
Samuel B. Tove, Lester Curtis Ulberg, George Herman Wise 

Professor Emeritus: Francis Webber Sherwood 

Associate Professors: E. U. Dii.lard, Lemuel Goode, James Giacomo Lecce, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 37 

Richard Douglas Mochrie, Harold Arch Ramsey^ W. W. G. Smart^ Jr., 
Milton B. Wise 
Assistant Professors: Albert J. Clawson, James Murray Leatherwood, John 
Joseph McNeill, Odis Wayne Robison 

The Department of Animal Science offers the Master of Science and the 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Programs of training are offered in the 
fields of animal breeding, animal husbandry, dairy husbandry, animal 
nutrition, and animal diseases. 

Students specializing in animal husbandry may select options in nutrition, 
physiology and management with beef cattle, sheep and swine. Students in 
dairy husbandry have options in dairy cattle nutrition, physiology of lacta- 
tion, rumen physiology, and other phases of dairying. 

For students specializing in animal nutrition, work is offered in mineral 
metabolism, intermediary metabolism, vitamins, rumen microbiology, and 
other fundamental phases of animal nutrition, involving either laboratory 
animals or livestock. 

Students studying animal diseases are offered specialized work in pathology, 
parasitology, veterinary bacteriology and virology, and other phases of 
animal diseases. 

Students studying animal breeding may major in physiology of reproduc- 
tion and quantitative animal genetics, involving livestock and laboratory 
animals. 

In cooperation with other departments, such as the Departments of 
Poultry, Statistics, Crop Science, Soil Science, Genetics, and Chemistry, spe- 
cialized subject-matter groups have been developed to direct graduate work 
in various basic fields. Strong supporting departments in statistics, chemistry 
and the biological sciences help provide the opportunities for a broad and 
thorough graduate training. 

Animals of various types and breeds, which are available for research, are 
quartered on approximately 2,000 acres of land operated by the department. 
In addition, branch stations are located in all major geographic areas of 
the State so that the research program may be applied to the conditions 
existing throughout the State. The Animal Industry Central Research Sta- 
tion, located adjacent to the campus, serves as an intermediary between the 
farms and the laboratories. At this research center, digestion trials, animal 
disease research, and many phases of the physiology and nutrition programs 
are conducted. In addition, a physiology of reproduction laboratory and barn, 
with stalls for 20 bulls and with two temperature control chambers, are 
used for research in reproduction and in dairy cattle breeding. 

The Department of Animal Science, with the exception of the Veterinary 
Section, is housed in Polk Hall. Research laboratories for animal nu- 
trition, radioactive isotope studies, animal physiology, and animal breeding 
are located in this building. Other facilities include classrooms, a scientific 
journal reading room, and offices for the various teaching, research, and ex- 
tension staff members. A new addition to Polk Hall will aid in meeting the 
needs for expanded programs. This addition will provide 62,400 square feet 
of space to be used for research activities, teaching labs, office space, refer- 
ence rooms, and conference rooms. 



38 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The Veterinary Section is located in a modern animal disease laboratory 
building, which provides excellent facilities for research and teaching in the 
animal disease field. Included are large animal isolation units for work in 
the field of veterinary bacteriology and virology, parasitolog)', physiology, 
and bacteriology research laboratories and a diagnostic laboratory, and 
necropsy room. 

Every effort is made to provide an opportunity for the graduate student 
to explore the fundamental principles of animal functions. 

Those receiving advanced degrees find employment in other educational 
and research institutions and in industries servicing the livestock industry 
or processing livestock products. In the past the demand for well-trained 
personnel has exceeded the number that has been available. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduofes 

ANS 404. Dairy Farm Problems 0-3 

Prerequisite: ANS 201 

Advanced study of practical dairy farm management including farm records, 

farm buildings, sanitation, roughage utilization and herd culling. 

Mr. Murley. 
ANS 406. Animal Industry Seminar 0-1 

Review and discussion of special topics and the current literature pertain- 
ing to all phases of Animal Production. Mr. Porterfield. 
ANS 407. Advanced Livestock Production 0-4 
Prerequisites: GN 411, ANS 312 

A study of the economic, nutritional, genetic, physiological and managerial 
factors affecting the operation of commercial and purebred livestock enter- 
prises. Mr. Barrick. 
ANS 408. Reproduction and Lactation 0-3 
Prerequisite: ZO 301 

Anatomy of the reproductive organs and mammary glands with detailed 
coverage of the physiological processes involved and of factors controlling 
and influencing them. A special research problem selected by the student is 
required. Messrs. Mochrie, Ulberg. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ANS 503. (GN 503) Genetic Improvement of Livestock 3-0 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

Traits of economic importance in livestock production, and their mode of 
inheritance. Phenotypic and genetic relationships between traits. The place 
of selection, inbreeding and cross breeding in a program of animal improve- 
ment. Mr. Robison. 
ANS 505. Diseases of Form Animals 3-0 
Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 203; BO 312 desired 

The pathology of bacterial, viral, parasitic nutritional, thermal and mechan- 
ical disease processes. Graduate Staff. 
ANS 507. Topical Problems in Animal Industry Max. 6 
Special problems may be selected or assigned in various phases of Animal 
Industry. A maximum of six credits is allowed. Graduate Staff. 
ANS 513. Needs and Utilization of Nutrients by Livestock 0-3 
Prerequisite: ANS 312 or equivalent 

Measurement of nutrient needs of livestock and the nutrient values of 
feeds. Nutritive requirements for productive functions. Mr. Wise. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 39 

Courses for Groduotes Only 

ANS 600. Research in Animal Industry Credits by arrangement 

A maximum of six hours is allowed toward the Master's degree; no limita- 
tion on credits in Doctorate programs. Graduate StaflE. 
ANS 601. Seminar in Animal Nutrition 1-1 
Prerequisite: Permission of seminar leaders 

Orientation in philosophy of research, preparation for research and general 
research methodology. Graduate Staff. 

ANS 602. (GN 602) Population Genetics in Animal Improvement 3-0 

Prerequisites: ST 512, GN 512 

A study of the forces influencing gene frequencies, inbreeding and its 
effects, and alternative breeding plans. Mr. Legates. 

ANS 603. Animal Nutrition: Mineral Metabolism 3-0 

Prerequisite: CH 551 

Principles of mineral metabolism, with emphasis on metabolic functions, 
reaction mechanisms and interrelationships. Mr. Matrone. 

ANS 604. (ZO 604) Experimental Animal Physiology 4-0 

Prerequisite: ZO 513 or equivalent 

A study of the theories and techniques involved in the use of animals in 
physiological investigation. Messrs. Ulberg, Wise. 

ANS 614. (BO 614) Bacteriol Metabolism 0-2 

Prerequisites: BO 514 or equivalent and CH 551 

The energy metabolism of bacteria; synthesis of carbohydrates, lipids, pro- 
teins, purines, pyrimidines, and nucleic acids; bacterial photosynthesis; 
enzyme formation and metabolic control mechanisms; active transport sys- 
tems. Mr. McNeill. 
ANS 621. (CH 621) Enzymes and Intermediary Metabolism 4-0 
Prerequisites: CH 551 and permission of instructor 

A study of the properties of enzymes and enzyme action; intermediary 
metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, fatty acids, vitamins, and porphyrins; 
metabolic energy relationships. Mr. Tove. 

ANS 622. (CH 622 and ST 622) Principles of Biological Assays 0-3 

Prerequisites: CH 551, ST 512 

Techniques and designs of biological assays. The interrelationship of logical 
principles, designs, and analyses is emphasized. Mr. Smart. 

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY AND BACTERIOLOGY 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: *Herbert T. Scofield, Head, Ernest A. Ball. James B. Evans, 

Larry A. Whitford 
Professor Emeritus: Bertram W. Wells 

Associate Professors: Ernest O. Beal, James W. Hardin^ James R. Troyer 
Assistant Professors: Arthur W. Cooper, Gerald H. Elkan, Joseph S. Kahn, 

Heinz Seltmann 

The Department of Botany and Bacteriology offers programs leading to 
the Master of Science degree in the fields of plant physiology, ecology, 
anatomy, morphology, phycology, systematic botany, and bacteriology. 
Graduate work in preparation for the doctorate is offered in the fields of 
plant physiology, morphology, ecology, phycology, systematic botany, and 
bacteriolog)'. 



* On leave until Octobei- 31, 1962. 



40 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Adequate physical facilities and equipment are available for teaching and 
research in all phases of the department's program. Outstanding are the 
laboratory, growth chamber, and greenhouse facilities for research in plant 
physiology, particularly in mineral nutrition and other phases of experi- 
mental plant science. The fine Herbarium supports study in systematics and 
in ecology. The use of radioisotopes in physiological, phycological, and 
morphological research is supported with adequate facilities. The availa- 
bility in the State of a wide range of plant habitats with accompanying 
diversity in flora provides a setting for numerous research problems in 
systematics, ecology, and phycology. 

Graduate students terminating their work at the master's level have a 
somewhat limited opportunity as professional botanists or bacteriologists. 
State, Federal and industrial employment is available as well as academic 
positions in small colleges and secondary schools. Holders of the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree will find opportunities for academic positions in colleges 
and universities, for research positions in Federal and State Experiment 
Stations, and for research and development work with private industrial or 
research institutions. 



Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

BO 403. Systematic Botany 0-3 

Prerequisite: BO 103 

A systematic survey of vascular plants emphasizing field identification, term- 
inology, and general evolutionary relationships. Mr. Beal. 

BO 412. General Bacteriology 4-0 

Prerequisites: CH 107, CH 103, (CH 221 and CH 220 recommended but 
not required.) 

An advanced biology course dealing with bacteria and other microorgan- 
isms, their structure, development, and function. Emphasis is placed on 
the fundamental concepts and techniques in microbiology such as isolation, 
cultivation, observation, morphology, and the physiology and nutrition of 
bacteria. The applications of microbiology, the role of microbes in nature, 
and their role in infection and immunity are considered. Mr. Elkan. 

BO 421. Plant Physiology 4-4 

Prerequisites: BO 103, 2 courses in chemistry 

An introductory treatment of the chemical and physical processes occurring 
in higher green plants with emphasis upon the mechanisms, factors affect- 
ing, correlations between processes, and biological significance. 

Messrs. Scofield and Troyer. 

BO 441. Plant Ecology 3-0 

Prerequisite: BO 103 

An introduction to the study of plants in relation to their environment. 
Major topics considered are: factors of the environment; the structure, 
analysis, and dynamics of plant communities: past and present distribution 
of vegetation types. Mr. Cooper. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

BO 505. Food Microbiology 

(See FSP 505) 



THE GIL\DUATE CATALOG 41 

BO 511. Advanced Bact'eriology 0-3 

Prerequisite: BO 412 

This course will present the principles and techniques of isolation and 
characterization of bacteria from a wide range of habitats. Particular stress 
will be given to the principles of enrichment techniques, differential and 
selective media, and pertinent diagnostic tests that are applicable to par- 
ticular groups of bacteria. Messrs. Evans and Elkan. 

BO 512. Morphology of Vosculor Plonts 3-0 

Prerequisite: BO 103 

A study of comparative morphology, ontogeny and evolution of the vascular 
plants. Emphasis is placed upon the phylogeny of sexual reproduction and 
of the vascular systems. Mr. Ball. 

BO 513. Plant Anatomy 0-3 

Prerequisite: BO 103 

A study of the anatomy of the Angiosperms and Gymnosperms. The develop- 
ment of tissues is traced from their origin by meristems to their mature 
states. Mr. Ball. 

BO 514. Introductory Bacterial Physiology 3-0 

Prerequisites: BO 412, CH 221, or 220, CH 551 (May be taken concurrently.) 
Emphasis will be placed on general principles and function with respect 
to the living cell. Included will be a study of cell structure, growth, death, 
reproduction, nutrition, and metabolism. An attempt will be made to illus- 
trate the application of basic principles to applied areas of bacteriology 
and to other areas of basic science. Mr. Evans. 

**B0 521. Systematic Botany of Monocot Families 3-0 

Prerequisite: BO 403 

A comprehensive survey of the systematics and evolution of monocot fami- 
lies. Special emphasis is given to terminology, morphology, identification 
and relationships. Mr. Beal. 

*B0 523. Systematic Botany of Dicot Families 3-0 

Prerequisite: BO 403 

A comprehensive survey of the systematics and evolution of dicot families. 
Special emphasis is given to terminology', morphology, identification and 
relationships. Mr. Hardin. 

BO 531. Soil Microbiology 

(See SOI 532). 

BO 534. Physiology of Plant Cells 3-0 

Prerequisite: BO 421 or equivalent. Advanced preparation in chemistry or 
physics may be substituted with the permission of the instructor. 
An advanced treatment of basic plant processes at the cellular level with 
emphasis on theoretical principles. Mr. Troyer. 

*B0 535. Water, Solute and Gas Relations of Plants 0-2 

Prerequisite: BO 534 

An advanced treatment of processes of higher plants involving exchange of 
materials between the plant and its surroundings and movement of materi- 
als within the plant. Theoretical principles are emphasized. Mr. Troyer. 

**B0 536. Growth and Development of Plants 0-2 

Prerequisite: BO 534 

An advanced treatment of the physiology of growth and development of 

higher plants, with emphasis on theoretical principles. Mr. Troyer. 



* Offered in 1962-63 and alternate years. 
** Offered in 1963-64 end alternate years. 



42 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

*B0 544. Plont Geography 0-3 

Prerequisites: BO 403, 441, GN 411, or equivalents 

A course in descriptive an interpretive plant geography, synthesizing data 
from the fields of ecology, genetics, geography, paleobotany, and taxonomy. 
The course will include a survey of the present distribution of major 
vegetation types throughout the world, a discussion of the history and 
development of this present pattern of vegetation, and a discussion of the 
principles and theories of plant geography. Mr. Cooper. 

**B0 545. Advanced Plant Ecology 0-3 

Prerequisites: BO 421, 441 or equivalents 

An advanced consideration, through class discussions and individual pro- 
jects, of the principles, theories and methods of plant ecology. 

Mr. Cooper. 

BO 570. Sanitary Microbiology 0-3 

Fundamental aspects of microbiology and biochemistry are presented and 
related to problems of stream pollution, refuse disposal and biological 
treatment. Laboratory exercises present basic microbiological techniques 
and illustrate from a chemical viewpoint some of the basic microbial aspects 
of waste disposal. Mr. Elkan. 

BO 574. Phycology 0-3 

Prerequisite: BO 103 or equivalent 

A systematic study of the structure and classification of the algae, both 

fresh-water and marine. The life history and ecology of important local 
species will be emphasized. Mr. Whitford. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

BO 614. Bacterial Metabolism 

(See ANS 614). 

BO 620. Advanced Taxonomy 0-3 

Prerequisites: BO 521, 523 or permission of instructor. 
A course in the principles of plant taxonomy including the history of tax- 
onomy, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, taxonomic literature, 
taxonomic and biosystematic methods, and monographic techniques. 

Mr. Hardin. 

BO 635. The Mineral Nutrition of Plants 0-3 

Prerequisites: BO 421 and a course in Biochemistry 

Discussion of diffusion, molecular specificity and energetics of active trans- 
port. The physical chemistry of the essential elements and its significance 
to their biochemical functions. Mr. Kahn. 

BO 636. Discussions in Plant Physiology 0-1 

Prerequisite: BO 534 

Group discussions at an advanced level of selected topics of current interest 

in plant physiology. Mr. Troyer. 

BO 640. Special Problems in Bacteriology Credits by arrangement 

Directed research in some specialized phase of bacteriology other than a 
thesis problem but designed to provide experience and training in research. 

Graduate Staff, 

BO 641. Research in Bacteriology Credits by arrangement 

Original research preparatory to writing a master's thesis or a Ph.D. disser- 
tation. Graduate Staff. 



Offered in 1962-63 ond alternate years. 
Offered in 1963-64 and alternate years. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 43 

BO 650. Special Problems in Botany Credits by orrongement 

Directed research in some specialized phase of botany other than a thesis 
problem but designed to provide experience and training in research. 

Graduate Staff. 
BO 651. Research in Botany Credits by orrongement 

Original research preparatory to writing a master's thesis or a Ph.D. disserta- 
tion. Graduate Staff. 
BO 660. Bacteriology Seminar 1-1 
Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of 
interest to bacteriologists are reviewed and discussed. Graduate student 
credit allowed if one paper per semester is presented at seminar. 

Graduate Staff. 
BO 661. Botany Seminar 1-1 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of 
interest to botanists are reviewed and discussed. Graduate student credit 
is allowed if one paper per semester is presented at seminar. 

Graduate Staff. 

CERAMIC ENGINEERING 

See Department of Mineral Industries 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Edward MartiiN Schoenborn, Head, James K. Ferrell, Kenneth 

Orion Beatty^ Jr. 
Associate Professors: Richard Bright, John Frank Seely 
Assistant Professor: David B. Marsland 

The Department of Chemical Engineering offers programs of advanced 
study and research leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philoso- 
phy degrees. The chemical engineering faculty seeks to provide a close 
association between faculty and students, to promote a common interest in 
advanced professional study, and to encourage intensive investigation, and 
top-level creative activity. 

Graduate work in chemical engineering is of increasing importance since 
it enables the student to attain a higher degree of specialized professional 
competence and at the same time to secure greater mastery of the sciences 
which underlie the quantitative aspects of chemical technology. The demand 
for chemical engineers with advanced training is greater now than at any 
time since the beginning of the chemical industry. The number and variety 
of challenging opportunities are steadily increasing, especially in the South 
which is rapidly becoming the new industrial frontier. The recent high 
concentration of industries producing synthetic fibers and other materials 
within a radius of several hundred miles of the State College is one example 
of this development. 

Students having had one or more years of training beyond the baccalaureate 
are especially needed for fundamental and applied research, for process 
development and design, for production, and even for management, tech- 
nical services and sales. Private consulting work and careers in teaching 
usually demand a period of advanced study well beyond the normal four- 
year undergraduate program. 



44 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

At present, major emphasis in the department is concerned with basic 
studies of unit operations such as fluid flow, heat transfer at high and low 
temperatures, distillation, solvent extraction, etc., with thermodynamics, 
reaction kinetics, phase equilibria, plastics technology, process measurement 
and control, and many other aspects of chemical technology. A new labora- 
tory devoted exclusively to the study of thermal properties of materials 
provides unique facilities for graduate work in this field. Strong supporting 
programs of work are also available in mathematics, statistics, physics, 
chemistry, nuclear engineering, metallurgy, the life sciences, textiles, and 
other fields of engineering. 

The Department of Chemical Engineering occupies the four-story east 
wing of the Riddick Engineering Laboratories building. Modern, well- 
equipped laboratories are provided with all necessary services for both 
teaching and research. A wide variety of special facilities such as X-ray 
equipment, spectrophotometers, electron microscope, electro-mechanical test- 
ing machine, electronic controllers and recorders, etc., are available for 
graduate research. 

In cooperation with the Department of Engineering Research, members 
of the chemical engineering staff conduct a number of important research 
projects which are supported by industry, and by State and governmental 
agencies. Graduate students assisting on these projects not only acquire 
financial assistance but gain valuable research experience on problems of 
current interest. 

In addition to research assistantships, the department also offers each 
year a limited number of graduate assistantships for part-time work in the 
department. These may be for teaching, laboratory preparation, etc., or for 
research, as the needs arise. Appointments are for one academic year of 
nine months for half-time work and at tlie present caiTy a stipend of 3>2,400. 
They are renewable upon evidence of satisfactory performance. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

CHE 411. Unit Operations I 

Required of Juniors in Chemical Engineering 
Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 202 

Principles of fluid flow, heat transfer, evaporation, etc., with emphasis on 
design calculations. 

CHE 412. Unit Operations II 4-0 

Required of Seniors in Chemical Engineering 
Prerequisite: CHE 411 

A continuation of CHE 411 with emphasis on the diffusional operations 
such as absorption, distillation, extraction, drying, etc. 

CHE 415. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 4-0 

Required of Juniors in Chemical Engineering 
Prerequisite: CHE 311 

A study of the laws of thermodynamics and their application to chemical 
engineering problems. Emphasis on the theory, data and approximation 
methods as applied to physical and chemical systems. 

CHE 421, 422. Reactor Energy Transfer 3-3 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 202 

Thermodynamics, heat transfer and fluid flow with emphasis on the prob- 
lems and methods used in the design and analysis of nuclear reactors. 

Mr. Ferrell. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 45 

CHE 431, 432. Unit Operations Laboratory I ond II 3-3 

Required of Seniors in Chemical Engineering 

Prerequisite: CHE 411 

Laboratory work on typical apparatus involving the unit operations. 

Experiments are designed to augment the theory and data of the lecture 

courses and to develop proficiency in the writing of technical reports. 

CHE 453. Chemical Processing of Rodiooctive Materials 3 or 3 

Consideration of the unique procedures required for the bulk manipulation 

of radioactive chemicals. Particular attention is given to remote operational 

procedures of precipitation, centrifugation, conveying, solvent extraction and 

ion exchange. Design of apparatus involving low maintenance and ease of 

replacement and cleaning by safe methods is considered. Other topics include 

decontamination procedures in disposal of wastes. 

CHE 460. Seminar 1 or 1 

One semester required of Seniors in Chemical Engineering 

Literature survey of selected topics in chemical engineering. Emphasis on 

written and oral presentation, 

CHE 470. Chemical Engineering Projects 2 or 2 

Introduction to research through experimental, theoretical and literature 

studies of chemical engineering problems. Oral and written presentation of 

reports. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

CHE 525. Process Measurement and Control 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CHE 411 

Theory and application of methods for measuring, transmitting, recording 
and controlling such process variables as temperature, pressure, flow rate, 
liquid level, concentration, humidity, etc. Commercial instruments are 
utilized for study of a wide variety of industrial control problems. Recorder- 
controllers are available for simulating industrial control problems of vary- 
ing difficulty. Mr. Seely. 
CHE 527. Chemical Process Engineering 0-3 
Prerequisite: CHE 412 

A study of selected chemical processes with emphasis on the engineering, 
chemical and economic factors involved. Mr. Marsland. 

CHE 540. Electrochemical Engineering 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Physical Chemistry 

The application of electrochemical principles to such topics as electrolysis, 
electroanalysis, electroplating, metal refining, etc Mr. Schoenborn. 

CHE 541. Cellulose Industries 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry 

Methods of manufacture and application of cellulose chemical conversion 
products. Emphasis placed on recent developments in the field of synthetic 
fibers, films, lacquers, and other cellulose compounds. Mr. Seely. 

CHE 542. Technology of Pulp and Paper 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry 

Fundamentals of pulp and paper manufacture with emphasis on recent ad- 
vances in the field. One laboratory period per week is devoted to topics such 
as digestion and treatment of pulp, hardsheet preparation and testing, fiber 
analysis, and chemical and physical tests. Mr. Seely. 

CHE 543. Technology of Plastics 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry 

The properties, methods of manufacture, and applications of snythetic 
resins. Recent developments in the field are stressed. Mr. Seely. 



46 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CHE 545. Petroleum Refinery Engineering 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CHE 412 

An introduction to the petroleum industry including (1) nature of petro- 
leum and its fractions, octane numbers, viscosity relationships, etc., (2) 
operations of thermal and catalytic cracking, stabilization, alklation, iso- 
merization, crude fractionation, etc., (3) problem work covering high pres- 
sure relationships, and related material. Graduate Staff. 
CHE 546. Chemical Reaction Rates 3 or 3 
Prerequisite: CHE 415 

A basic study of the rates of homogeneous reactions, heterogeneous reactions, 
and catalysis. Mr. Stahel. 

CHE 551. Thermol Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: ME 302 or 303; or CHE 411; or equivalent 
The design and operation of nuclear reactors and the utilization of the 
power from them involves major problems in nearly every phase of heat 
transfer, and many important problems in fluid flow. Possible solutions to 
these problems arc severely affected by the influences of radiation on heat 
tran.sfer media, hazards of handling radioactive substances, etc. The course 
considers the thermal problems of nuclear reactor design and the principles 
of fluid flow and heat transfer necessary to their solutions. 
The course is intended for engineers and science students with backgrounds 
in physics and mathematics and elementary thermodynamics. 

Mr. Beatty. 
CHE 553. Separation Processes in Nuclear Engineering 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CHE 412 or equivalent 

A study of the principles and techniques of separation and purification of 
chemical components, based upon mass transfer by diffusion. Specific tech- 
techniques covered are distillation, extraction, adsorption and ion exchange, 
particularly in regard to continuous, counter-current operations. Special 
topics include a suney of fuel processing, technology of uranium processing, 
complexing action of solvents, and halide distillation. 

The course is primarily intended for engineers and science students with 
backgrounds in mathematics, physics and elementary chemistry' but who 
have had no previous course in separation processes. Mr. Beatty. 

CHE 570. Chemical Engineering Projects 1 to 3 credits 

Prerequisite or concurrent: CHE 412 

A laboratory study of some phase of chemical engineering or allied field. 

Graduate Staff. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

CHE 610. Heat Tronsfer 1 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CHE 411 

An advanced course dealing primarily with heat transfer between liquids 
and solids, optimum operating conditions and design of equipment, conduc- 
tion, heating and cooling of solids, radiant heat transmission. 

Mr. Beatty. 

CHE 611. Heat Transfer II 2 or 2 

Prerequisite: CHE 610 

An intensive study of recent advances in heat transfer and allied fields. 

Mr. Beatty. 

CHE 612. Diffusionol Operations 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CHE 412 

An advanced treatment of mass transfer particularly as applied to absorption. 

extraction, drying, humidification and dehumidification. Mr. Schoenborn. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 47 

CHE 613. Distillation 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CHE 412 

Vapor-liquid equilibria of non-ideal solutions, continuous distillation of 
binary and multicomponent systems, batch distillation, azeotropic and ex- 
tractive distillation. Mr. Schoenborn. 
CHE 614. Drying of Solids 2or2 
Prerequisite: CHE 412 

An advanced course on the mechanism of drying operations with applica- 
tion to design of equipment, such as cabinet, tunnel, rotary, drum and spray 
driers. Mr. Marsland. 

CHE 615. Thermodynamics I 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CHE 415 

Advanced topics in chemical engineering thermodynamics including equi- 
libria of physical and chemical systems, high pressure systems, generalized 
properties of hydrocarbon, etc. Mr. Beatty. 

CHE 616. Thermodynamics II 2 or 2 

Prerequisite: CHE 615 
An intensive study of recent advances in thermodynamics. 

Mr. Beatty. 
CHE 617. Catalysis of Industrial Reaction 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CHE 546 

A study of the mechanism of catalysis with emphasis on practical application 
to operation and design of industrial processes. Mr. Stahel. 

CHE 631, 632. Chemical Process Design 3-3 

Prerequisite: CHE 412 

Design and selection of process equipment, through solution of comprehen- 
sive problems involving unit operations, kinetics, thermodynamics, strength 
of materials and chemistry. Graduate Staff. 

CHE 641, 642. Advanced Chemical Engineering Laboratory 2-2 

Prerequisite: CHE 412 

Advanced laboratory work in a selected field with emphasis on theory, tech- 
niques and performance of equipment. Graduate Staff. 
CHE 650. Advanced Topics in Chemical Engineering 1 to 3 credits 

per semester 
A study of recent development in chemical engineering theory and practice, 
such as ion exchange, crystallization, mixing, molecular distillation, hydro- 
genation, fluorination, etc. The topic will vary from term to term. 

Graduate Staff. 
CHE 660. Chemical Engineering Seminar 1 credit per semesetr 

Literature investigations and reports of special topics in chemical engineer- 
ing and allied fields. Graduate Staff. 
CHE 680. Chemical Engineering Research Credits by arrangement 
Independent investigation of an advanced chemical engineering problem. A 
report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 

Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Ralph Clay Swann, Head, Thomas Glenn Bowery, George 
OsMORE DoAK, Richard Henry Loeppert^ Walter John Peterson, Willis 
Alton Reid, Cowin Cook Robinson, Paul Porter Sutton, Joseph 
Arthur Weybrew 

Associate Professors: Alonzo Freeman Coots, Leon David Freedman, 



48 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Forrest William Getzen. Louis Allman Jones, Richard Coleman Pink- 
ERTON, Edward C. Sisler, Samuel B. Tove, Raymond Cyrus White 
Assistant Professor: George Gilbert Long 

The Department of Chemistry offers tiie degree of Master of Science in 
chemistry. Before the master's program is initiated, a student must have met 
the requirements set forth by the Committee on Professional Training of 
the American Chemical Society for the baccalaureate degree, either at the 
institution in which he received his undergraduate training or at North 
Carolina State College. The minimum course requirements in chemistry 
for the bachelor's degree consist of four basic year courses in general inorganic 
chemistry, analytical chemistry, physical chemistry, and organic chemistry, 
and one semester of inorganic chemistry, together with at least two advanced 
courses. Mathematics, comprising the equivalent of two years of college 
work, which must include one year of differential and integral calculus and 
differential equations, is also required. 

Instruction in chemistry trains students in all areas of chemistry, strongly 
supported with fundamental training in physics and mathematics. Edu- 
cational, commercial, and research positions are open to men and women 
trained in the chemistry of plants, animals, soils, fertilizers, insecticides, foods 
and feeds, vitamins and nutrition, and clinical and biophysical chemistry. In 
the past, the majority of graduates with the Master of Science degree have 
continued their education toward the Doctor of Philosophy degree with a 
major in one of the branches of chemistry. 

The Department of Chemistry is adequately equipped with standard 
instruments and apparatus available for both teaching and research. A size- 
able assortment of specialized equipment is also available. Much of this 
equipment is the most modern and versatile available and hence suitable 
for fundamental investigations. Included are substantial facilities in: radio- 
chemistry— gamma spectrometer, proportional counters, Geiger counters, 
neutron source, etc.; spectroscopy— double grating infra-red spectrometer, 
far ultraviolet-ultra-violet-visible-near infrared absorption spectrophotometer, 
grating emission spectrograph, photofluorimeter, etc.; electrochemistry— 
coulometer, controlled potential electro-deposition apparatus, polarograph, 
conductivity bridges, oscillometer, etc.; organic chemistry— high pressure 
reactors, precission refractometer, polarimeter, fractionating columns, con- 
trolled atmosphere box, etc. 

A shop equipped with standard power tools (drill press, lathes, band 
saws, etc.) is available to research workers for construction of special ap- 
paratus. Glass-blowing facilities are also available. 

Complete sets of reference works of more than one hundred chemical 
(including biochemical and nutritional) journals in English, German, and 
French are accessible for student use in the D. H. Hill Library. Current 
numbers of the most widely used chemical journals (including all of those 
published by the American Chemical Society) are available in the Chemistry 
Library. 

Some of the areas of specialization for research studies available include: 
kinetics of gas phase reaction; problems in electro chemistry; distribution 
and structure of the flavin enzymes; charged particle cross section measure- 
ments; application of radiotracer techniques to physical chemistry problems; 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 49 

research in fission product analysis, neutron activation and nuclear thermo- 
dynamics; synthesis and properties or organophosphorus and organoarsenic 
compounds; kinetics of inorganic reactions; relation of chemical structure 
to herbicidal properties; problems in infra-red and ultra-violet spectroscopy; 
problems in solid state chemistry; vitamin methodology; nutritional re- 
quirements to various farm animals (in cooperation with the Nutrition 
Section, Animal Science Department) mechanisms involved in plant phy- 
siological processes; techniques of spectrographic analysis and their applica- 
tion in research with plants, soils, and animals; and preparation and charac- 
terization of fat acid esters and derived products. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

CH 411. Analytical Chemistry I 0-4 

Prerequisites: CH 431, 432 (Coreq. CH 433, 434) 

An introduction to analytical chemistry including both classical and modern 
techniques involving the distribution of a component between phases; for 
example, gravimetric methods, gas chromatography and adsorption. 

Messrs. Long and Pinkerton. 

CH 413. Analytical Chemistry II 4-0 

Prerequisite: CH 411 

A continuation of analytical chemistry I with emphasis upon modern ap- 
proaches to acid-base chemistry, oxidation-reduction, potentiometric meth- 
ods, and spectrophotometry. Messrs. Long and Pinkerton. 

CH 420. Organic Preparations 0-3 

Prerequisites: 3 yrs. chemistry including CH 223 

Experiments selected to acquaint the student with advanced methods and 

techniques in the preparation of organic substances. 

Messrs. Doak and Freedman. 

CH 431-433. Physical Chemistry I and II 3-3 

Prerequisites: CH 107, MA 202 and PY 202 

An intensive study of the states of matter, solutions, colloids, homogeneous 
and hetergeneous equilibrium, reaction kinetics, electrolysis, conductance, 
oxidation recations, ionic equilibrium. 

Messrs. Getzen, Bowen, and Sutton. 

CH 432-434. Physical Chemistry Laboratories 1-1 

Prerequisites: (Coreq. CH 431 and CH 433) 

Laboratory courses to accompany lecture work in Physical Chemistry I and 

II respectively. Graduate Staff. 

CH 435. Physical Chemistry III 3-0 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

An intensive study of the structure of atoms and molecules, an introduction 

to statistics, and selected topics in modern physical chemistry. 

Graduate Staff. 

CH 441. Colloid Chemistry 0-3 

Prerequisites: CH 220 and CH 215 

Adsorption, preparation, properties, constitution, stability and application of 
sols, gels, emulsions, foams, and erosols; dialysis, Donnan membrane equili- 
brium. Mr. Getzen. 

CH 491. Reading in Honors Chemistry Credits by arrangement 

A reading course for exceptionally able students at the senior level. The 
students will do extensive reading in areas of advanced chemistry and will 
present written reports of their findings. Graduate Staff. 



60 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

CH 501. Inorganic Chemistry I 3-0 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Modern inorganic chemistry from the point of view of the chemical bond. 
Topics covered are: chemical periodicity and its origins in atomic structure; 
the ionic bond and electroegativity; crystal structure and bonding in ionic 
solids; the metallic state, conduction and semiconductors; the preparation 
and properties of illustrative compounds. Mr. Pinkerton. 

CH 503. Inorganic Chemistry II 0-3 

Prerequisite: CH 501 

A continuation of CH 501. Topics covered are: the hydrogen molecule-ion 
and the theory of the covalent bond; molecular orbitals and hybridization; 
dipole moments and magnetic properties; the theory of acids and bases; non- 
aqueous solvents; co-ordination compounds, carbonyls and quasi-aromatic 
compounds; and the chemistry of the transition metals, lanthanides and 
actinides. Mr. Long. 

CH 511. Chemical Spectroscopy 3-0 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Theory, analytical applications and interpretation of spectra as applied to 
chemical problems. Major emphasis will be placed upon ultraviolet, visible 
and infrared spectra. Mr. Long. 

CH 512. (TC 512) Chemistry of High Polymers 3-0 or 0-3 

CH 513. Electroonolytical Chemistry 0-3 

Prerequisite: CH 413 

A course in electroanalytical chemistry including the foundations of theo- 
retical electrochemistry. Topics covered are: Potentiometric measurements 
and electrical resistance; diffusion, transport; theory of dilute solutions: 
polarography and amperometric measurements; surface effects and electrode 
kinetics; electrochemistry in non-aqueous systems. Mr. Pinkerton. 

CH 521. Advanced Organic Chemistry I 3-0 

Prerequisites: 3 yrs. chemistry including CH 223 

Resonance reaction mechanisms; hydrocarbons, organic halides, alcohols, 
amines, and carbonyl compounds. Mr. Doak. 

CH 523. Advanced Organic Chemistry II 0-3 

Prerequisite: CH 521 

Sterochemistry, steroids and other natural products organometallics and 
heterocycles. Mr. Doak. 

CH 525. Physical Organic Chemistry 0-3 

Prerequisites: CH 223 and CH 433 

Theoretical and physical aspects of organic chemistry; structure and mechan- 
ism in organic chemistry. Mr. Loeppert. 
CH 527. Chemistry of Metal-Organic Compounds 3-0 
Prerequisites: 3 yrs. chemistry including CH 223 

A study of the preparation, properties and reactions of compounds contain- 
ing the carbon-metal bond, with a brief description of their uses. 

Mr. Doak. 
CH 528. Qualitative Organic Analysis 4-0 

Prerequisites: 3 yrs. chemistry including CH 223 

A study of class reactions, functional groups, separation, identification and 
preparation of derivatives. Mr. Doak. 

CH 529. Quantitative Organic Analysis 0-3 

Prerequisites: CH 223 and CH 411 

Quantitative determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halogens, sul- 
fur and various functional groups in organic materials, with emphasis on 
semimicro methods. Graduate Staff. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 51 

CH 531. Chemical Thermodynamics 3-0 

Prerequisites: CH 433 and MA 301 

An extension of elementary principles to the treatment of ideal and real 
gases, ideal solutions, electrolytic solutions, galvanic cells, surface systems, 
and irreversible processes. An introduction to statistical thermodynamics and 
the estimation of thermodynamic functions from spectroscopic data. 

Mr. Sutton. 
CH 533. Chemical Kinetics 0-3 

Prerequisites: CH 433 and MA 301 

An intensive survey of the basic principles of chemical kinetics with em- 
phasis on experimental and mathematical techniques, elements of the kinetic 
theory, and theory of the transition state. Applications to gas reactions, re- 
actions in solution, and mechanism studies. Mr. Bowen. 
CH 535. Surface Phenomena 3-0 
Prerequisites: CH 433 and MA 301 

An intensive survey of the topics of current interest in surface phenomena. 
This course is designed to cover the foundations of the present understand- 
ing of surface behavior. Formulation of basic theories are presented together 
with illustrations of their current applications. Mr. Getzen. 

CH 537. Quantum Chemistry 0-3 

Prerequisites: CH 435, PY 401 and PY 407 

The elements of wave mechanics applied to stationary energy states and 
time-dependent phenomena. Applications of quantum theory to chemistry, 
particularly chemical bonds. Mr. Coots. 

CH 543. Radioisotope Principles 3-0 

Prerequisites: CH 433, PY 202 and MA 202 

A presentation of the basic knowledge of radioactivity, nuclear reactions, 
ionizing radiations, and radiochemistry essential to competence in the use 
of radioisotopes. Mr. Coots. 

CH 544. Radioisotope Techniques 1-0 

Prerequisites: (Coreq. CH 543) 

A laboratory' course in the physical and chemical techniques essential to 

competence in the use of radioisotopes. Mr. Coots. 

CH 545. Radiochemistry 0-3 

Prerequisites: CH 543, or PY 407 and PY 410 

An advanced presentation of the applications of radioactivity to chemistry 
and of the applications of chemistry to the radioactive elements, particularly 
the heavy elements and fission products. Mr. Coots. 

CH 546. Radiochemistry Laboratory 0-1 

Prerequisite: (Coreq. CH 545) 

The laboratory work associated with CH 545 Radiochemistr)'. Mr. Coots. 

CH 551. General Biological Chemistry 5-0 

Prerequisites: 3 yrs. chemistry including CH 223 

The chemical constitution of living matter. Biochemical processes as well 

as compounds are studied. Mr. Peterson. 

CH 553. Chemistry of Proteins and Nucleic Acids 0-3 

Prerequisites: CH 551 

Composition, distribution, structure, properties and metabolism of amino 

acids, proteins, and nucleic acids. Mr. Armstrong. 

CH 555. Plant Chemistry 0-3 

Prerequisite: CH 551 

Composition of plants, properties, nature, and classification of plant con- 
stituents, changes occurring during growth, ripening and storage of plant 
products. Mr. Sisler. 



52 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates Only 

CH 621. (ANS 621) Enzymes and Intermediary Metabolism 4-0 

Prerequisite: CH 551 

A study of the properties of enzymes and enzyme action, intermediary meta- 
bolism of carbohydrates, amino acids, fatty acids, vitamins, purines and 
porphrins, metabolic energy relationships. Mr. Tove. 

CH 622. (ANS 622) Principles of Biological Assays 0-3 

Prerequisites: CH 551 or ANS 312 and ST 512 

Techniques and designs of biological assays for vitamins; interrelationships 
of logical principles, design, and analysis is emphasized. Mr. Smart. 

CH 631. Chemical Reseorch Credits by arrangement 

Prerequisites: 40 semester credits in chemistry. Open to all graduates. 
Special problems that will furnish material for a thesis. A maximum of 6 
semester credits is allowed toward a Master's degree, no limitation on credits 
in Doctorate programs. Graduate Staff. 

CH 641. Seminar Credits by arrangements 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in Chemistrj'. 
Required of graduate students specializing in Chemistry. 
Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of in- 
terest to chemists are reviewed and discussed. 

A maximum of two semester credits is allowed toward the Master's degree, 
but any number toward the Doctorate. Graduate Staff. 

CH 651. Special Topics in Chemistry Maximum 3 credits 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Chemistry 

Critical study of some special problems in one of the branches of Chemistry 
involving original investigation together with a survey of pertinent litera- 
ture. Graduate Staff. 
CH 671. Advanced Physical Chemistry 3-0 
Prerequisite: CH 533 

Involves a thorough review of the fundamental principles of physical chem- 
istry with extension and application of these to the study of solid state. 

Mr. Sutton. 
CH 672. Advanced Physical Chemistry 0-3 

Prerequisite: CH 671 

There will be laid down the elements of statistical mechanics and Kinetic 
theory, in terms of which certain topics from CH 671 will be more exhaus- 
tively developed. Mr. Sutton. 

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Charles Raymond Bramer, Ralph Eigil Fadum, Charles Rus- 
sell McCuLLouGH, Carrol Lamb Mann, Jr., Charles Smallwood, Jr., 
Graduate Administrator, Mehmet Ensar Uyanik 

Associate Professors: * Richard Hugh Bigelow, Paul Day Cribbins, John 
WiLLL\M Horn, Paul Z. T. Zia 

Assistant Professor: Michael Amein 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers programs of study leading to 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Graduate course work 
is available in the fields of sanitary engineering, soil mechanics and founda- 
tion engineering, structural engineering, and transportation engineering. 



On leave, 1961-62 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 53 

Whereas the Master of Science program would normally include course 
work in only one of these specialty fields, a program of study leading to the 
Doctor of Philosophy degree would encompass course work in a related 
combination of these fields. 

Laboratory facilities for sanitary engineering research work include an 
hydraulics laboratory, a chemical laboratory, and a biological laboratory. 

For work in soil mechanics and foundation engineering, a fully-equipped 
laboratory with modern soil-testing equipment is available. 

Facilities for structural engineering research include a well-equipped phy- 
sical testing laboratory and in addition an air-conditioned structural models 
laboratory. 

Transportation engineering facilities are a bituminous laboratory, an 
airphoto interpretation laboratory, a photogrammetry laboratory, and a 
traffic engineering laboratory provided with traffic control devices. 

In addition to these facilities, equipment for research is made available 
by the Department of Engineering Research. 

Some unique opportunities for research are oflFered the graduate student in 
civil engineering by reason of the location of North Carolina State College 
in the State's Capital City. There are a number of cooperative research 
endeavors with municipal and State governmental agencies that provide 
funds for research assistantships. 

The resources of the institution also provide unique opportunities for 
combining studies in civil engineering with studies in other related fields. 

In recognition of the need by industry for personnel with training in 
water supply and the abatement of water pollution, the Civil Engineering 
Department suggests that students in the many curricula leading to positions 
in industry (food processing, textile chemistry, pulp and paper technology, 
chemical engineering, zoology and others) consider courses of instruction 
in sanitary engineering for advanced undergraduate electives, and minor 
sequences for advanced degrees. Among the courses appropriate for such 
students are the following: CE 482, Water and Sewage Works; CE 571, 
Theory of Water and Sewage Treatment; CE 573, Analysis of Water and 
Sewage; CE 673, Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal; and CE 674, 
Stream Sanitation. 

There exists a growing need for the coordination of transportation facili- 
ties and land planning and for individuals with competence in both fields. 
To fulfill this need, an advanced program leading to a post-baccalaureate 
degree in engineering, majoring in transportation engineering, and to the 
degree of Master of Regional Engineering at North Carolina State College 
and the Department of City and Regional Planning at the University of 
North Carolina. Qualified students have the opportunity to schedule their 
courses of instruction to enable them to qualify for both advanced degrees. 

The program is designed for students who are desirous of becoming 
technically proficient in both the fields of transportation engineering and 
city and regional planning. The minimum residence requirements include 
two academic years plus a summer internship. The curriculum includes the 
major core courses for both the advanced transportation engineering pro- 
gram and the city and regional planning program, plus supplementary 
courses important to both endeavors and a thesis. A bachelor's degree in 
engineering, including a knowledge of transportation engineering, from an 



54 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

institution of recognized standing is required for admission to the program. 
Applicants who do not meet these requirements in full may submit their 
credentials for examination and consideration. 

Further information concerning die joint program may be obtained from 
the Department of Civil Engineering at North Carolina State College or 
from the Department of City and Regional Planning at the University of 
North Carolina. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

CE 425. Structural Analysis II 3-0 

Prerequisites: CE 324 and EM 321 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering 

Deflection of beams and trusses; indeterminate stress analysis by moment 

area, slope deflection and moment distribution. 

CE 427. Structural Design I 4-0 

Prerequisites: CE 324 and EM 321 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering and Civil Engineering Construc- 
tion Option 

Analysis and design of reinforced concrete building elements; design of 
tension, compression and simple flexural members of steel and of timber. 

CE 428. Structural Design II 0-3 

Prerequisites: CE 425 and CE 427 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering 

Design specifications; connection details; independent and complete design 

of engineering structures. 

CE 429. Elements of Structurol Design II 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 427 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option 

Design of tension, compression and flexural elements of steel and timber; 

solution of problems in erection, forms, shoring and falsework. 

CE 442. Soil Mechanics 3-0 

Prerequisite: CE 305 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering 

Fundamental stress relations, Mohr's rupture hypothesis, shearing strength. 

earth pressure theories, bearing capacity, stability of slopes, hydrostatics, 

and hydrodynamics of ground water. 

CE 443. Foundations 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 427 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option 
Identification and classification of soils; geological aspects of foundation 
engineering; methods of investigating subsoil conditions; control of water; 
types of foundations and conditions favoring their use; legal aspects of 
foundation engineering. 

CE 461. Project Planning and Control I 3-0 

Prerequisite: CE 362 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option 
Analysis of construction plant layout requirements and performance charac- 
teristics of equipment. 

CE 462. Project Planning and Control II 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 461 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option 

Scheduling, analysis and control of construction projects. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 55 

CE 464. Legal Aspects of Contracting 0-3 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option; elective 
Legal aspects of construction contract documents and specifications; owner- 
engineer-contractor relationships and responsibilities; bids and contract 
performance; labor laws. 

CE 481. Hydrology ond Drainage 2-0 

Prerequisite: CE 382 
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering 

Occurrence and distribution of rainfall; runoff, surface and ground waters; 
design of drainage and control structures. 

CE 482. Water and Sewage Works 0-3 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 
Required of seniors in Civil Engineering 

Water supply analysis and design, including population estimates, consump- 
tion, source selection, aqueducts, distribution systems and pumping stations; 
elements of water treatment; collection and disposal of sewage; elements 
of sewage treatment. 

CE 485. Elements of Hydraulics and Hydrology 3-0 

Prerequisite: EM 312 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering Construction Option 
Elements of fluid mechanics, hydraulics and hydrology, with application to 
problems in construction engineering. 

CE 492, 493. Professional Practice I, II 1-1 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Required of seniors in Civil Engineering and Civil Engineering Construc- 
tion Option 

Professional engineering societies and their functions; professional standards; 
topics of current interest to the civil engineer. 

Courses for Groduotes and Advanced Undergraduates 

CE 507. Airphoto Analysis I 3-0 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Engineering evaluation of aerial photographs, including analysis of soils 

and surface drainage characteristics. Mr. McCullough. 

CE 508. Airphoto Analysis II 0-3 
Prerequisite: CE 507 

Engineering evaluation of aerial photographs for highway and airport proj- 
ects. Mr. McCullough. 

CE 509. Photogrammetry 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CE 201 

Elements of photogrammetry as applied to surveying and mapping. Aerial 
and terrestrial photogrammetry. Flight planning and ground controls. Stero- 
scopy and steroscopic plotting instruments. Measurements on photographs. 

Graduate Staff. 

CE 510. Advanced Surveying 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CE 202 

State coordinate systems and map projections. Elements of geodetic and 
astronomical surveying. Adjustment of observations by the method of least 
squares. Graduate Staff. 

CE 514. Municipal Engineering Projects 0-3 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Special problems relating to public works, public utilities, urban planning 

and city engineering. Messrs. Horn, Smallwood. 



56 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 515. Tronsportotion OperaHons 3-0 

Prerequisite: CE 306 

The analysis of traffic and transportation engineering operations. 

Messrs. Cribbins, Horn. 
CE 516. Transportation Design 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CE 306 
The geometric elements of traffic and transportation engineering design. 

Messrs. Cribbins, Horn. 
CE 524. Analysis and Design of Masonary Structures 3-0 

Corequisite: CE 425 

Analysis and design of arches, culverts, dams, foundations and retaining 
walls. Mr. Bramer. 

CE 525, 526. Advanced Structural Analysis I, II 3-3 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Analysis of rigid frames and continuous structures; treatment of redundant 

members and secondary stresses. Mr. Bramer. 

CE 527. Numericol Methods in Structurol Anolysis 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Newmark's numerical integration procedure and its applications; matrix 
operations, relaxation and iteration, finite difference method. Force and 
displacement methods, string polygon method. High-speed computation. 

Messrs. Bigelow, Zia. 

CE 531. Experimental Stress Analysis 3-0 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Principles and methods of experimental analysis; dimensional analysis; ap- 
plications to full-scale structures. Mr. Bramer. 

CE 532. Structural Laboratory 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Test procedures and limitations and interpretation of experimental results. 

CE 534. Plostic Analysis and Design 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 427 

Analysis of steel structure behavior beyond the elastic limit; concept of 
design for ultimate load and the use of load factors. Analysis and design 
of component parts of frames. Methods of predicting strength and defor- 
mation behavior of structures loaded in the plastic range. Bracing and con- 
necting requirements for frame. Mr. Bramer. 

CE 535. Ultimate Strength Theory and Design 3-0 

Prerequisite: CE 427 

Ultimate strength theories of axially loaded column, flexure, combined flex- 
ure and axial load, shear. Critical review of important research and their 
relationship with the development of design codes for reinforced concrete. 

Mr. Zia. 

CE 536. Theory and Design of Prestressed Concrete 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 427 

The principles of prestressed concrete. Materials. Methods of prestressing. 
Loss of prestress. Design of beams for bending, shear and bond. Ultimate 
strength. Deflection. Composite beams. Continuous beams. Special topics. 
Design projects. Mr. Zia. 

CE 544. Foundation Engineering 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CE 442 

Subsoil investigations; excavations; design of sheeting and bracing systems; 
control of water; footing, grillage and pile foundations: caisson and coffer- 
dam methods of construction; legal aspects of foundation engineering. 

Mr. Fadum. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 57 

CE 547. Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: EM 321 

Physical and mechanical properties of soils governing tlieir use for engi- 
neering purposes; stress relations and applications to a variety of funda- 
mental problems. Mr. Fadum. 
CE 548. Engineering Properties of Soils I 3-0 
Corequisite: CE 442 

The study of soil properties that are significant in earthwork engineering, 
including properties of soil solids, basic clay mineral concepts, classification, 
identification, plasticity, permeability, capillarity and stabilization. Labora- 
tory work includes classification, permeability and compaction tests. 

Mr. Wahls. 
CE 549. Engineering Problems of Soils II 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 548 

Continuation of CE 548, including the study of compressibility, stress-strain 
relations and shear strength theories for soil. Laboratory work includes con- 
solidation and shear strength tests. Mr. Wahls. 
CE 570. Sanitary Microbiology 0-3 
(See BO 570) 

CE 571. Theory of Woter and Sewage Treatment 3-0 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Study of the physical and chemical principles underlying water and sewage 
treatment processes; diffusion of gases, solubility, equilibrium and ionization, 
anaerobic and aerobic stabilization processes, sludge conditioning and 
disposal. Mr. Smallwood. 

CE 572. Unit Operations ond Processes in Sanitary Engineering 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 571 

Processes and operations in sanitary engineering; sedimentation, aeration, 
filtration, adsorption, coagulation, softening, sludge digestion, aerobic treat- 
ment of sewage. Mr. Smallwood. 
CE 573. Analysis of Water and Sewage 3-0 
Corequisite: CE 571 

Chemical and physical analysis of water and sewage and interpretation of 
results. Mr. Smallwood. 

CE 574. Radioactive Waste Disposal 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

Unit operations and processes employed in treatment and disposal of radio- 
active wastes. Mr. Smallwood. 
CE 580. Flow in Open Channels 3 or 3 
Prerequisite: CE 481 

The theory and applications of flow in open channels, including dimensional 
analysis, momentum-energy principle, gradually varied flow, high-velocity 
flow, energy dissipators, spillways, waves, channel transitions and model 
studies. Mr. Amein. 

CE 591., 592. Civil Engineering Seminar 1-1 

Discussions and reports of subjects in civil engineering and allied fields. 

Graduate Staff. 
CE 598. Civil Engineering Projects Credits by arrangement 

Special projects in some phase of civil engineering. Graduate Staff. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

CE 601. Transportation Planning 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 515 

The planning, administration, economics and financing of various trans- 
portation engineering facilities. Messrs. Cribbins, Horn. 



58 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

CE 602. Advanced Tronsportotion Design 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 516 

Design of major traffic and transportation engineering projects. 

Messrs. Cribbins, Horn. 
CE 603. Airport Plonning and Design 3-0 

Corequisite: CE 515 and 516 
The analysis, planning and design of air transportation facilities. 

Messrs. Cribbins, Horn. 
CE 604. Urbon Transportation Planning 0-3 

Prerequisite: CE 515 
Thoroughfare planning as related to land usage and urban master-planning. 

Messrs. Cribbins, Horn. 
CE 623. Theory and Design of Arches 3-0 

Prerequisites: CE 428 and CE 526 

General theor)' of elastic arches. Boundary conditions and their effect on 
behavior of the arch. Single span, multiple span arches on elastic piers, 
influence lines of various functions under moving loads, economical layout 
of arches, design criteria for steel and concrete arches. Mr. Uyanik. 

CE 624. Analysis and Design of Structural Shells and Folded Plates 0-3 

Prerequisites: CE 623 and EM 511 

Roof structures consisting of surfaces of revolution, both single and com- 
pound curved. Mebrane stresses, bending stresses at boundaries. Domes and 
c)'lindrical shells. Approximate and exact analyses. Design criteria. Folded 
plane structures of concrete plates and steel frames. Mr. Uyanik. 

CE 625, 626. Advanced Structural Design I, II 3-3 

Prerequisite: CE 428 
Corequisites: CE 525 and 526 

Complete structural designs of a variety of projects; principles of limit and 
prestress design. Mr. Uyanik. 

CE 627. Design of Blast Resistant Structures 3-0 

Prerequisites: CE 526, CE 535 and EM 554 

Sources, intensities, and methods of transmission of dynamic loads. Be- 
havior of structural elements under dynamic loadings. Behavior of structural 
systems subjected to pulse and impact loads. Design criteria and factor of 
safety. Design of surface and underground structures for nuclear blasts. 

Mr. Bramer. 
CE 641, 642. Advanced Soil Mechanics 3-3 

Prerequisite: CE 442 
Corequisite: CE 547 

Theories of soil mechanics; failure conditions; mechanical interaction be- 
tween solids and water, and problems in elasticity pertaining to earthwork 
engineering; soil dynamics. Mr. Fadum. 

CE 643. Hydraulics of Ground Water 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CE 442 or CE 547 

Principles of ground water hydraulics; theory of flo%v through idealized 

porous media; the flow net solution; seepage and well problems. 

Mr. Fadum. 

CE 671. Advanced Water Supply and Seweroge 4-0 

Prerequisite: CE 482 

Problems relating to the design of wat.r supply and sewerage works. 

Mr. Smallwood. 

CE 672. Advanced Water and Sewage Treatment 0-4 

Prerequisite: CE 482 

Problems relating to the treatment of water and sewage. 

Mr. Smallwood. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 59 

CE 673. Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal 3 or 3 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Water requirements of industry and the disposal of industrial wastes. 

Mr. Smallwood. 
CE 674. Stream Sanitation 3 or 3 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Biological, chemical and hydrological factors that affect steam sanitation 
and stream use. Mr. Smallwood. 

CE 698. Civil Engineering Research Credits by arrangement 

Independent investigation of an advanced civil engineering problem; a 
report of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 

Graduate Staff. 

DEPARTMENT OF CROP SCIENCE 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Paul Henry Harvey, Head, Douglas Scales Chamblee, Dan 
Ulrich Gerstel, Walton Carlyle Gregory, Guy Langston Jones, Ken- 
neth R. Keller, Glenn Charles Klingman, Roy Lee Loworn, Thurston 
Jefferson Mann, Philip Arthur Miller, Robert Parker Moore, Joseph 
Arthur Weybrew 

Processor Emeritus: Gordon Kennedy Middleton 

Associate Professors: Charles \. Brim, Harry Douglass Gross, Louis All- 
man Jones, Donald Edwin Moreland, Lyle L. Phillips, Luther Shaw, 
Donald Loraine Thompson, David H. Timothy, Robert Phillip Up- 
church 

Assistant Professors: Will Allen Cope, John Wesley Dudley, Donald 
Allen Emery, Joshua Alexander Lee, Jack R. Mauney, Edward Carroll 
Sisler 

The Department of Crop Science offers to students interested in crop 
science training leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees in the fields of plant breeding, crop production, forage crops 
ecology, weed control, and plant chemistry. For students who wish a general 
training, the Master of Agriculture degree is offered. 

Excellent facilities for graduate training are available. Each student is 
assigned office and laboratory space. In addition, many special facilities are 
available such as preparation rooms for plant and soil samples, cold storage 
facilities for plant material, air-conditioned rooms for studying the physical 
properties of cotton fiber and tobacco leaf, and soil and plant analytical 
service laboratories. Greenhouse space and growth control chambers are 
provided for projects which require special facilities. Sixteen farms are 
owned and operated by the State for research investigations. These farms 
are located throughout the State and include a wide variety of soil and 
climatic conditions needed for experiments in plant breeding, crop man- 
agement, forage ecology, and weed control. 

Strong supporting departments greatly increase the graduate students' 
opportunities for a broad and thorough training. Included among those 
departments in which graduate students in crop science work cooperatively 
or obtain instructions are botany, chemistry, genetics, horticultural science, 
mathematics, plant pathology, entomology, soil science, and statistics. 



60 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

In Nortli Carolina, a state which derives 80 per cent of its agricultural 
income from farm crops, the opportunities for the well trained agronomist 
are exceedingly great. The recipients of advanced degrees in crop science 
at North Carolina State College are found in positions of leadership in re- 
search and education throughout the nation and the world. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

CS 412. Advanced Pastures and Forage Crops 0-2 

Prerequisite: CS 312 

Pasture species and management (cultural treatment) from an iiucrnational 
viewpoint, and the inter-relationship of grazing animals on pasture develop- 
ment and management will be emphasized. Natural grassland areas and the 
place of special plant species will be considered. Mr. Gross. 

CS 413. Plant Breeding 0-3 

Prerequisite: ON 411 

The application of genetic principles to the improvement of economic plants, 
including discussions of the methods employed in the development and the 
perpetuation of desirable clones, varieties, and hybrids. Mr. Harvey. 

CS 414. Weeds and Their Control. 3-0 

Prerequisite: CH 203 or equivalent 

Principles involved in cultural and chemical weed control. Discussions on 
chemistry of herbicides and the effects of the chemicals on the plant. Identi- 
fication of common weeds and their seeds is given. Mr. Klingman. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

CS511. Tobacco Technology 0-2 

Prerequisite: CS 311, BO 421 or equivalent 

A study of special problems concerned with the tobacco crop. The latest 
research problems and findings dealing with this important cash crop will 
be discussed. Mr. Jones. 

CS 521. Special Problems Credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Admitted only with consent of instructor 
Special problems in various phases of Field Crops. Problems may be selected 
or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and cur- 
rent research. Graduate Staff. 
CS 541. (GN 541 or HS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3-0 
Prerequisites: GN 512; recommended ST 511 

An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles 
and concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Haynes, Timothy. 

CS 542. (GN 542 or HS 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 

2 in Summer Sessions 
Prerequisites: CS 541 or GN 541 or HS 541 

Laboratory and field study of the application of the various plant breeding 
techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants. 

Mr. Harvey. 

Courses for Graduates Only* 

CS 611. Forage Crop Ecology Q-2 

Prerequisites: CS 412; BO 441 

A study of the effect of environmental factors on the growth of forage crops. 

Attention will be given to methods of research in forage ecology. 

Mr. Chamblee. 

* students ore expected to consult the instructor before registration. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 61 

CS 612. Special Topics in Weed Control 0-2 

Prerequisites or Corequisites: CS 414, BO 403, BO 532 or 533 
Detailed examination ot current concepts and literature of weed control. The 
chemistry, physiology, ecology, taxonomy, microbiology, equipment, and 
techniques used in weed control research will be discussed. 

Graduate Staff. 

CS 631. Seminar 1-1 

Prerequisites: Graduate Standing 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special problems of inter- 
est to agronomists reviewed and discussed. 

A maximium of two credits is allowed towards the Master's degree, but any 
number towards the Doctorate. Graduate Staff. 

CS 641. Research Credits by orrongement 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing 

A maximum of two credits is allowed towards the master's degree, but any 
number towards the doctorate. Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS 

Graduate Faculty 

Professor: Ernst W. Swanson, Head 

Associate Professors: Louis A. Dow, Cleon Harrell, Bernard M. Olsen 

Assistant Professors: Gerald Garb, Thomas H. Park, Ching S. Shen 

No graduate degrees are offered in economics at State College. The courses 
listed below are eligible for graduate credit when they form a part of an 
approved graduate program in other departments. Economics may serve as 
a minor field. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

EC 401, 402. Principles of Accounting 3-3 

Fundamental principles of accounting theory and practice; the analysis and 
recording of business transactions; explanation and interpretation of the 
structure, form, and use of financial statements. 

EC 407. Business Law I 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

A course dealing with elementary legal concepts, contracts, agency, negoti- 
able instruments, sales of personal property, chattel mortgages, partnerships, 
corporations, suretyship and bailments, insurance. 

EC 408. Business Law II 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: EC 407 

Deals with real property, mortgages on urban and farm lands, landlord and 
tenant, requirements for valid deed, insurance law, wills, suretyship and 
conditional sales. 

EC 409. Accounting for Production Costs 3-3 

Prerequsite: EC 312 

An introduction to accounting problems peculiar to manufacturing, fabri- 
cation, and construction-type enterprises. Cost determination and allocation 
of costs for materials, labor, and overhead to the various units of product. 
Estimating and cost control in the production and manufacturing process. 
Special emphasis to be placed on managerial analysis and interpretation of 
cost data. 



62 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EC 410. Industry Studies 3-0 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

An analysis of organization, market structure, and competitive behavior in 
specific industries, using the tools of the economist as a guide to pertinent 
factors and their significance. The course will be organized along the lines 
of intensive but broadly-relevant case-studies. 

EC 411. Morketing Methods 3-3 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

Marketing institutions and their functions and agencies; retailing; market 
analysis; problems in marketing. 

EC 413. Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy 3-3 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205, EC 301 recommended but not required 
An analysis of the effect of modern industrial structure on competitive 
behavior and performance, in the light of contemporary price theory and 
the theory of workable competition. A critical evaluation of the legislative 
content, judicial interpretation, and economic effects of the antitrust laws. 
EC 414. Tax Accounting 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: EC 312 or EC 401 

An analysis of the Federal tax laws relating to the individual and business. 
Determining and reporting income. Payroll taxes and methods of reporting 
them. Actual practice in the preparation of income tax returns. 
EC 420. Corporation Finonce 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

Financial instruments and capital structure; procuring funds; managing 
working capital; managing corporate capitalization; financial institutions 
and their work. 

EC 425. Industrial Monogement 3-0 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Principles and techniques of modern scientific management; relation of 
finance, marketing, industrial relations, accounting, and statistics to pro- 
duction; production planning and control; analysis of economic, political 
and social influences on production. 

EC 426. Personnel Management 0-3 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

The scientific management of manpower, from the viewpoint of the super- 
visor and the personnel specialist. A study of personnel policy and a review 
of the scientific techniques regarding the specific problems of employment, 
training, promotion, transfer, health and safety, employee services, and 
joint relations. 

EC 431. Labor Problems 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

An economic approach to labor problems including wages, hours, working 
conditions, insecurity, substandard workers, minority groups, social security, 
and public policy relative to these problems. 

EC 432. Industrial Relations 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Collective bargaining. Analysis of basic labor law and its interpretation by 
the courts and governmental agencies. An examination of specific terms 
of labor contracts and their implications for labor and management. An 
examination of labor objectives and tactics and management objectives and 
tactics. Problems of operating under the labor contract. 

EC 440. Economics of Growth 0-3 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

An examination of the institutional background required for national eco- 
nomic development. Tlie conditions apparent for past growth of nations are 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 63 

compared with conditions obtaining in presently retarded nations. Con- 
clusions are drawn from this comparison to provide an introduction to 
theoretical models of growth. 

EC 442. Evolution of Economie Ideos 0-3 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

An analysis of the development of economic thought and method during 
the past two centuries. Economics considered as a cumulative body of knowl- 
edge, in a context of emerging technology, changing institutions, pressing 
new problems, and the growth of science. 

EC 446. Economic Forecasting 3-0 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205. EC 302 recommended but not required 
An examination of the basic principles and techniques of economic fore- 
casting with strong emphasis upon the economic models upon which fore- 
casting is based. 

EC 448. International Economics 3-0 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

A study of international economics, including trade, investment, monetary 
relations, and certain aspects of economic development. Emphasis upon 
analytical and policy approaches, although some institutional material is 
included. 

EC 450. Economic Decision Processes 0-3 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205 and Math 202 or Math 212 
An analysis of processes for decision making by individuals and gioups. 
Linear programming, probability, and game theorv' in the light of a general 
theory' of decision. 

EC 490. Senior Seminor in Economics 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor 

The terminal course in undergraduate study of economics. The student is 
assisted in summarizing his training, and in improving his capacity to 
recognize problems and to select logically consistent means of solving the 
problems. This is done on a small-group and individual basis. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

EC 501. (AGC 501) Intermediate Economic Theory 3-0 

Prerequisite: EC 301 or AGC 212, or equivalent 

An intensive analysis of the determination of prices and of market behavior, 
including demand, cost and production, pricing under competitive condi- 
tions, and pricing under monopoly and other imperfectly competitive con- 
ditions. Messrs. Dow. Garb, Park, Shen. 
EC 502. Money, Income, and Employment 0-3 
Prerequisite: EC 302 or EC 501, or equivalent 

A study of the methods and concepts of national income analysis with 
particular reference to the role of monetary policy in maintaining full 
employment without inflation. Messrs. Garb, Olsen, Shen. 

EC 510. (PS 510) Public Finance 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: EC 201 or EC 205 

A survey of the theories and practices of governmental taxing, spending, 
and borrowing, including intergovernmental relationships and administra- 
tive practices and problems. Mr. Block. 

EC 525. Monogement Policy and Decision Making 3-0 

Prerequisites: 9 hours in Economics and related courses and consent of 
the instructor. 

A review and consideration of modern management processes used in making 
top-level policies and decisions. An evaluation of economic, social and in- 



64 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

stitutional pressures, and of tlie economic and non-economic motivations, 
which impinge upon the individual and the organization. The problem of 
coordinating the objectives and the mechanics of management is examined. 

Messrs. Hartley, Wood. 
EC 531. Management of Industrial Relations 0-3 

Prerequisites: 9 hours in Economics and related courses and consent of 
the instructor 

A seminar course designed to round out the technical student's program. 
Includes a survey of the labor movement organization and structure of 
unions, labor law and public policy, tlie union contract, the bargaining 
process, and current trends and tendencies in the field of collective bar- 
gaining. Messrs. Hartley, Wood. 
EC 541. Origins of the United States' Economy. 3-0 
Prerequisites: Senior or Graduate standing; EC 205, HI 261, or HI 333, or 
equivalent. 

A seminar on growth and development of American economic institutions. 
Emphasis is placed on the relationship between the growth of the economy 
of the United States and theories of economic development. Mr. Olsen. 
EC 550. Mathematical Models in Economics 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205 and MA 202 or MA 212. EC 450 recom- 
mended but not required. 

An introductory study of economic models emphasizing their formal proper- 
ties. The theory of individual economic units is presented as a special case 
in the theory' of inductive behavior. Mathematical discussions of the theory 
of the consumer, the theory of the firm, and welfare economics will show 
the relevance of such topics as constrained maxima and minima, set theory, 
partially and simply ordered systems, probability theory, and game theory 
to economics. Mr. Harrell. 

EC 552. Econometrics 0-3 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205 and MA 202 or MA 212 and MA 405; 
ST 362 

Recent developments in the theory of production, allocation, and organi- 
zation. Optimal combination of integrated productive processes within the 
firm. Applications in the economics of industry and of agriculture. 

Mr. Harrell. 
EC 555. Linear Programming. 3-3 

Prerequisites: EC 201 or EC 205, MA 202 or MA 212, MA 405 
Recent developments in the theory of production, allocation, and organi- 
zation. Optimal combination of integrated productive processes within the 
firm. Applications in the economics of industry and of agriculture. 

Mr. Harrell. 

EC 590, 591. Seminar in Special Economic Topics 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Topics presented by a visiting professor or special lecturer. This course will 

be offered from time to time as distinguished visiting scholars are available. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

EC 601. Advanced Economic Theory 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: EC 501, or equivalent 

A rigorous examination of contemporary microeconomic theory. 

Messrs. Dow, Garb, Shen, Swanson. 

EC 602. (AGC 602) Monetary and Employment Theory 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: EC 502, or equivalent 

The course consists of an analysis of the forces determining the level of 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 65 

income and employment; a review of some of the theories of economic 
fluctuations; and a critical examination of a selected macroeconomic system. 

Messrs. Garb. Olson, Shen. 
EC 603. History of Economic Thought 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: EC 442 or EC 501, or equivalent 

A systematic analysis of the development and cumulation of economic 
thought, designed in part to provide a sharper focus and more adequate 
perspective for the understanding of contemporary economics. 

Messrs. Olsen, Garb, Swanson, 
EC 605. Research in Economics Credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Individual research in economics, under staflE supervision and direction. 

Staff. 
EC 640. Theory of Economic Growth 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: EC 440 or EC 502, or equivalent 

Several theoretical models of economic growth are compared and analyzed. 
Contemporary developments in the theory of national economic growth are 
studied and evaluated for consistency with older theories. Mr. Olsen. 

EC 648. Theory of International Trade 0-3 

Prerequisite: EC 448 or EC 501, or equivalent 

A consideration, on a seminar basis, of the specialized body of economic 
theory dealing with the international movement of goods, services, capital, 
and payments. Also, a theoretically-oriented consideration of policy. 

Mr. Swanson. 
EC 650. Economic Decision Theory 3-0 

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent; EC 550 or EC 555 
Study of general theories of choice. Structure of decision problems; the role 
of information; formulation of objectives. Current research problems. 

Mr. Harrell. 
EC 655. Topics in Mathematical Economics 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent; EC 550 or EC 555 

A seminar and research course devoted to recent literature and developments 
in mathematical economics. Messrs. Garb, Harrell. 

EC 665. Economic Behavior of the Organization 0-3 

Prerequisites: EC 501 or equivalent, and consent of instructor 
This seminar will apply methods and findings derived from the behavioral 
sciences to the economic behavior of the organization, particularly the busi- 
ness firm. Among the approaches which may be utilized are organization 
theory, information theory, reference group theory, and decision theory. 

Messrs. Harrell, Swanson. 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION ' 

James Bryant Kirkland^ Dean 

Associate Professor: Herbert Elvin Speech 

The School of Education offers graduate programs leading to the master's 
degree in agricultural education, industrial arts education, industrial edu- 
cation, occupational information and guidance, and industrial psychology. 
Graduate students in education may pursue programs leading to the Master 
of Science degree or to the master's degree in a professional field. Both 
degrees are recognized by the State Department of Education. 

* Following the School of Education's general write-up and description of courses are 
sections pertaining to the departments within the school. 



66 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The Master of Science degree is regarded as a research degree and as 
preparation for further graduate study. Programs leading to the Master of 
Science degree are planned to include a major (twenty credit hours) in 
some specialized area of education and a minor (ten or more credit hours) 
in some other field such as psychology or agricultural economics. If two 
minors are chosen, a minimum of six credits will be required in each. 

A reading knowledge of one modern foreign language is required. 

A thesis representing an original investigation in the major field must be 
prepared. 

The master's degree in a professional field is designed to meet the needs 
of students who are preparing themselves for teaching in the secondary 
schools. The progiam of study meeting the requirements for the professional 
degree differs from that for the Master of Science degree in that in the 
former a wider latitude is permitted in the choice of course work outside 
the major. 

A problem may be substituted for a thesis if, in the opinion of the stu- 
dent's advisory committee, this alternative contributes maximally to the 
student's objective. 

A knowledge of a foreign language is not required to meet the require- 
ments for the professional degree. 

A total of at least thirty credit hours is required, at least eight hours of 
which must be in course work at the 600 level. Not more than six semester 
hours will be accepted at the 400 level and all of these must fall outside 
of the major field. 

The School of Education is located in Tompkins Hall where well 
equipped laboratories and research facilities are provided for graduate study. 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are available 
for qualified graduate students. N.D.E.A. loans are also available for grad- 
uate students needing financial aid. 

General Courses 

Courses for Graduofes and Advanced Undergraduates 

ED 501. Education of Exceptionol Children 3-0 

Advanced undergraduates or graduates. Prerequisite: six hours in education 
or psychology 

Discussion of principles and techniques of teaching the exceptional child 
with major interest on the mentally handicapped and slow learner. Prac- 
tice will be given in curriculum instruction for groups of children, individual 
techniques for dealing with retarded children in the average classroom. 
Opportunity for individual work with an exceptional child will be provided. 

Mr. Corter. 
ED 502. Analysis of Reading Abilities 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours in education or psychology 

A study of tests and techniques in determining specific abilities; a study of 
reading retardation and factors underlying reading difficulties. 

Mr. Rust. 

ED 503. Improvement of Reading Abilities 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours of education or psychology 

A study of methods used in developing specific reading skills or in over- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 67 

coming certain reading difficulties; a study of methods used in developing 
pupil vocabularies and work analysis skills; a study of how to control vocab- 
ulary burden of reading material. Mr. Rust. 

ED 552. Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: Twelve credits in education and consent of instructor 
This course is organized to help elementary teachers and principals under- 
stand how tools and materials and industrial processes may be used to 
vitalize and supplement the elementary school children's experiences. Prac- 
tical children's projects along with the building of classroom equipment. 

Mr. Hostetler. 

ED 563. Effective Teaching 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education 

Analysis of the teaching-learning process; assumptions that underlie course 
approaches; identifying problems of importance; problem solution for ef- 
fective learning; relationship of learning and doing; responsibility for 
learnings; evaluation of teaching and learning; making specific plans for 
effective teaching. Mr. Scarborough. 

*ED 595. (lA) Industriol Arts Workshop 3 

Prerequisites: One or more years of teaching experience 
A course for experienced teachers, administrators and supervisors of indus- 
trial arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound principles and 
practices for initiating, conducting and evaluating programs in this field. 
Enrollees will pool their knowledge and practical experiences and will do 
intensive research work on individual and group problems. 

Mr. Hostetler. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 614. Modern Principles and Practices in Secondary Education 2 or 2 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education 

Foundations of modern programs of secondary education purposes, curric- 
ulum, organization, administration, and the place and importance of the 
high school in the community in relation to contemprary social force. 

Graduate Staff. 

ED 615. Introduction to Education Research 3-0 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education 

An introductory course for students preparing for an advanced degree. The 
purposes are: to assist the student in understanding the meaning and pur- 
pose of educational research and the research approach to problems; to 
develop students' ability to identify educational problems, and to plan and 
carry out research to solve these problems; to aid in the preparation of the 
research report. Special attention is given to tools and methods of research. 
Consideration is also given to the educator as a consumer of research. 

Graduate Staff. 

ED 665. Supervising Student Teaching 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education 

A study of the program of student teaching in teacher education. Special 
consideration will be given the role of the supervising teacher including the 
following areas: planning for effective student teaching, observation and 
orientation, school community study, analysis of situation, evaluating student 
teacher, and coordination with State College. Graduate Saff. 



Offered in Summer School only. 



68 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Clarence Cayce Scarborough^ Head, James Bryant Kirkland 
Adjunct Professor: Gerald Blaine James 

The Department of Agricultural Education offers programs of study lead- 
ing to the Master of Science and the Master of Agricultural Education 
degrees. 

The department has designed its graduate programs to meet the needs 
of the individual student in the area of agricultural education. Also, the 
department emphasizes instruction that will prepare the student for the 
role of a local educational leader. In addition to agricultural education 
courses, most programs include courses in rural sociology and agricultural 
economics. Courses in public administration are included in some of the 
programs. 

All of the programs in the department emphasize research. As a part of 
the graduate program, eacli student must complete a thesis or a research 
problem. 

In addition to the many resources available to all State College graduate 
students, agricultural education students are privileged to have available 
administrative and supervisory personnel staff members of the State Depart- 
ment of Public Instruction which is located in Raleigh. The State Director 
of Vocational Education, a former member of the State College graduate 
faculty, is available as consultant and adviser to graduate students in the 
agricultural education field. Other members of the State Department of 
Public Instruction staff are also available for consultation. 

A limited number of assistantships are available. Preference is given to 
experienced educational leaders in tlie field. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ED 554. Planning Programs in Agricultural Education 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Consideration of the community as a unit for planning programs in Agri- 
cultural Education; objectives and evaluation of community programs; use 
of advisory groups; school and community relationships; organization and 
use of facilities; role of the leader. Messrs. Scarborough, Beam. 

ED 558. Special Problems in Teaching Maximum 6 credits 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Current problems in teaching. Opportunities for students to study particular 

problems under the guidance of the staff. Graduate Staff. 

ED 563. Effective Teaching 

(See Education) 

ED 568. Adult Education in Agriculture 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

This course is designed to meet the needs of leaders in adult education. This 
course will give the leader an opportunity to study some of the basic prob- 
lems and values in working with adult groups. Particular attention will be 
given to the leadership role problem in educational programs for adults. 

Messrs. Scarborough, Beam. 



THE GR.\DUATE CATALOG 69 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 615. Introduction to Educotionol Research. 

(See Education) 

ED 616. Advanced Problems in Teaching 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: ED 558 

Study of current and advanced problems in the teaching and administration 
of educational programs; evaluation of procedures and consideration for 
improving. Graduate StafiE. 

ED 617. Philosophy of Agricultural Education 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: ED 554 or equivalent 

An examination of current educational philosophies and their relation to 
agricultural education. Principles and practices involved in the leadership 
of a teacher of agriculture and in making his work effective in a rural com- 
munity. Study of leaders in the field. Mr. Scarborough. 

ED 618. Seminar in Agricultural Education Maximum 2 credits 

A critical review of current problems, articles, and books of interest to 
students of agricultural education. Graduate Staff. 

ED 621. Research in Agricultural Education Maximum 6 credits 

Individual direction in research on a specific problem of concern to the 
student. Generally, the student is preparing his thesis or research problem. 

Graduate StafiE. 

ED 664. Supervision in Agricultural Educotion 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: ED 563 or equivalent 

Organization, administration, evaluation and possible improvement of 
present supervisory practice; theory, principles and techniques of effective 
supervision in agricultural education at different levels. 

Messrs. Kirkland, Scarborough. 

ED 665. Supervising Student Teaching 

(See Education) 



DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS 

Graduate Faculty 

Professor: Ivan Hostetler^ Head 
Associate Professor: Talmage B. Young 

The Department of Industrial Arts offers graduate work leading to the 
Master of Science degree and the Master of Industrial Arts degree. Indus- 
trial Arts majors may select one or two minors in such fields as guidance, 
psychology, sociology, or school administration. 

Professional and laboratory courses are provided on the graduate level to 
assure a well-rounded program of graduate studies. Special emphasis is 
being given and special funds provided for tlie development of an Experi- 
mental Laboratory with specialized equipment which will be used exclu- 
sively by advanced undergraduate and graduate students for experimentation 
and research. The industrial arts facilities of the public schools are also 
available for research work. 

Teaching and graduate assistantships are available each year for experi- 
enced teachers interested in pursuing graduate work. Loans may also be 
secured through the N.D.E.A. for graduate students. 



70 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Holders of master's degrees in industrial arts education are much in 
demand for supervisory and teaching positions in the public schools and 
colleges. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

lA 510. Design for Industral Arts Teachers 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: 6 hours of Drawing and lA 205 or equivalent 
A study of new developments in the field of design with emphasis on the 
relationship of material and form in the selection and designing of indus- 
trial arts projects. Graduate Staff. 
ED 552. Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 

lA 560. (ED 560) New Developments in Industrial Arts Education 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: 12 hours in education and teaching experience 
This course is a study of the new developments in industrial arts education. 
It is designed to assist teachers and administrators in developing new con- 
cepts and new content based on the changes in technology. They will be 
required to re-evaluate their programs in the light of these new concepts 
and the new content. Mr. Hostetler. 

lA 570. Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of instructor 
Courses based on individual problems and designed to give advanced majors 
in industrial arts education the opportunity to broaden or intensify their 
knowledge and abilities through investigation and research in the various 
fields of industrial arts, such as metals, plastics, or ceramics. 

Graduate Staff. 
lA 575. Special Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: One term of student teaching or equivalent 
The purpose of these courses is to broaden the subject matter experiences in 
the areas of industrial arts. Problems involving experimentation, investi- 
gation and research in one or more industrial arts areas will be required. 

Graduate Staff. 
lA 595. (ED 595) Industrial Arts Workshop 3 credits 

Prerequisite: One or more years of teaching experience 
A course for experienced teachers, administrators and supervisors of Indus- 
trial arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound principles and 
practices for initiating, conducting and evaluating programs in this field. 
Enrollees will pool their knowledge and practical experiences and will do 
intensive research work on individual and group problems. 
(Offered at Summer School only.) Mr. Hostetler. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 619. Seminar in Industriol Arts Education Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Reviews and reports on special topics of interest to students in industrial 
arts education. Mr. Hostetler. 

ED 624. Research in Industrial Arts Education Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Eighteen credits in Education and permission of instructor 
The student will be guided in the selection of one or more research prob- 
lems and in the organization of the problems, methods of gathering data, 
procedure for analyzing data, and best practice for interpreting and report- 
ing data. Mr. Hostetler. 
ED 630. Philosophy of Industrial Arts 2 or 2 
Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 71 

Required of all graduate students in Industrial Arts Education 
Current and historical developments in industrial arts; philosophical con- 
cepts, functions, scope, criteria for the selection and evaluation of learning 
experiences, laboratory organization, student personnel program, community 
relationships, teacher qualifications, and problems confronting the industrial 
arts profession. Mr. Hostetler. 

ED 635. Administration and Supervision of Industrial Arts 2 or 2 

Prerequisite: Twelve hours in Education 

A study of the problems and techniques of administration and supervision 
in the improvement of industrial arts in the public schools. Selection of 
teachers and their improvement in service and methods of evaluating indus- 
trial arts programs. Mr. Hostetler. 

DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

Graduate Faculty 

Professor: Durwin M. Hanson, Head 

The Department of Industrial Education offers graduate work leading to 
the degrees of Master of Science and Master of Industrial Education. The 
rapid development of industrial and technical education in North Carolina 
and throughout the nation provides many opportunities for teachers and 
administrators who have earned advanced degrees. 

The facilities at State College afford an excellent program of supporting 
courses at the graduate level in the related fields of science, mathematics, 
guidance, psychology, sociology, economics, statistics, and engineering. The 
prerequisite for graduate work, in industrial education is a proficiency in 
the undergraduate courses required for the bachelor's degree in industrial 
education, or a substantial equivalent 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are available 
for qualified graduate students. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ED 516. Community Occupational Surveys 0-2 

Prerequisites: Six credits in Education and consent of instructor 
Methods in organizing and conducting local surveys and evaluation of find- 
ings in planning a program of vocational education. Graduate Staff. 
ED 521. Organization of Related Study Materials 3 or 3 
Prerequisite: ED 422 

The principles of selecting and organizing both technical and general re- 
lated instructional material for trade extension and industrial cooperative 
training classes. Graduate Staff. 

ED 525. Trade Analysis and Course Construction 3-0 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304 

Principles and practices in analyzing occupations for the purpose of deter- 
mining teaching content. Practice in the principles underlying industrial 
course organization based on occupational analysis covering instruction in 
skills and technolog)' and including course outlines, job sequences, the de- 
velopment of instructional materials and schedules. Graduate Staff. 
ED 527. Philosophy of Industrial and Technical Education 0-3 
Prerequisites: ED 422, 440 
A presentation of the historical development of industrial and technical 



72 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

education; the types of programs, philosophy, trends and problems of voca- 
tional-industrial education; study of Federal and State legislation pertaining 
to industrial education, practical nurse education and technical education. 

Mr. Hanson, 
ED 528. Principles and Practices in Industrial Cooperative Training 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: ED 422, 440 

A study of the developments, the objectives, and principles of industrial 
cooperative training. The organization, promotion and management of pro- 
grams in this area of vocational education. Graduate Staff. 
ED 529. Curriculum Materials Development 3 or 3 
Prerequisite: ED 525 

Selection and organization of curricula used in vocational-industrial and tech- 
nical education; development of curricula and instructional materials. 

Mr. Hanson. 
ED 591. Special Problems in Industrial Education Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: 6 hours graduate work and permission of department head 
Directed study other than thesis problem to provide individualized study and 
analysis in a specialized area of trade, industrial or technical education. 

Mr. Hanson. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 609. Planning and Organizing Technical Education Programs 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, 420, 440, and 516 

Principles of planning and organizing technical education programs spon- 
sored by federal vocational acts. Professional course for coordinators and 
directors, with emphasis on the organization of post high school technical 
education level. Survey of needs, building plans, equipping and maintenance 
of buildings, financial structure, and personnel organization and manage- 
ment. Mr. Hanson. 
ED 610. Administration and Supervision of Vocotionol Education 3 or 3 
Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 334, 420, 440 or equivalent 

Administrative and supervisory problems of vocational education; practices 
and policies of Federal and State offices; organization and administration of 
city and consolidated systems. Mr, Hanson. 

ED 626. Seminar in Industrial Education Maximum 2 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or permission of the instructor 
Reviews and reports on topics of special interest to graduate students in 
Industrial Education, The course will be offered from time to time in 
accordance with the availability of distinguished professors. 

Mr. Hanson. 
ED 627. Research in Industrial Education Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Eighteen credits in Education and permission of instructor 
The student will be guided in the selection of one or more research problems 
and in the organization of the problems, methods of gathering data, proced- 
ure for analyzing data, and best practice for interpreting and reporting data. 

Graduate Staff. 

DEPARTMENT OF 

OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE 

Graduate Faculty 

Professor: Roy N. Anderson, Head 
Associate Professor: Charles G. Morehead 

The Department of Occupational Information and Guidance has been 
training guidance and personnel workers for more than four decades. The 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 73 

first master's degree was awarded in 1926. The programs of graduate study 
are planned to develop a broad understanding of guidance and personnel 
services to be applied in various settings. It is most desirable for an appli- 
cant who wishes to specialize in guidance and personnel services to have 
had undergraduate course work in economics, education, psychology, soci- 
ology, or social work. Students accepted into the program are those who 
anticipate devoting full or part time to guidance and personnel work. 
Teachers, administrators and others who wish to increase their knowledge 
of guidance and personnel may enroll for courses as a graduate minor or 
for certification renewal. 

Professional opportunities for placement in this field are on the increase. 
The department prepares students for positions as counselors in secondary 
schools, industrial education centers, colleges, community agencies; school 
or county guidance directors, rehabilitation counselors, employment coun- 
selors, placement interviewers, and personnel workers in higher education, 
business or industry, and State and Federal Government agencies. The stu- 
dent may specialize in one of several areas depending upon his vocational 
goals. 

The master's program includes a core of guidance and personnel courses 
to be selected according to the student's vocational goals. Students may 
select their minor from the following areas: economics, psychology, sociology 
and anthropology. The master's degree program of the department meets 
the requirements for the Counselor's Certificate issued by the North Carolina 
State Department of Public Instruction, as well as counselor certification in 
many other states. 

The Department of Occupational Information and Guidance has had a 
contract with the Office of Vocational Rehabilitation for the training of 
Rehabilitation Counselors, and has been awarded four Counseling and 
Guidance Training Institutes under contract with the United States Office 
of Education as authorized by the National Defense Education Act of 1958. 

The department also provides service courses in guidance and personnel 
for undergraduate students in the School of Education. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ED 524. Occupational Informotion 0-3 

Prerequisites: 6 hours of education or psychology and ED 420 or equivalent 
This course is designed to prepare teachers, counselors, business and indus- 
trial personnel workers, placement workers, and others to collect, evaluate, 
and use occupational and educational information. In addition to the study 
of the usual sources and types of published occupational information, atten- 
tion will be given to collection of occupational information locally, prepara- 
tion of the occupational monograph, analysis of job requirements and 
worker characteristics, occupational trends and factors affecting trends, occu- 
pational information to groups and individuals by techniques such as the 
following are considered: The occupations unit in social studies and other 
courses, the occupations course, home-room activities, introducing occupa- 
tional information informally in subject matter courses, the resource file, 
vocational counseling. Mr. Morehead. 

ED 530. Group Guidance 0-3 

Prerequisites: 6 hours of education or psychology and ED 420 or equivalent 
This course is designed to help teachers, counselors, administrators, and 



74 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

others who work with groups or who are responsible for group guidance 
activities, to understand the theory and principles of effective group work, 
to develop skill in using specific guidance techniques, and to plan and 
organize group activities in the secondary school and other institutions. 
The relationship of group activities to counseling and other aspects of 
guidance services is considered. Methods of evaluating and improving group 
guidance activities are taken up. Mr. Morehead. 

ED 533. Organization and Administration of Guidance Services 3-0 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and ED 420 or equivalent 
This course is designed for school guidance workers and those preparing 
for this field. Basic principles and current practices employed in developing, 
organizing, administering, and supervising guidance services in the elemen- 
tary and secondary school will be studied. Interrelationships of guidance 
services with instruction, administrative relationships, utilization of school 
staff, and evaluation of guidance services will be considered. 

Mr. Morehead. 
ED 590. Individual Problems in Guidance Moximum 6 credits 

Prerequisites: 6 hours graduate work in Department or equivalent 
Intended for individual or group studies of one or more of the major prob- 
lems in guidance and personnel work. Problems will be selected to meet the 
interests of individuals. The workshop procedure will be used whereby 
special projects and reports will be developed by individuals and by groups. 

Messrs. Anderson, Morehead. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ED 631. Educationol and Vocational Guidance 3-0 

Prerequisites: 9 hours from following fields— Economics, Education, Psychol- 
ogy or Sociology 

This course aims to provide training for teachers who are part-time or full- 
time counselors, employment interviews, social workers and personnel work- 
ers, who are aiding individuals with vocational adjustment problems. The 
course will cover the functions performed in vocational and educational 
guidance such as assembling and imparting occupational information, coun- 
seling regarding vocational and educational plans, the use of aptitude tests, 
placement in jobs and follow-up, and procedures in setting up services of 
vocational and educational guidance in schools, employment offices, and 
social service agencies. Mr. Anderson. 

ED 633. Techniques in Guidonce and Personnel 0-3 

Prerequisites: 9 hours from following fields— Economics, Education, Psychol- 
ogy or Sociology 

This course is designed to aid personnel workers in secondary schools, col- 
leges, employment offices, and social agencies to develop an understanding 
and to develop skill in using various guidance and personnel techniques. 
Some of the techniques to be studied intensively are: anecdotal reports, 
rating scales, observation, records and reports, sociograms, interviewing, 
counseling and case study procedures. Students will become acquainted with 
these techniques through lectures, demonstrations, and the study of case 
histories. Attention will be given to both diagnosis and treatment. 

Mr. Anderson. 
ED 641. Field Work in Occupationol Information and Guidance 2 to 6, 2 to 6 
Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing 

A practicum course in which the student undertakes field work in secondar)- 
schools, colleges, social service agencies, employment office, and industrial 
establishments which carry on guidance and personnel work. The student 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 75 

may observe and participate in some personnel service and may study the 
organization and administration of the programs. 

Messrs. Anderson, Morehead. 
ED 651. Reseorch in Occupational Information and Guidance Moximum 

6 credits f s 
Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing 

Qualified students will conduct investigations and research in guidance and 
personnel. Published reports and techniques in investigation will be analyzed 
and evaluated. Messrs. Anderson, Morehead, 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

Graduofe Faculty 

Professors: Howard G. Miller, Head, Key L. Barkley, Harold M. Corter 
Associate Professors: John Olixer Cook, Joseph Clyde Johnson, Slater E. 

Newman, Paul J. Rust 
Assistant Professors: Donald W. Drewes, Clifton W. Gr.\y 

The Department of Psychology offers courses leading to the Master of 
Science degree. An industrial option includes courses in the application of 
scientific methods to the study of industrial behavior based on strong re- 
search training. An experimental option provides a program with major 
emphasis on the development of proficiency in experimental methodology 
in psychological research. Courses are also offered which provide profes- 
sional competence in school psychology. 

All programs are designed to provide the student with solid grounding in 
the basic areas of psychology. A set of required core courses includes statis- 
tics, social psychology, experimental psychology, psychology of personality, 
and the theory and method of measurement. 

A minimum of thirty semester hours of graduate credit is required for 
the master's degree, but the actual graduate program for each student is 
determined on the basis of his individual needs, interests, and accomplish- 
ments and very likely will require hours in excess of this minimum. 

Admission requirements for graduate study in the Department of Psychol- 
ogy are a minimum of twenty semester credit hours in undergraduate psy- 
chology, the maintenance of a "B" average in undergraduate psychology 
courses, satisfactory grades in other collegiate studies, and satisfactory refer- 
ences from faculty and others in regard to character and quality of work. 
In some special cases provisional acceptance is granted where some of the 
requirements are not met. 

The physical facilities for the training of graduate students in psychology 
include testing, statistics, general and human engineering laboratories. 

In addition to teaching and basic research activities, the Department of 
Psychology carries on research for industrial, military and other organi- 
zations. To facilitate this activity, the Industrial Psychology Center has been 
established as a special organization within the department. 

A limited number of research and teaching assistantships are available 
annually. These assistantships are usually based on one-third time assign- 
ments, but are also occasionally for one-half time. 



76 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduotes 

PSY 438. Industrial Psychology II 0-3 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 337 

The application of psychological principles to the problems of modern 

industr)'; with particular emphasis on human relations and supervision. 

Mr. Miller. 

PSY 441. Human Factors in Equipment Design 0-3 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 337 recommended 

Human factors in the design of machines and other equipment. Items of 
equipment are understood as extensions of man's capacity to sense, compre- 
hend, and control his environment. Includes problems in the psychology 
of information, communication, control, and invention. 

Messrs. Cook, Gray. 

PSY 464. Visuol Perception for Designers 3-0 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

The nature of the seeing process and its relation to architecture, industrial 
arts, and to the industrial engineering, and textile design fields. Topics 
include the basis of sight, perception of color and form, vision and illumi- 
nation, psychological factors in visual design, and a unit of training planned 
to improve the student's ability to perceive visual form. Mr. Cook. 

PSY 475. Child Psychology 0-3 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 or PSY 304 

The development of the individual child of the elementary school age will 
be the inclusive object of study in this course. Emphasis will be placed 
upon the intellectual, social, emotional, and personality development of the 
child. Physical growth will be emphasized as necessary to an understanding 
of the psychological development of the pupil. Mr. Barkley. 

PSY 476. Psychology of Adolescence 2-2 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

Nature and source of the problems of adolescents in western culture; emo- 
tional, social, intellectual and personality development of adolescents. 

Messrs. Barkley, Johnson. 

PSY 490. Social Psychology 0-3 

Prerequisite: PSY 200 

The individual in relation to social factors. Socialization, personality devel- 
opment, communication, social conflict and social change. 

Messrs. Barkley, Miller. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

PSY 501. Experimental Psychology 3-3 

Prerequisite: 9 hours of Psychology- 
Experimental study of problems in general and theoretical psychology with 
particular emphasis on sensation and perception. Particular attention is 
paid to problem formulation, experimental design and experimental method. 
Effective written and oral performance by the student is a basic objective. 

Messrs. Barkley, Cook, Newman. 

PSY 502. Physiological Psychology 3-0 

Prerequisites: 12 hours of Psychology, including PSY 200, PSY 201 
A survey of the physiological bases of behavior including the study of co- 
ordination, sensory processes, brain functions, emotions, and motivation. 

Messrs. Corter, Bernard. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 77 

PSY 504. Advanced Educational Psychology 0-3 

Prerequisites: Six hours in Psychology 

A critical appraisal of current psychological findings that are relevant to 

educational practice and theory. Mr. Johnson. 

PSY 511. Advanced Social Psychology 3-0 

Prerequisites: PSY 200 and 514 additional hours in Psychology 

A study of social relationships and their psychological bases; emphasis on 

those aspects of behavior determined by personal interactions; work will 

involve analysis of representative research studies, and individual projects. 

Mr. Miller. 
PSY 514. Psychological Research Design 1-0 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Psychology 

The objectives of this course are to acquaint students with current develop- 
ments in theory and research in several areas of psychological interest; to 
foster capability to derive experimentally testable hypotheses, and experi- 
mental tests of these hypotheses; to write and speak effectively about theory 
and experimentation in psychology. Graduate Staff. 

PSY 530. Abnormal Psychology 0-3 

Prerequisites: PSY 200, PSY 302 

A study of the causes, symptomatic behavior, and treatment of the major 
personality disturbances, emphasis also placed on preventive mental hygiene 
methods. Mr. Corter. 

PSY 535. Tests ond Measurements 3-3 

Prerequisite: Six hours in Psychology 

A study of standard tests with an emphasis on the different selection and 
use of such instruments. Mr. Johnson. 

PSY 550. Mental Hygiene in Teaching 3-0 

Prerequisite: Six hours in Psychology 

A survey of mental hygiene principles applicable to teachers and pupils; 
practical problems in prevention and treatment of psychological problems 
in schools; case studies and research. Messrs. Barkley, Corter. 

PSY 565. Industrial Management Psychology 3-3 

Prerequisites: 9 hours of Psychology 

A study of the application of behavioral science, particularly psychology 
and social psychology to organizational and management problems. 

Mr. Miller. 

PSY 570. Theories of Personality 3-0 

Prerequisite: 9 hours in Psychology 

A survey of modern theories of personality with some emphasis on intelli- 
gence and cognitive factors. Mr. Corter. 

PSY 571. Individual Intelligence Measurement 0-3 

Prerequisite: Psychology 570 

A practicum in individual intelligence testing wtih emphasis on the 

Wechsler-Bellevue, Stanford-Binet, report writing, and case studies. 

Mr. Corter. 

PSY 576. Developmental Psychology 0-3 

Prerequisite: 9 hours in Psychology, including PSY 476 or PSY 475 
A survey of the role of growth and development in human behavior; par- 
ticularly of the child and adolescent periods. This course will pay particular 
attention to basic principles and theories in the area of developmental 
psychology. Mr. Johnson, Miss Anderson. 

PSY 578. Individual Differences 3-0 

Prerequisite: Six hours in Psychology 

Nature, extent, and practical implications of individual differences and 

individual variation. Mr. Barklev. 



78 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates Only 

PSY 604. Advanced Experimental Psychology: Learning and Motivation 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: PSY 501 or equivalent 

The objectives of this course are to promote familiarity with the kinds of 
research currently being conducted within the areas of "learning and moti- 
vation;" to foster effective performance in writing, speaking and reading 
in this area, in the derivation of hypotheses capable of experimental test 
and in the design of experiments to test them. 

PSY 606. Behavior Theory 0-3 

Prerequsite: PSY 200, a course in learning, Experimental Psychology and 
Statistics. 

A study of tlie most fundamental considerations in behavior theory. Such 
topics as criteria of scientific meaningfulness, the nature of scientific expla- 
nation, the application of formal, logical techniques to theory analysis, the 
nature of probability, operationism, intervening variables, etc., will be 
covered. The aim of the course is to develop skill in handling theoretical 
concepts, the ability to analyze and evaluate theories, to deduce hypotheses 
from them, and to devise means of testing them. Mr. Cook. 

PSY 607. Advanced Industrial Psychology I 3-0 

Prerequisite: 9 hours of Psychology and statistics or concurrent with sta- 
tistics 

Application of scientific methods to the measurement and understanding of 
industrial behavior. Messrs. Drewes, Miller. Gray. 

PSY 608. Advanced Industrial Psychology II 0-3 

Prerequisite: PSY 607 

Application of scientific metliods to the measurement and understanding of 
industrial behavior. Messrs. Drewes, Gray, Miller. 

PSY 609. Psychological Clinic Practicum Maximum 9 hours 

Prerequisite: 8 hours in Psychology 

Clinical participation in interviewing, counseling, psychotherapy and ad- 
ministration of psychological tests. Practicum to be concerned with adults 
and children. Mr. Corter. 

PSY 610. Theories of Learning 0-3 

Prerequisite: PSY 604 

The objectives of this course are to promote learning of the theories cur- 
rently used to explain how learning and forgetting occur so that testable 
consequences of these theories can be derived and so that the theories and 
their testable consequences are capably written and spoken about. 

Mr. Newman. 
PSY 612. Seminar in Industrial Psychology 3-3 

Scientific articles, analysis of experimental designs in industrial psychology, 
and study of special problems of interest to graduate students in Industrial 
Psychology. Graduate Staff. 

PSY 613. Research in Psychology Credits by arrangements 

Individual or group research problems; a maximum of six credits is allowed 
toward the Master's degree. Graduate Staff. 

PSY 635. Psychological Measurement 0-3 

Prerequisites: Stat 511 or equivalent and 12 hours of Psychology 

Theory of psychological measurement. Statistical problems and techniques 

in test construction. Mr. Gary. 

PSY 672. Personality Measurement 3-3 

Prerequisites: PSY 570, PSY 571 

Theory and practicum in individual personality testing of children and 
adults with emphasis on projective techniques, other peisonality measures, 
report writing and case studies. Mr. Corter. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 79 

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: George Burnham Hoadley^ Head, William John Barclay, 
Arthur Raymond Eckels, George Edward Schafer, William Damon 
Stevenson, Jr. 

Associate Professors: Norman Robert Bell, Edward George Manning, 
Wilbur Carroll Peterson 

The Department of Electrical Engineering offers the Master of Science 
and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Graduate work in electrical engineer- 
ing at the first-year or master's level is limited to one or two areas of 
specialization. In the more advanced study for the doctorate a comprehen- 
sive understanding of all fields of electrical engineering is required, and 
specialization appears in the research problem undertaken. 

Advanced courses of a general and fundamental nature, such as electric 
network synthesis and electromagnetic waves, are recommended for all 
graduate students in electrical engineering, and are required of those who 
plan to carry their advanced studies to the level of the doctorate. Minor 
sequences of study in advanced mathematics or physics are planned to fit 
the needs of individual students. 

Holders of graduate degrees in electrical engineering at North Carolina 
State College are in continual demand. Alumni hold important positions in 
the research laboratories of industry, government, and universities, in the 
teaching profession, and in the administrative and engineering departments 
of manufacturing corporations, utility companies, and government agencies. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

EE 401. Advanced Circuits ond Fields 3-0 

Prerequisites: EE 302, MA 301 
Required of seniors in EE 

Transient analysis of electric circuits by tlie Laplace transform method, tlie 
study of transient and sinusoidal steady-state response in terms of poles 
and zeros of network functions. Staff. 

EE 402. Advanced Circuits and Fields 0-3 

Prerequisites: EE 302, MA 301 
Required of seniors in EE 

A study of classical electric and magnetic field theory and its application to 
problems of electrical engineering. Consideration of electrostatics, radiation, 
and guided waves. Staff. 

EE 411. Electrical Engineering Senior Seminar 1-0 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 
Required of seniors in EE 

Weekly meetings for the delivery and discussion of student papers on topics 
of current interest in Electrical Engineering. Staff. 

EE 430. Essentials of Electrical Engineering 4-0 

Prerequisite: EE 301 or EE 332 

Not available to undergraduates in electrical engineering 
Essential theory of electric circuits, including electron tubes, solid state de- 
vices, transformers and rotating machines as needed to supply the electrical 
background for instrumentation and control theory. Intended primarily 



80 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

for graduate students who do not have an electrical engineering under- 
graduate degree. Staff. 

EE 431. Electronic Engineering 3-0 

Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 314 
Departmental elective for seniors 

Comprehensive coverage of circuits and equipment using electronic devices; 
variable frequency effects; amplifiers, oscillators, modulators, detectors, 
wave-shaping circuits, generators of non-linear waveforms; basic pulse tech- 
niques; principles of electronic analogue computers. Emphasis on quanti- 
tative analysis and engineering design. Mr. Barclay. 

EE 432. Communication Engineering 0-3 

Prerequisite: EE 431 
Departmental elective for seniors in EE 

Application of electronic circuits and equipment to radio and wire com- 
munication systems. Elements of complete systems, wave propagation, an- 
tennas, transmitters, receivers, television, radar, electronic navigation sys- 
tems, noise, special applications. Mr. Barclay. 

EE 433. Electric Power Engineering 3-0 

Prerequisites: EE 301, EE 305 
Departmental elective for seniors in EE 

A study of industrial power supply and power factor correction; direct and 
alternating current motor characteristics, starting methods, dynamic braking 
and speed control; motor applications, and industrial control apparatus. 

Mr. Bell. 

EE 434. Power System Anofysis 0-3 

Prerequisites: EE 302, EE 305 
Departmental elective for seniors in EE 

Analysis of problems encountered in the long-distance transmission of elec- 
tric power. Line parameters of the method of geometric mean distances. 
Circle diagrams, symmetrical components, and fault calculations. Elementary 
concepts of power system stability. Applications of digital computers to 
power-system problems. Mr. Stevenson. 

EE 435. Elements of Control 3-0 

Prerequisites: EE 314 and EE 305; or EE 430 
Departmental elective for seniors in EE 

Introductory theory of open and closed loop control. Functions and perform- 
ance requirements of typical control systems and system components. Dy- 
namic analysis of error detectors, amplifiers, motors, demodulators, analogue 
components and switching devices. Component transfer characteristics and 
block diagram representation. Mr. Peterson. 

EE 438. Instrumentation in Nuclear Technology 0-3 

Prerequisites: Either EE 430 or EE 301, EE 305 and EE 314; also, MA 301 
Departmental elective for seniors in EE 

Required course in Nuclear Engineering, Instrumentation Option curriculum 
Radiation detectors, pulse amplifiers, pulse shapers, amplitude discrimina- 
tors, counters, coincidence circuits. Mr. Manning. 

EE 440. Fundamentals of Digital Systems 0-3 

Prerequisite: EE 314 or EE 430 
Departmental elective for seniors in EE 

The basic theory of digital computation and control. Introduction to num- 
ber systems, data handling, relay algebra, switching logic, memory circuits 
the application of electronic devices to switching circuits, and the design 
of computer control circuits. Mr. Bell. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 81 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

EE 503. Linear Network Theory 3-0 

Prerequisites: EE 302, 314, MA 301; B average in EE and MA 

Analysis of linear networks, with emphasis on the system functions of the 

network in the frequency domain and response in the time domain. 

Mr. Stevenson. 
EE 506. Dynamical Analogies 0-3 

Prerequisite: EE 301 or EE 331; EM 312 or EM 301; MA 301; B average 
in EE, EM and MA 

A study of dynamic systems in various branches of engineering and science 
with emphasis on the similarities that exist among such intergrated groups 
of devices. Analogous elements and quantities in these fields as determined 
from equations basic to each. Analytical formulation of system problems 
in acoustical, electrical, mechanical, and related fields and their solution 
by analog methods. Use of electronic analog computers for the solution of 
system problems. Mr. Eckels. 

EE 507. Electromagnetics 0-3 

Prerequisites: EE 302, 314, MA 301; B average in EE and MA 
Basic principles of electromagnetic field theory in vector analysis formula- 
tion, including static electric and magnetic fields. Maxwell's equations and 
applications to guided waves. Staff. 

EE 512. Communication Theory 0-3 

Prerequisite: EE 431; B average in EE and MA 

The frequency and time domain, modulation, random signal theory, auto- 
correlation, basic information theory, noise, communication systems, 

Mr. Barclay. 
EE 516. Feedback Control Systems 0-3 

Prerequisites: EE 401, EE 435 
Departmental elective for seniors in EE 

Study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical quantities such 
as voltage, speed and mechanical position. Theory of regulating systems 
and servo-mechanisms. Steady state and transient responses. Evaluation of 
stability. Transfer function loci and root locus plots. Analysis using differ- 
ential equation and operational methods. System and compensation and 
introduction to design. Mr. Peterson. 

EE 517. Control Laboratory 0-1 

Corequisite: EE 516 

Laboratory study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical quan- 
tities such as votage, speed and mechanical position. Characteristics of regu- 
lating systems and servo-mechanisms. The laboratory work is intended to 
contribute to an understanding of the theory developed in EE 516, Feed- 
back Control Systems. Mr. Peterson. 
EE 520. Fundamentals of Logic Systems 0-3 
Prerequisite: EE 314 or EE 430 

Boolean algebra, logic circuits, systematic minimization, block diagrams, 
logic systems in computers, diode and transistor logic, pulse operation, coun- 
ters, multivibrators, cascaded systems, sequential systems. Mr. Bell. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

EE 605, 606. Electrical Engineering Seminar 1-1 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in EE 

A series of papers and conferences participated in by the instructional staff, 

invited guests, and students who are candidates for advanced degrees. 

Mr. Eckels. 



82 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

EE 611, 612. Electric Network Synthesis 3-3 

Prerequisite: EE 503 

A study of modern network theory, with the emphasis on synthesis, based 
on the work of Brune, Bode, Guillemin Bott and Duffin, Darlington, Foster 
and many others. Botli the realization problem and the approximation prob- 
lem will be treated. Mr. Hoadley. 
EE 613. Advanced Feedbock Control 0-3 
Prerequisite: EE 516 

An advanced study of feedback systems for the control of physical variables. 
Analysis of follower systems and regulators. Mathematical and graphical 
description of systems. Stability theory and performance criteria. Frequency 
response and root locus methods of analysis. System compensation and design. 
Introductory analysis of non-linear systems. Mr. Peterson. 

EE 615. Electromognetic Waves 4-0 

Prerequisite: EE 507 

Maxwell's equations applied to a study of the propagation of energy by 
electromagnetic waves. Vector and scalar retarded potentials, propagation 
in free space and material media, guided electromagnetic waves, common 
waveguides, skin effects, resonant cavities. Microwave network theory applied 
to measurement problems. Mr. Schafer. 

EE 616. Microwave Electronics 0-4 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

Frequency limitations of conventional electron tubes. Microwave power 
generation and control by interaction of electromagnetic fields with charged 
particles and molecular energy levels, and by non-linear reactances. Appli- 
cations in klystrons, magnetrons, traveling-wave tubes, masers, and reactance 
amplifiers. Measurement problems and techniques in microwave region. 

Mr. Barclay. 
EE 617. Pulse Switching and Timing Circuits 0-3 

Prerequisites: EE 503, EE 512 

Tube and transistor circuit techniques for the production, shaping, and 
control of nonsinusoidal wave forms. Fundamental circuits needed in pulse 
information systems, instrumentation, and computers. Mr. Barclay. 

EE 618. Antennas and Propagation 0-4 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

Electromagnetic wave theory applied to antennas and antenna arrays with 
emphasis on microwave frequencies. Calculation and measurement of direc- 
tional characteristics, gain, field intensity, propagation via the ionosphere 
over various terrains, obstacle gain, gain height theory, forward scatter 
and other topics. Mr. Schafer. 

EE 621. Electron Devices 0-3 

Prerequisite: EE 615 

Internal operation of electron tubes and transistors; similarities and differ- 
ence stressed. Electrical conduction through vacuum and semiconductors. 
Space charge, junction and diffusion effects. Characteristics of tubes and 
semiconductor devices at low frequencies and in various environments, para- 
meters, and equivalent circuits of active devices. Mr. Schafer. 
EE 637. Circuit Analysis of Power Systems 3-0 
Prerequisite: EE 434 

An advanced treatment of symmetrical components applied to unsymmetri- 
cal systems, and simultaneous faults. Mr. Stevenson. 

EE 638. Power System Stability 0-3 

Prerequisite: EE 434 

A study of the principal factors affecting stability and of the method of 
making stability calculations. Illustrations of studies made on actual power 
systems. Mr. Stevenson. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 83 

EE 641. Advanced Digitol Computer Theory 0-3 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

A study of the circuits and components of modern digital computers, in- 
cluding basic logic systems, codes, advanced systems of circuit logic, vacuum 
tube, transistor, and magnetic components. Memory devices, counters, con- 
verters, adders, accumulators, inputs, outputs, and computer control systems 
will be analyzed. Mr. Bell. 

EE 643. Advonced Electrical Measurements 0-2 

Prerequisites: EE 503, EE 431 

A critical analysis of circuits used in electrical measurements, with special 
attention to such topics as balance convergence, effects of strays, sensitivity, 
the use of feedback in electronic devices, and automatic measuring systems. 

Mr. Hoadley. 

EE 645, 646. Advanced Electromognetic Theory 3-3 

Prerequisites: EE 615 or PY 503; MA 512 

A comprehensive study of electromagnetic theory with emphasis on field 
theory applications. Charges in both uniform and accelerated motion, field 
equivalance principles, anisopropic media, ferrite media, variational methods 
for waveguide discontinuities, periodic structures including Floquet's theo- 
rem, integral transform and function-theoretical techniques, solid state theory 
applied to quantum electronic devices. Mr. Schafer. 

EE 650. Electrical Engineering Research Credits by orrangements 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing in EE, and approval of adviser. 

Graduate Staff. 

EE 661, 662. Special Studies in Electrical Engineering 3-3 

This course provides an opportunity for small groups of advanced graduate 
students to study, under the direction of qualified members of the profes- 
sional staff, advanced topics in their special fields of interest. 

Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF ENGINEERING MECHANICS 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Patrick Hill McDonald, Jr., Head, Adolphus Mitchell 
Associate Professors: David Maurice Benensen, Robert Alden Douglas^ Nor- 
man Clifford Small, Daniel Shou-Ling Wang 

The Department of Engineering Mechanics offers graduate studies lead- 
ing to the degree of Master of Science. 

Studies in mechanics at the graduate level normally will include initial 
courses in the areas of both solids and fluids to augment contemporary 
offerings in continuum mechanics. These courses provide a background 
suitable for subsequent specialization in such fields as elasticity, plasticity, 
or vibrations in solid mechanics; ideal, viscous, or compressible fluid flow; 
as well as in the more generalized behavior of matter encountered in the 
study of rheology. 

Recipients of advanced degrees in mechanics are in demand for research 
and development endeavors in the engineering field, in the establishments 
of both private industry and government. Increasing numbers of these men 
are choosing the opportunities afforded as members of the faculties of en- 
gineering schools and colleges. 



84 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

EM 501, 502. Continuum Mechanics I, II 3-3 

Prerequisites: EM 301; 303; ME 301; MA 405 

The concepts of stress and strain are presented in generalized tensor form. 
Emphasis is placed on the discussion and relative comparison of the analyti- 
cal models for a series of continua including the linear elastic solid, the 
perfect fluid and the viscous (Newtonian) fluid. The underlying thermo- 
dynamic principles are presented, the associated boundary value problems 
are formulated and selected examples are used to illustrate the theory. 

Mr. Douglas. 
EM 503. Theory of Linear Elasticity 3-0 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 301 

The differential equation approach employed in development of the equa- 
tions representing the behavior of a linear elastic solid. The elastic problem 
formulated in two and three dimensions and various coordinate systems. 
Application of the theory illustrated through selected problems. 

Mr. Douglas. 
EM 504. Mechonics of Ideal Fluids 3-0 

Prerequisites: EM 430 or EM 304; Corequisite MA 513 

Basic equations of ideal fluid flow; potential and stream functions; vortex 
dynamics; body forces due to flow fields; methods of singularities in two- 
dimensional bows; analytical determination of potential functions; conformal 
transformations; free-streamline flows. Mr. Lamb. 

*EM 505. Mechanics of Viscous Fluids 1 3-0 

Prerequisites: EM 430 or EM 304; Corequisite MA 532 
Equations of motion of a viscous fluid (Navier-Stokes Equations); general 
properties of the Navier-Stokes equations; some exact solutions of the 
Navier-Stokes equations; boundary layer equations; some approximate meth- 
ods of solution of the boundary layer equations; laminar boundary layers 
in axi-symmetric and three-dimensional flows; unsteady laminar boundary 
layers. Mr. Lamb. 

**EM 506. Mechanics of Compressible Fluids I 3-0 

Prerequisites: EM 430 or EM 304; ME 302; Corequisite MA 532 
Introduction to compressible fluid flow; isentropic, one-dimensional flow; 
Rayeigh and Fanno line flows; generalized one-dimensional flow; normal 
shock waves; introduction to multi-dimensional, compressible flow. 

Mr. Edwards. 
**EM 507. Systems Analysis 3-0 

Prerequisites: EM 301; 303; MA 511 
A course in the design of engineering systems in which mechanics dominates. 

Mr. McDonald. 
**EM 508. Systems Synthesis 0-3 

Prerequisites: EM 507 
A coruse in the design of engineering systems in which mechanics dominates. 

Mr. McDonald. 
*EM 509. Space Mechanics I 3-0 

Prerequisites: EM 302; EM 304; Corequisite MA 511 

The application of mechanics to tlie analysis and design of orbits and tra- 
jectories. Trajectory computation and optimization; space maneuvers; re- 
entry trajectories; interplanetary guidance. Mr. Clayton. 
*EM 510. Space Mechanics II. 0-3 
Prerequisites: EM 509; MA 511 
Continuation of EM 509. The analysis and design of guidance systems. Basic 



* Offered in 1962-63 and alternate years. 
** Offered in 1963-64 and olternote years. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 85 

sensing devices; the characteristics of an inertial space; the theory of stabi- 
lized platforms; terrestrial inertial guidance. Mr. Clayton. 
*EM 511. Theory of Plates ond Shells 3 or 3 
Prerequisites: EM 301 accompanied by MA 511 

A modern study of the theory of plates and shells. Topics are selected from 
problems involving membranes, folded plates, circular and rectangular slabs, 
domes, cylindrical shells and hyperbolic paraboloids. Solutions are obtained 
by both classical and modern numerical methods. Mr. Wang. 

**EM 551. Advoneed Strength of Materials 0-3 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Stresses and strains at a point; rosette analysis; stress theories, stress con- 
centration and fatigue; plasticity; inelastic, composite and curved beams; 
prestress energy methods; shear deflections; buckling problems and column 
design; and membrane stresses in shells. Mr. Mitchell. 

**EM 552. Elastic Stability 0-3 

Prerequisites: MA 301; MA 405; EM 551 

A study of elastic and plastic stability. The stability criterion as a determi- 
nant. The energy method and the theorem of stationary potential energy. 
The solution of buckling problems by finite differences and the calculus 
of variations. The application of successive approximations to stability 
problems. Optimization applied to problems of aeroelastic and civil engi- 
neering structures. Mr. Mitchell. 
**EM 555. Dynamics I 0-3 
Prerequisites: EM 301; MA 405 

The theory of vibrations from the Lagrangian formulation of the equations 
of motion. Free and forced vibrations with and without damping, multiple 
degrees of freedom, coupled motion, normal mode vibrations, wave propaga- 
tion in solid bodies. Mr. Clayton. 
**EM 556. Dynamics II 0-3 
Prerequisites: EM 301; MA 405 

The dynamics of particles and rigid bodies by die use of fonnulations of 
the laws of mechanics due to Newton, Euler, Lagrange, and Hamilton. Ac- 
celerated reference frames, constraints, Euler's angles, the spinning top, the 
gyroscope, precession, stability, phase space, and nonlinear oscillatory motion. 

Mr. Clayton. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

**EM 601, 602. Unifying Concepts in Mechanics I, II 3-3 

Prerequisite: PY 601 

Generalized treatment of the fundamental equations and boundary value 
problems of continuous and non-continuous media. Use is made of con- 
temporary developments in irreversible thermodynamics, statistical mechanics, 
and electrodynamics to provide a unified foundation for the development of 
principles governing the dynamic and thermodynamic behavior of elastic, 
plastic and visco-elastic solids, viscous fluids and rheological media. 

Mr. McDonald. 
**EM 604. Theory of Plasticity 0-3 

Prerequisite: MA 503 

Development of the equations representing the plastic behavior of deform- 
able solids. Yield conditions and plastic stress-strain relations. Plane strain 
theory, hyperbolic equations and slip line fields. Selected problems to illu- 
strate the theory. Mr. Douglas. 



* Offered in 1962-63 and alternate years. 
** Offered in 1963-64 and alternate years. 



86 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

*EM 605. Plastic Limit Analysis 0-3 

Prerequisite: EM 503 

Determination of the load carrying capacity of perfectly plastic structures 
including frames, plates, and shells. Emphasis on the underlying principles 
and general methods of analysis for bodies involving three-dimensional states 
of stress. Graduate Staff. 

"'EM 611. Mechanics of Compressible Fluids II 0-3 

Prerequisite: EM 506 

Continuation of EM 506; linearized theory of two-dimensional, flow; method 
of characteristics for two-dimensional supersonic flow; oblique shock waves; 
unsteady one-dimensional flow; shock-wave boundary layer interactions; 
transonic flow. Mr. Edwards. 

*EM 612. Mechanics of Vicsous Fluids II 0-3 

Prerequisite: EM 505 

Continuation of EM 505; phenomenological theories of turbulence; turbu- 
lent flow in ducts and pipes; turbulent boundary layer with and without 
pressure gradient; compressible boundary layer; boundary layer control; 
free viscous flow. Mr. Lamb. 

EM 695. Experimental Methods in Mechanics 0-3 

Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor 

The study of specialized experimental techniques utilized in contemporary 
research in the areas of Mechanics. Graduate Staff. 

EM 697. Seminars in Mechanics 1 to 3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of adviser, required 
The discussion and development of theory relating to contemporary' re- 
search in the frontier areas of Mechanics. Graduate Staff. 
EM 698. Special Topics in Mechanics 3 to 9 
The study, by small groups of graduate students under the direction of 
members of the faculty, of topics of particular interest in various advanced 
phases of Mechanics. Graduate Staff. 
EM 699. Research in Mechanics 3 to 6 
Individual research in the field of Mechanics. Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Clyde F. Smith, Head, Thomas G. Bowery, David A. Young, Jr. 

Professor Emeritus: T. B. Mitchell 

Associate Professors: Charles H. Brett, Maurice H. Farrier, Frank E. 

Guthrie, Walter Joseph Mistric, Robert L. Rabb 
Assistant Professors: William V. Campbell, Ernest Hodgson, Herbert H. 

Neunzig, William A. Stephen 

The Department of Entomology offers graduate work leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The work in entomology 
is well supported by strong departments in chemistry, statistics, and the 
plant and animal sciences. 

Excellent facilities for advanced study and research are provided in a mod- 
ern building designed for the use of the biological sciences. Equipment in- 
cludes modern greenhouses, air-conditioned laboratories with precision 
temperature and humidity control, spray chambers, dust towers, low temper- 

* Offered in 1962-63 and alternate years. 
** Offered in 1963-64 and alternote years. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 87 

ature rooms, and pesticide residue laboratories. Facilities are provided to 
support research in insect toxicology, insect physiology, insect biochemistry, 
biology, ecology, and taxonomy. 

The well-trained faculty teaches the specialized courses in the various 
phases of advanced entomological work. 

Opportunities for employment of well-trained entomologists are plentiful 
and varied. Research and teaching opportunities exist in many State institu- 
tions. Federal agencies offer positions in control, research, and regulatory 
work. Private industry is using more and more entomologists in the develop- 
ment, production, control testing and sale of agricultural chemicals. Jobs 
as consultants in domestic or foreign service as well as in private business 
and sales are available. Also, a person can go into business for himself 
as a pest control operator or as an insecticide formulator. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

EHT 501-502. Insect Morphology 3-3 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312 

Covers general morphology, external and internal, of the insects and their 
relatives. Ent. 501 will deal primarily with external morphology and Ent. 
502 with internal morphology. (Will be offered 1963-64 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Young. 
ENT 506. Chemistry of Insecticides 0-3 

Prerequisite: ENT 312, CH 203 

A study of the critical chemical, physical, and biological properties of com- 
pounds used for insect control. This course is directed toward obtaining 
fundamental knowledge of the scientific principles underlying modern 
methods of plant protection including details of actual methods of insecti- 
cide application. (Will be offered 1963-64 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Guthrie. 
ENT 511. Systematic Entomology 3-0 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312 

A somewhat detailed survey of the orders and families of insects, designed 
to acquaint the student with these groups and develop in the student some 
ability in the use of keys, descriptions, etc. (Will be offered 1963-64 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Young. 

ENT 531. Insect Ecology 3-0 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312 or equivalent 

The influence of environmental factors on insect development, distribution, 
and abundance. (Will be offered 1963-64 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Rabb. 
ENT 541. Immature Insects 4-0 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312 or equivalent 

A study of the characteristics of the immature forms of the orders and prin- 
cipal families of insects. (Will be offered 1962-63 and alternate years.) 

Messrs. Rabb and Neunzig. 
ENT 551, 552. Applied Entomology 3-3 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312 

An advanced course in which the principles of applied entomology are 
studied in respect to the major economic insect pests. Methods of determin- 
ing and examining insect damage, the economic importance of insects, and 
the chief economic pests of man, food, and fiber are studied as well as laws 
and regulations pertaining to insects and insecticides. (Will be offered 
1962-63 and alternate years.) Mr. Mistric. 



88 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ENT 561. Literature and History of Entomology 3-0 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312 or equivalent 

A general course intended to acquaint the student with literature problems 
of the scientist, mechanics of the library and book classification, bibliog- 
raphies of the zoological sciences, abstract journals, forms of bibliographies, 
forms of literature, preparation of scientific papers; taxonomic indexes and 
literature (with a historical background) and history of the development 
of zoological science from ancient to modern times with emphasis on ento- 
mology. (Will be offered 1963-64 and alternate years.) Mr. Farrier. 
ENT 571. Forest Entomology 3-0 
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312 

A study of methods of identification of forest pests, the factors governing 
their abundance habits, and control. (Will be offered 1963-64 and alternate 
years.) Mr. Farrier. 

ENT 582. (ZOO 592) Medical and Veterinary Entomology (Parasitology) 0-3 
Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 

A study of the morphology, biology and control of the parasitic arthropods of 
man, domestic and wild animals. (Will be offered 1963-64 and alternate 
years.) Messrs. Harkema and Farrier. 

ENT 590. Special Problems Credits by arrangement 

Prerequisites: Graduate Standing and Consent of the Instructor 
Original research on special problems in entomology not related to a thesis 
problem, but designed to provide experience and training in research. 

Graduate Staff. 
ENT 592. Acarology 0-3 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312, or ZO 103 

A systematic survey of the mites and ticks with emphasis on identification, 
biology and control of the more common and economic forms attacking 
material, plants and animals including man. (Will be offered 1962-63 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Farrier. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ENT 602. Principles of Taxonomy 0-3 

Prerequisite: ENT 511 

A course introducing the methods and tools used in animal taxonomy, de- 
signed to promote a better understanding of taxonomic literature, and 
provide a foundation for taxonomic research. (Will be offered 1962-63 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Young. 

ENT 611. insect Physiology 4-0 

Prerequisite: ENT 312. ENT 502, CH 451, or equivalent 
The course deals with the physiology and biochemistry of insects. The func- 
tion of the different organ systems and the intermediary metabolism of 
insects will be considered. Laboratory work will include techniques of 
current importance in physiological research. (Will be offered 1962-63 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Hodgson. 

ENT 622. Insect Toxicology 0-4 

Prerequisite: ENT 312, CH 426 or equivalent 

The course deals with the relationship of chemical structure to toxicity in 
insects. The biochemical mechanisms involved in toxication and de-toxica- 
tion will be stressed as well as physiological explanation of the chemical 
poisoning of insects. The biochemical, behavioral, and morphological expla- 
nation of resistance to insecticides will be studied. Laboratory work involves 
cholinesterase inhibition, dehydrochlorination of DDT by resistant house- 
flies, comparative toxicity of insecticides, and bioassay methods. (Will be 
offered 1962-63 and alternate years.) Mr. Guthrie. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 89 

ENT 680. Seminar 1-1 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Entomology or closely allied fields. 
Discussion of entomological topics selected and assigned by Seminar Chair- 
man. Graduate Staff. 
ENT 690. Research Credits by arrangement 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Entomology or closely allied fields. 
Original research in connection with thesis problem in entomology. 

Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF EXPERIMENTAL STATISTICS 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Jackson Ashcraft Rigney, Head, Richard Loree Anderson, 
Graduate Administrator, Columbus Clark Cockerham, Arnold Herbert 
Edward Grandage, Robert John Hader, Henry Laurence Lucas, Jr., 
David Dickenson Mason, Robert James Monroe,* Robert George 
Douglas Steel 

Professor Emeritus: Gertrude Mary Cox 

Adjunct Professors: William Stokes Connor, Alva Leroy Finkner 

Associate Professors: William Jackson Hall, John Clement Koop, Francis 
Edward McVay, Roger Gene Petersen, Charles Harry Proctor, Wil- 
liam Wesley Garry Smart, Jr., Hubertus Robert van der Vaart 

Assistant Professors: John Oren Rawlings, Thomas Dudley Wallace 

The Department of Experimental Statistics offers work leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. This department has 
a working arrangement with the Department of Biostatistics in the Univer- 
sity of North Carolina's School of Public Health at Chapel Hill, whereby 
the graduate students can major in experimental statistics and minor in the 
Division of Health Affairs. The Department of Experimental Statistics 
maintains a close liaison with the Department of (mathematical) Statistics 
at Chapel Hill in order to strengthen the offerings in statistical theory. (See 
University of North Carolina courses listed below.) Introductory courses 
of these two departments are coordinated so that it is easy for a beginning 
statistics graduate student to transfer from one institution of the Consolidated 
University to another. Both departments are affiliated with the Insitute of 
Statistics (See page 9). 

The department has at least one staff member who consults with re- 
searchers in each of the following fields and who conducts his own research 
on statistical problems which are encountered: the various agricultural 
sciences, quantitative genetics, industry and engineering, physical sciences, 
and social problems. In addition, there is active research in the general 
fields of experimental design and sample surveys. 

A graduate student who majors in experimental statistics may specialize 
in any one of these fields with his minor in the associated department; or 
with a strong mathematical background he may prefer to minor in mathe- 
matics or mathematical statistics. For the graduate student who wishes to 
minor in statistics, the department has developed a curriculum tailored to 



* On leave, 1961-1962 



90 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

his needs. Many employers are offering added inducements for research 
personnel who have such a minor. The department cooperates with other 
graduate departments in order to provide the type of courses needed for 
their students and to provide a staff to participate in their graduate pro- 
grams. 

In addition to its consulting services, the department provides a computing 
service for t!ie Agricultural Experiment Station and for other research de- 
partments on the campus and in the State. It furnishes several federal 
agencies and private concerns with research and consulting services on a 
contract basis. This work supplies live problems on which graduate students 
may acquire experience and maturity. 

A program of training in biomathematics at the doctoral and postdoctoral 
levels recently has been initiated in the Department of Experimental Statis- 
tics. This program requires that the student become well-grounded in four 
areas— mathematics, statistics, physical science, and some phase of biology. 
Several assistantships are available for doctoral students and several fellow- 
ships for post-doctorals. Mathematical biology and related areas are now 
developing rapidly and there is much opportunity for properly trained 
people. 

The Department of Experimental Statistics is located in Patterson Hall, 
adjacent to the D. H. Hill Library, which has copies of important statistical 
books and periodicals. The reprint files of several staff members are available 
for the use of graduate students. Facilities of the Computing Center, which 
include an IBM 650 electronic digital computer, are used for research and 
instruction; automatic desk calculators are also available. 

The department has approximately twenty graduate assistantships at 
stipends adjusted to the previous training and experience of the recipients. 

Most fields of research, development, production, and distribution are 
seeking persons trained in statistical theory and methods. The demand is 
equally strong from universities, agricultural and engineering experimental 
stations, national defense agencies, other federal agencies, and a wide variety 
of industrial concerns. There is a need for experimental statisticians with the 
master's degree as well as for those with the doctorate. 

At the request of the Southern Regional Education Board's Advisory Com- 
mission on Statistics, Virginia Polytechnic Institute, Oklahoma State Uni- 
versity, the University of Florida, and North Carolina State College have 
joined in a continuing program of graduate summer sessions in statistics, 
held at the four institutions in rotation. In 1962 the host institution is 
Oklahoma State University, followed by North Carolina State College and 
the University of Florida. Each of the sponsoring institutions will accept 
the credits earned by students in the summer sessions as residence credit. 
The courses are arranged to provide consecutive work in successive sum- 
mers. Information regarding these courses may be obtained from any of 
the cooperating statistical departments or the deans of the Graduate Scliools. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

ST 421, 422. Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 3-3 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Elementary mathematical statistics primarily for students not intending to 

take further work in theoretical statistics. Includes introduction to probabili- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 91 

ty, common theoretical distributions, moments, moment generating func- 
tions, sampling distributions, (F, t, chi-square), elementary estimation and 
hypothesis testing concepts, bivariate distributions, simple and multiple 
linear regression, analysis of variance, and elementary design of experi- 
ments. Staff. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ST 501, 502. Basic Stotistical Analysis 3-3 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or equivalent or graduate standing 
Basic concepts of statistics; random variables, distributions, statistical meas- 
ures, estimation, tests of significance, analysis of variance, elementary design 
and sampling, factorial experiments, multiple regression, analysis of discrete 
data, and other topics. Intended primarily for statistics majors and Ph.D. 
minors and not intended as a service course for other departments. 

Mr. Steel. 

t*ST 511. Experimental Statistics for Biologicol Sciences I 3-3 

Prerequisites: ST 311 or graduate standing 

Basic concepts of statistical models and use of samples; variation, statistical 
measures, distributions, tests of significance, analysis of variance and elemen- 
tary experimental design, regression and correlation, chi-square. 

Messrs. Monroe, Rawlings. 

t*ST 512. Experimental Statistics for Biological Sciences II 3-3 

Prerequisite: ST 511 or equivalent 

Covariance, multiple regression, factorial experiments, individual degrees 
of freedom, incomplete block designs, experiments repeated over space and 
time. Mr. Mason. 

ST 513. Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences I 3-0 

Prerequisite: ST 311 or graduate standing 

Basic concepts in collection and analysis of data. Variability of sample data, 
distributions, confidence limits, chi-square, t-test, analysis of variance, re- 
gression, correlation, analytic and descriptive surveys, experimental designs, 
index numbers. Mr. McVay. 

ST 514. Experimental Statistics for Social Sciences II 0-3 

Prerequisite: ST 513 or equivalent 

Extension of basic statistical concepts to social experiments and surveys; 
sampling from finite populations and estimating using unrestricted, strati- 
fied, systematic, and multistage selections; analysis of variance continued; 
multiple regression; covariance; experimental designs. Mr. Proctor. 

fST 515, 516. Experimentol Statistics for Engineers 3-3 

Prerequisite: ST 361 or graduate standing 

General statistical concepts and techniques useful to research workers in 
engineering, textiles, wood technology, etc. Probability, distributions, meas- 
urement of precision, simple and multiple regression, tests of significance, 
analysis of variance, enumeration data, sensitivity data, life testing experi- 
ments and experimental design. Mr. Hader. 

t*ST 521. Basic Statistical Inference 0-3 

Prerequisites: MA 522 and MA 511 

Frequency distributions and moments; sampling distributions; introductory 

theory of point and interval estimation; tests of hypotheses. 

Mr. Grandage. 



t Offered in special summer session, 1963. 

* Offered in special summer session at Oklahoma State University (1962). 



92 IHE GRADUATE CATALOG 

t*ST 522. Basic Theory of Least Squares and Vorionce Components 3-0 

Prerequisites: ST 521 and MA 405 

Theory of least squares; multiple regression; analysis of variance and co- 
variance; experimental design models; factorial experiments; variance com- 
ponent models. Mr. Anderson. 
ST 591. Special Problems 1 to 3 — 1 to 3 
Development of techniques for specialized cases, particularly in connection 
with thesis and practical consulting problems. Graduate Staff. 
U.N.C. ST 111. Methods of Mathematical Statistics I 
Prerequisite: Advanced Calculus 

Introductory treatment of special mathematical techniques of particular 
importance in probability and statistics, including topics from combinatorial 
mathematics, Fourier and LaPlace transforms, contour integration, special 
inequalities and finite differences. Mr. Smith. 

U.N.C. ST 131. Elementary Probability 3-0 

Prerequisite: Advanced Calculus 

Logical foundations and axiomatic treatment of probability, conditional 
probability, additive and multiplicative laws, Bayes' theorem and inverse 
probability, binomial and Poisson distributions, moments and moment gen- 
erating functions, law of large numbers and central limit theorem, convolu- 
tion of distributions. Mr. Hall. 
U.N.C. ST 132. Intermediate Probability 0-3 
Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 131 or 134 

Laws of large numbers, characteristic functions, and central limit theorems. 
Elements of stochastic processes and their applications, including random 
walks, Markov chains, recurrent events, Brownian motion, and elementary 
queuing theory. Mr. Smith. 

U.N.C. ST 133. Least Squares and Time Series 3-0 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 134 and Matrix Algebra 

The classical method of least squares with modern improvements and devel- 
opments, interpretations of the results in terms of probability, applications 
to social and to natural sciences, the problem of observations ordered in 
time, correlation and regression of time series, seasonal variation and secular 
trends, methods of correcting for lack of independence and of avoiding 
fallacies. Mr. Hotelling. 

U.N.C. ST 134. Statistical Theory I 5-0 

Prerequisite: Advanced Calculus 

Relative-frequency and axiomatic definitions of probability. The concept of 
a random sample. Additive and multiplicative laws. Univariate and multi- 
variate, marginal and conditional distributions. Discrete and continuous 
cases. Moments, cumulants, generating functions. Transformation of vari- 
ables. Introduction to tests of simple hypotheses and interval estimates. Model 
building. Special distributions: binominal, Poisson, normal, etc. Law of large 
numbers. Central limit theorem. Order statistics. Multinormal distribution 
theory. Chi-square. Mr. Hall. 

U.N.C. ST 135. Statistical Theory 11 0-3 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 134 

Distributions of functions of random normal samples. F and t distributions. 
Point estimation. Properties of estimators, maximum likelihood. Information. 
Cramer-Rao inequality. Interval estimation. Neyman-Pearson tests of hy- 
potheses. Likelihood ratio tests. Contingency tables. Chi-square tests of 
goodness of fit. Elements of decision theory and sequential and non-para- 
metric inferences. Mr. Hall. 



t Offered in special summer session, 1963. 

* Offered in special summer session at Oklahoma State University (1962). 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 93 

U.N.C. ST 144. Correlation, Contingency, and Chi Tests 0-3 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135; Corequisite: Matrix Algebra 
Elements of the theory of testing composite hypotheses. Multivariate normal 
populations, total, partial and multiple correlations. Singular multivariate 
distributions. Tests of independence, homogeneity, and goodness of fit. Con- 
tingency tables; exact tests for independence and the chi approximation. 
Many-dimensional contingency tests. Mr. Hotelling. 

U.N.C. ST 150. Analysis of Variance with 

Application to Experimental Designs 0-3 

Prerequisite: Matrix Algebra; Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 
Unified mathematical theory for the analysis of data from experimental 
designs. Applications to lattice designs, balanced and partially balanced 
incomplete block designs, Latin and Youden squares; modification for missing 
plots; intra-block and inter-block analysis; split plot and factorial designs; 
analysis of factorial designs in the case of total or partial confounding; use 
of concomitant information; analysis of covariance with the general linear 
model; analysis of multiple classified data with unequal numbers in differ- 
ent cells; general theory of components of variance including mixed models; 
principles guiding the selection of a design. Mr. Bose. 

U.N.C. ST 182. Mathematical Economics 3-0 

Prerequisite: Advanced Calculus; Corequisite: Matrix Algebra 
Perfect and imperfect competition, monopoly, utility vs. ranking of prefer- 
ences, relations between commodities, general equilibrium, effects of taxes 
and controls of various kinds, index numbers. Mr. Hotelling. 

Offered in fall of 1962-1963 and alternate years. 

U.N.C. ST 183. Advanced Mothemoticai Economics 0-3 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 182 and DiflFerential Equations 
Dynamic variations in the economy; calculus of variations and stochastic 
process theory with applications to economic problems; valuation, deprecia- 
tion, and depletion; most profitable rates of exploitation of mineral and 
biological resources. Mr. Hotelling. 

Offered in spring of 1962-1963 and alternate years. 

U.N.C. ST 197. Population Statistics 0-3 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 

Training in techniques for quantitative research with population data. Com- 
position characteristics, population estimates, computation and standardi- 
zation of birth and death rates, construction and application of life tables, 
measurement of migration. Mr. Price. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ST 611, 612. Intermediate Statistical Theory 3-3 

Prerequisites: ST 521, MA 512 and MA 405 

This course will provide the additional theory, above that of ST 521, 
needed for many advanced theory courses. Many of the topics of ST 521 will 
be developed more rigorously, with more attention paid to mathematical 
aspects. Advanced probability theory; limit theorems, distribution theory, 
multinormal distributions. Statistical decision theory, theory of estimation, 
confidence regions, theory of tests of hypotheses, sequential tests, non- 
parametric methods. Mr. Hall. 
ST 621. Statistics in Animal Science 3-0 
Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Sources and magnitude of errors in experiments with animals, experimental 
designs and methods of analysis adapted to specific types of animal re- 
search, relative efficiency of alternate designs, amount of data required for 
specified accuracy, student reports on selected topics. Mr. Lucas. 

Offered in fall of 1963-1964 and alternate years. 



94 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ST 622. PriiKi'ples of Biological Assays 

(See AI 622) 
ST 623. Statistics in Plant Science 3-0 

Prerequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 

Principles and techniques of planning, establishing, and executing field 
and greenhouse experiments. Size, shape and orientation of plots; border 
effects; selection of experimental material; estimation of size of experiments 
for specified accuracy; scoring and subjective tests; subsampling plots and 
yields for laboratory analysis. Mr. Mason, 

ST 626. Statistical Concepts in Genetics 0-3 

Prerequisite: Genetics 512; Corequisite: ST 502 or equivalent 
Factors bearing on rates of change in population means and variances, 
with special reference to cultivated plants and domestic animals; selection, 
inbreeding, magnitude and nature of genotypic and non-genotypic varia- 
bility; experimental and statistical approaches in the analysis of quantita- 
tive inheritance. Mr. Cockerham, 
t*ST 631. Theory of Sampling Applied to Survey Design 3-0 
Prerequisite: ST 422; ST 502 or equivalent 

Basic theory of sampling from a finite population. Confidence limits and 
estimation of optimum sample size, comparison of different sample designs, 
methods and probabilities for selection and methods of estimation, choice 
of a sampling unit, double sampling, matched samples. 

Messrs. Proctor, Koop. 
ST 641. (RS 641). Statistics in Sociology 3-0 

Prerequisite: ST 513 or equivalent 

The application of statistical methods in sociological research. Emphasis 
on selecting appropriate models, instruments and techniques for the more 
frequently encountered problems and forms of data Mr. Hamilton. 

ST 651. (A6C 651) Econometric Methods I 3-0 

Prerequisites: ST 421; SI 502 or equivalent; AGC 641 

The role and uses of statistical inference in agricultural economic research; 
measurement problems and their solutions arising from the statistical model 
and the nature of the data; limitations and interpretation of results of 
economic measurement from statistical techniques. Topics include the prob- 
lems of specification, aggregation, identification, multicolinearity and auto- 
correlation. Attention also is given to expectations models and simultaneous 
stochastic equations. Mr. Wallace. 

ST 652. (AGC 652) Econometric Methods II 0-3 

Prerequisites: ST 422 and AGC 551 

Techniques for problem analysis in agricultural economics; attention to 
analysis of time series data; non-parametric inference; experimental design 
in economic research; estimation of parameters in production functions and 
in simultaneous models; selected special topics. Mr. Anderson. 

ST 661. Advanced Special Problems 1 to 3 — 1 to 3 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent; ST 522 

Any new advance in the field of statistics which can be presented in lecture 
series as unique opportunities arise, including (a) theory of sampling applied 
to survey design and (b) analysis of messy data. 

Graduate Faculty, Visiting Professors. 
tST 671. Advanced Topics in Least Squares and Variance Components 0-3 
Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent; ST 522 

Use of non-balanced designs to estimate variance components; comparison of 
estimators; problems with finite populations. Least squares procedures for 



t Offered in special summer session, 1963. 

* Offered in special summer session at Oldohomo State University (1962). 



THE GR.\DUATE CATALOG 95 

non-standard conditions; unequal variances, correlated eiTors, non-additivity, 
measurement errors, non-normality. Functional relationships. Factorial 
experiments with continuous factor levels; incomplete blocks. 

Mr. Anderson. 
ST 672. Special Advanced Topics in Statistical Analysis 3-0 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent; ST 522 

Enumeration data; covariance; non-linear models; discriminant functions 
and other multivariate techniques. Mr. Monroe. 

ST 674. Advanced Topics in Construction and 

Analysis of Experintental Designs 0-3 

Prerequisites: ST 502 or equivalent; ST 522 

Inter-block analysis of incomplete blocks designs, partially balanced designs, 
confounding, data collected at several places and times, multiple factor 
designs, change-over trials, analysis of groups of means. Graduate Staff. 
ST 681. Seminar 1-1 

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the master's degree, but any 
number toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff. 

ST 691. Research Credits by arrangement 

A maximum of nine credits is allowed toward the master's degree; no limi- 
tation on credits in doctorate programs. Graduate Staff. 
U.N.C. ST 200. Applied Multivariate Analysis I 3-0 
Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 

The general multivariate model for experimental work; relations between 
multiple regression, analysis of variance and multivariate analysis; factor 
analysis; the generalized variance; the generalized Student ratio; intraclass 
correlations; testing compound symmetry' between two sample covariance 
matrices; scale analysis; canonical correlation, testing for the rank of cor- 
relation matrix. Mr. Nicholson. 
Offered in fall of 1962-1963 and alternate years. 

U.N.C. ST 202. Methods of Operations Research 3-0 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 135 

Linear programming, theory of games, techniques for analyzing waiting lines 
and queues; applied probability; recent developments, applications of results 
to specific problems; case studies. Mr. Nicholson. 

U.N.C. ST 204. Selected Techniques of Approximation 3-0 

Prerequisite: Advanced Calculus 

The methods of steepest descent and other methods of approximating 
integrals with special attention to integrals occurring in probability and 
statistics; asymptotic series; large-sample approximations; orthogonal poly- 
nomials and their applications to numerical quadrature, interpolation and 
moment problems. Mr. Hotelling. 

Offered in fall of 1963-1964 and alternate years. 

U.N.C. ST 212. Methods of Mathematical Statistics II 0-3 

Prerequisite: Advanced Calculus 

Measure and integration theory, with special reference to random variables, 
distribution functions, and probability measures, and including Fubini's 
Theorem, the Radon-Nikodym Theorem, conditional probability, condi- 
tional expectation, and models of convergence. 

Messrs. Hall. Smith. 

U.N.C. ST 220. Theory of Estimation and Hypothesis Testing 4-0 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, 135 and 212 

Sufficient statistics. Unbiased estimates with minimum variance. Properties 
of tests— power, similarity, unbiasedness, sampling economy, etc. Admissible, 
Bayes and minimax estimates and tests. Invariance. Large sample theory. 
Confidence sets. Multi-decision problems. Mr. Hoeffding. 



96 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

U.N.C. ST 221. Sequential Analysis 2-0 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132 and 135 

Estimation and testing when the sample size depends on the observations. 
Double sampling. Inverse sampling. Sequential probability ratio tests. 
Stochastic approximation methods. Mr. Hoeffding. 

U.N.C. ST 222. Nonparometric Inference 0-3 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132, 135 and 212 

Estimation and testing when the functional form of the population distri- 
bution is unknown. Rank and sign tests, tests based on permutations of ob- 
servations, power of nonparametric tests, optimum nonparametric tests and 
estimators, nonparametric confidence intervals and tolerance limits. 

Mr. Hoeffding. 
U.N.C. ST 231. Advanced Probability 3-0 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132 and 212 

Advanced theoretic course, including: random variables and expectations, 
distributions and characteristic functions, infinitely divisible distributions, 
central limit theorems, laws of large numbers, and stable laws. 
Offered in fall of 1962-1963 and alternate years. Mr. Smith. 

U.N.C. ST 232. General Theory of Statistical Decision 0-3 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 135 and 212 

Selected topics in the general theory of statistical decisions, based on the 
work of Abraham Wald. Mr. Hoeffding. 

Offered in spring of 1962-1963 and alternate years. 

U.N.C. ST 235. Stochastic Processes 0-3 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 132 and 212 

Advanced theoretic course, including: separability of a process, processes 
with orthogonal random variables, Markov processes, martingales, and pro- 
cesses with independent increments. Messrs. Smith and Hoeffding. 
Offered in spring of 1963-1964 and alternate years. 

U.N.C. ST 237. Time Series Anolysis 0-3 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 133 

Analysis of data involving trends, seasonal variations, cycles and serial cor- 
relations; periodograms and correlograms; exogenous and endogenous cycles: 
stochastic difference equations; tests for randomness; distributions of serial 
correlation coefficients; the sinusoidal limit theorem. Mr. Hotelling. 

Offered in spring of 1963-1964 and alternate years. 

U.N.C. ST 251. Combinatorial Problems of the Design of Experiments 3-0 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 150 

Application of methods of modern algebra and finite geometry to problems 
arising in the design of experiments. Construction of orthogonal sets of 
Latin squares, construction of balanced and partially balanced designs, 
proofs of non-existence of certain classes of designs, construction of con- 
founded factorial designs, fractional replications, orthogonal arrays and 
multifactorial designs. Mr. Bose. 

U.N.C. ST 252. Information Theory 0-3 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 132; Corequisite: U.N.C. ST 212 
Introductory concepts. Entropy fundamental inequalities. The noiseless cod- 
ing theorem. Transmission rate and channel capacity. Decision schemes and 
data processing. The coding theorem for discrete channels without memor)-. 
The semicontinuous channel without memory and the corresponding coding 
theorem. Coding theorem for the discrete channel with memory. The binary 
symmetric channel. Mr. Bose. 

U.N.C. ST 260. Multivariate Analysis 3-0 

Prerequisites: U.N.C. ST 135 and Matrix Algebra 
Tests and confidence intervals in multivariate analysis of variance, associa- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 97 

lion between subsets of a multivariate normal set, the rank of a matrix, 
factor analysis. Mr. Roy. 

U.N.C. ST 261. Advanced Multivariate Anolysis 0-3 

Prerequisite: U.N.C. ST 260 

Distribution problems connected with the tests and confidence intervals 
discussed in ST 260; the power functions of the tests and the shortness of 
the confidence intervals against different classes of alternatives; some appli- 
cations, especially to problems in sociology, psychology and anthropology. 

Mr. Roy. 
U.N.C. ST 300-301. Seminar in Statistieol Literature 1-1 

Prerequisite: A course requiring U.N.C. ST 135 as prerequisite 

Graduate Staff. 
U.N.C. ST 310-311. Seminar in Theoretical Statistics 3-3 

Prerequisite: A course requiring U.N.C. ST 135 as prerequisite 

Graduate Staff. 
U.N.C. ST 321-322. Special Problems 3-3 

Statistical theory of multi-factor and multi-response experiments with re- 
sponses not necessarily "normal." Mr.Roy. 



DEPARTMENT OF FOOD SCIENCE 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: William Milner Roberts, Head, Leonard William Aurand, 
Thomas Nelson Blumer, John Lincoln Etchells, Maurice W. Hoover, 
Ivan Dunlavy Jones, Marvin Luther Speck 

Associate Professors: Thomas Alexander Bell, Daniel Fromm, Frederick 
Gail Warren 

The Department of Food Science was established at State College in 
1961 to integrate the various scientific disciplines which are basic to the 
preparation, processing, packaging, and distribution of foods in general. 
Programs of graduate study are offered leading to the Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. In order to pursue graduate study 
in the field of food science, the student must possess adequate informa- 
tion in the fundamentals of the area in which he expects to specialize. 
The student's undergraduate education should have prepared him in mathe- 
matics, chemistry, biological and physical sciences as well as in the humani- 
ties and language skills. Following this preparation, the student can pursue 
more specialized fields. 

In the area of food chemistry the student can conduct research and study 
in peroxidation of lipids in foods, flavor chemistry, protein denaturation, 
;ind various problems of biophysical chemistry. 

Engineering aspects of food science are offered in the principles of auto- 
mation and industrial engineering in food plant operations. 

The field of food products technology is concerned with the development 
of new foods and the improved quality of existing foods. 

Food microbiology is designed to offer study and research in fundamental 
principles of microbiology involved in promoting growth of microrganisms 
essential to the manufacture of various foods and the control of un- 
wanted microorganisms in foods. 



98 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The department's physical facilities include research laboratories equipped 
for chemistry and microbiology, and processing facilities and equipment for 
dairy products, fruits and vegetables, and meats. 

The Department of Food Science maintains close liaison with the faculties 
of supporting departments. Depending on the area chosen by the student for 
his major interest, he will have strong support for his minor from faculties 
in chemistry, economics, engineering, genetics, microbiology, and statistic. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduotes 

FS 401. Market Milk and Related Products 3-0 

Principles of processing, distribution and quality of fluid milk and related 
products. Mr. Warren. 

FS 403. lee Cream and Related Frozen Dairy Foods 0-3 

Prerequisite: FS 401 

Choice, preparation and processing of ingredients and freezing of ice cream 
and other frozen desserts. Mr. Warren. 

FS 404. (PO 404) Poultry Products 3-0 

Prerequisites: CH 101, ZO 103 

Selection, processing, grading and packaging poultry meat and eggs. Factors 
involved in preservation of poultry meat and eggs. Mr. Fromm. 

FS 410. Food Products Evaluation 0-3 

Prerequisites: ST 361 or equivalent 

A comprehensive study of problems encountered in new food product devel- 
opment and consumer acceptance. A study of the nature of sensory responses 
with emphasis on taste, smell and appearance (color) as related to foods; 
design and methodology of small and large consumer panel testing; and 
the application of appropriate mathematical procedures to food acceptance 
testing and methodology. Mr. Hoover. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

FS 502. Food Chemistry 3-0 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or 221 

The basic composition, structure and properties of food, and the chemistry 
of changes occurring during processing and utilization of food. Interpre- 
tation and integration of widely published data in the food field with basic 
principles of chemistry. Mr. Aurand. 

FS 503. Food Analysis 0-3 

Prerequisites: CH 215, CH 351, FS 502 

A study of the principles, methods and techniques necessary for quantitative 
physical and chemical analyses of food and food products. Results of analysis 
will be studied and evaluated in terms of quality standards and governing 
regulations. Mr. Aurand. 

FS 505. (BO 505) Food Microbiology 0-3 

Prerequisite: BO 412 

The relationship of habitat to the occurrence of microorganisms on foods; 
environmental factors affecting the growth of various microorganisms in 
foods; microbiological action in relation to food spoilage and food manu- 
facture; physical, chemical and biological destruction of microorganisms in 
foods; methods for microbiological examination of food-stuffs; and public 
health and sanitation bacteriology. Mr. Speck. 

FS 506. (BO 506) Advanced Food Microbiology 3-0 

Prerequisite: FS 505 or consent of instructor 
Ecology and physiology of microorganisms important in the manufacture 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 99 

and deterioration of various classes of foods; the identification of representa- 
tive species of such microorganisms isolated from natural environments; 
principles of nutrition, symbiosis and bacteriophage activity in culture 
maintenance for food production. Mr. Speck. 

FS 511. Food Science Seminar 0-1 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing and consent of instructor 
A review and discussion of scientific articles, progress reports in research 
and special problems of interest. Graduate Staff. 

FS 512. Special Problems in Food Science 1-3 (arronged) f s 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing and consent of instructor 
Analysis of scientific, engineering and economic problems of current inter- 
est in foods. The scientific appraisal and solution of a selected problem. 
The problems are designed to provide training and experience in research. 

Graduate Staff. 
FS 521, 522. Technology of Fruit and Vegetable Products 3-3 

Prerequisite: BO 412 

Comprehensive treatment of principles and methods of preservation of 
fruits and vegetables, including studies of commercial plant operations, 
and visits to food processing plants. Mr. Hoover. 

Courses for Groduotes Only 

FS 601. Seminar in Food Science 1-1 

Preparation and presentation of scientific papers, progress reports of re- 
search and special topics of interest in foods. Graduate Staff. 
FS 602. Special Research Problems in Food Science Credits by arrangement 
Directed research in a specialized phase of food science designed to pro- 
vide experience in research methodology and philosophy. Graduate Staff. 
FS 603. Research in Food Science Credits by arrangement 
Original research preparatory to the thesis for the Master of Science or 
Doctor of Philosophy degree. Graduate Staff. 



SCHOOL OF FORESTRY 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Richard Joseph Preston^ Dean, Roy Merwin Carter, Eric L. 

Ellwood, Arthur Kelman, Joe O. Lammi, T. Ewald MakI;, Alfred J. 

Stamm, Bruce J. Zobel 
Associate Professors: Clarence Arthur Hart, William Dykstra Miller, 

Thomas O. Perry 
Assistant Professors: Aidos C. Barefoot, Maurice H. Farrier 

The School of Forestry offers graduate work leading to the master's and 
the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Two types of master's programs are avail- 
able to the graduate student. 

The professional degrees of Master of Forestry and Master of Wood 
Technology are offered for students who are interested in advanced applica- 
tions of fundamental principles to the specialized fields of forestry. The 
course program emphasizes professional specialization. There is no language 
requirement. 

The degree of Master of Science is offered for the student who contem- 
plates a career in research, in teaching, or both. The course of study -for 



100 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

the Master of Science degree provides for a comprehensive knowledge of 
forest management or wood technology and furnishes the training essential 
for successful research in these fields. Training is broadly-based and em- 
phasizes fundamental science. There is both a thesis and language require- 
ment. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is available to forestry students of high 
intellectual capacity who can demonstrate the ability to undertake original 
research and scholarly work as the highest levels. 

Candidates for the master's degree fall under one of the following cate- 
gories: 

1. Students with a bachelor's degree in forestry from a school of recognized 
standing. These students may secure the master's degree in one academic 
year. 

2. Students with a bachelor's degree, other than in forestry, from a col- 
lege, university, or scientific school of high standing. These students may se- 
cure the master's degree in two academic years provided they have the re- 
quirements in botany, chemistry, and mathemtaics required in the freshman 
and sophomore years of the curricula. Candidates for the degree of Master 
of Forestry or Master of Science in forest management who do not hold an 
undergraduate degree in forestry must start their program with the summer 
camp. 

3. Students not possessing a bachelor's degree may earn, through proper 
selection of courses, a Bachelor of Science degree in one of the forestry cur- 
ricula at the end of the fourth year and a master's degree in forestry or 
wood technology at the end of the fifth year. 

A wide and rapidly expanding field of employment possibilities is available 
in the Southeast to young men trained in forestry. Until recent years most 
job opportunities were with government agencies in managing public for- 
ests. This field still constitutes a major source of employment. These agen- 
cies include state and federal forest services, extension services, and other 
groups such as the Soil Conservation Service and the Tennessee Valley 
Authority. 

In recent years job opportunities with private industries have expanded 
greatly. Increasing numbers of technically trained young men are entering 
a wide variety of professional positions in the fields of forest land manage- 
ment, watershed management, logging, sawmilling, veneer and plywood 
manufacturing, pulp and papermaking, kiln drying, wood preservation, 
plastics and other chemical derivatives of wood, and the manufacture of 
wood products sucli as furniture, dimension stock, and various prefabricated 
items. 

Graduate training offers tangible well-established values to young men 
of proven ability. The demand for men with advanced degrees in forestry 
has far exceeded the supply for many years. 

Graduate preparation is essential for the specialists which are needed in 
many fields. Training through the master's degree is almost a requirement 
for men entering college teaching and public or industrial research. State 
and federal agencies as well as forest industries are employing research in- 
vestigators at unprecedented levels. 

The continuing rapid expansion of southern forestry has resulted in a 
corresponding expansion in the need for trained men. As a general rule most 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 101 

employers will prefer a candidate with graduate training. While forest in- 
dustry and public forest administration does not normally require graduate 
training, increasing numbers of positions in these fields are being filled by 
men with advanced forestry degrees, particularly the master's degree. 

The administrative offices of the School of Forestry are located in Kilgore 
Hall. The first floor houses portions of the Wood Products Laboratory and 
the second and third floors consist of laboratories, library, classrooms, and 
offices. The Reuben B. Robertson Pulp and Paper Laboratory provides 
12,000 square feet of space for teaching and research in the production of 
pulp and paper. The Brandon P. Hodges Wood Products Laboratory pro- 
vides 18,000 square feet of space for pilot plant installations for product 
development work in the manufacture of lumber, veneer, plywood, particle 
board, laminated structures, furniture, and other fabricated wood products. 

The School of Forestry now owns, or has access to, over 80,000 acres of 
forest land located in six tracts and representing major forest types in the 
State. The largest tract is the Hofmann Forest on the coastal plain which 
is operated by the North Carolina Forestry Foundation for the benefit of 
the School of Forestry. The Hill Forest in Durham County, the Hoj>e Valley 
Forest in Chatham County, the Goodwin Forest in Moore County, and the 
Schenck Memorial Forest in Wake County include representative types of 
the Piedmont area. The Wayah Recreational Area of the North Carolina 
National Forest near Franklin is located in a typical mountain forest, and 
facilities at this area, leased from the Government, supplement the pre- 
viously established forestry camps of the Hofmann and Hill Forests and 
provide the School with permanent, well-equipped, modern camps in each 
of the three major regions of the State. 

An extensive research program in the fields of wood products, genetics 
and management, sponsored by the Agricultural Experiment Station, the 
U. S. Forest Service, and the lumber, plywood, furniture, pulp and paper, 
and particle board industries provides broad opportunities for graduate 
research at the master's and doctoral level. These programs offer research 
assistantships for graduate students whose backgrounds qualify them. Much 
valuable equipment is made available by industry for research in wood 
technology and it is accessible to the graduate student working in this area. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduotes 

FOR 403. Poper Process Analysis 0-3 

Manufacture of several types of papers with particular attention to stock 
preparation, sizing, filling and coloring. The finished products are tested 
physically and chemically and evaluted from the standpoint of quality and 
in comparison with the commercial products they are intended to duplicate. 

Mr. Hitchings. 
FOR 404. Management Analysis 0-3 

Application of management, logging, silvicultural and utilization practices 
on assigned areas. Each student must make a forest survey of an individual 
area and submit a record. Messrs. Lammi, Miller. 

FOR 405. Forest Inventory 0-3 

Timber estimating and data compilation. Messrs. Lammi, Miller. 

FOR 411, 412. Pulp and Paper Unit Processes 3-3 

Principles of operation, construction and design of process equipment in the 
pulp and paper industry. Mr. Cook. 



102 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

FOR 413. Paper Properties and Additives 4-0 

Physical, chemical and microscopical examination of experimental and 
commercial papers and evaluation of the results in terms of the utility of 
the product tested. Messrs. Cook, Landes. 

FOR 422. Forest Products 3-0 

Prerequisites: FOR 201, CH 203 or 426 

The source and method of obtaining derived and manufactured forest 
products other than lumber. Mr. Carter. 

FOR 423. Logging ond Milling 3-0 

Timber harvesting and transportation methods, equipment and costs: safety 
and supervision; manufacturing methods with; log and lumber grades. 

Mr. Barefoot. 
FOR 432. Merchandising Forest Products 2-0 

Principles and practices in the distribution and marketing of the products 
obtained from wood; organization and operation of retail, concentration and 
wholesale outlets. Mr. Carter. 

FOR 434. Wood Operations I 3-0 

Prerequisites: FOR 301, 302 

Organization of manufacturing plans producing wood products including 
company organization, plant layout, production planning and control. Analy- 
sis of typical manufacturing operations in terms of process, equipment, size 
and product specification. The organization and operation of Wood Prod- 
ucts markets. Mr. Barefoot. 
FOR 435. Wood Operotions II 0-3 
Prerequisites: FOR 301, 302 

The application of the techniques of operations analysis to management de- 
cision making in the wood products field. Choice of products to manufacture. 
Allocation of production resources. Development of product distribution 
systems. Mr. Barefoot. 

FOR 441. Design of Wood Structures 0-3 

Prerequisite: EM 341 

Strength and related properties of commercial woods; standard A.S.T.M. 
strength tests; toughness; timber fastenings; design of columns; simple, lami- 
nated and box beams; trusses and arches. Mr. Thomas. 
FOR 444. Introduction to Quality Control 0-3 
Prerequisite: ST 361 

A study of methods used to control quality of manufactured wood products. 
Control charts for variable and attributes. Acceptance sampling techniques. 

Mr. Barefoot. 

FOR 461. Paper Converting 0-1 

A survey of the principal processes by which paper and paper board are 
fabricated into the utilitarian products of everyday use. Mr. Landes. 

FOR 462. Artificial Forestation 0-2 

Production collection, extraction, and storage of forest tree seeds; nursery' 
practice; field methods of planting. Mr. Maki. 

FOR 463. Plant inspections 0-1 

One week inspection trips covering representative manufactures of pulp 
paper and papermaking equipment. Staff. 

FOR 471. Pulping Process Analysis *-0 

Preparation and evaluation of the several types of wood pulp. The influence 
of the various pulping and bleaching variables on pulp quality and studied 
experimentally and these data evaluated critically. Mr. Hitchings. 

FOR 481. Pulping Processes and Products 0-2 

Prerequisites: FOR 202, CH 203 or 221 
Fiber manufacturing process and equipment; wall, insulation and contain- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 103 

er board products; manufacture of roofing felts; pulp products manufactur- 
ing; resin and specialty products, lignin and wood sugar products. 

Mr. Landes. 
FOR 482. Pulp and Paper Mill Management 0-2 

A survey of the economics of the pulp and paper industry is followed by 
a study of the work of the several departments of a paper mill organization 
and the functions of the executives who administer them. Mr. Cook. 
FOR 491, 492. Senior Problems Credits arranged 

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of management or 
technology. Staff. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

FOR 501. Forest Valuation 3-0 

Prerequisite: FOR 372 

The theory and techniques of valuation of forest land, timber stands, and 
forest practices as investments and for appraisals of damage. Risks and 
hazards in forestry as they apply to forest investments, forest insurance, and 
forest taxation. Mr. Bryant. 

FOR 511. Silviculture 0-3 

Prerequisites: FOR 361, BO 421 

The principle and application of intermediate and reproductive methods 
of cutting; controlled burning, silvicides, and other methods of hardwood 
control. The application of silvicultural methods in the forests of the United 
States. Mr. Miller. 

FOR 512. Forest Economies 3-0 

Prerequisites: FOR 372, EC 201 

Economics and social value of forests; supply of, and demands for forest 
products; land use; forestry as a private and a public enterprise; economics 
of the forest industries. Mr. Lammi. 

FOR 513. Tropical Woods 0-2 

Prerequisites: FOR 203, 301 

Structure, identification, properties, characteristics and use of tropical woods, 
especially those used in plywood and furniture. Mr. Barefoot. 

FOR 521, 522. Chemistry of Wood and Wood Products 3-3 

Prerequisites: FOR 202, CH 215, 426, PY 212 

Fundamental chemistry and physics of wood and wood components; pulp- 
ing principles: electrical and thermal properties. Mr. Stamm. 
FOR 531, 532. Forest Management 3-3 
Prerequisite: FOR 372. Corequisite: FOR 511 

Management of timber lands for economic returns; the normal forest taken 
as the ideal; the application of regulation methods to the forest. 

Mr. Bryant. 
FOR 533. Advanced Wood Structure and Identification 2-0 

Prerequisite: FOR 202 

Advanced microscopic identification of the commercial woods of the United 
States and some tropical woods; microscopic anatomical features and labor- 
atory techniques. Mr. Barefoot. 
FOR 553. Forest Photogrammetry 0-2 
Prerequisites: FOR 372, 531 

Interpretation of aerial photographs, determination of density of timber 
stands and area mapping. Mr. Bryant. 

FOR 571. Advanced Forest Mensuration 3-0 

Prerequisites: ST 311, FOR 372 

Study of cyclical variation in growth of individual trees and stands; analysis 
of stand structures in even-aged versus all-age stands; general concepts of 



104 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

growing stock levels on yields; evaluation of growth prediction methods. 

Mr. Maki. 
FOR 572. Forest Policy 3-0 

Prerequisites: EC 201, FOR 219. Corequisite: FOR 531 
Analysis of the forest policies of the United States and selected foreign 
countries; criteria for their evaluation; appraisal of current policies and 
alternatives. Mr. Lammi. 

FOR 573. Methods of Research in Forestry Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or Graduate Standing 

Research procedures, problem outlines, presentation of results; consideration 
of selected studies by forest research organizations; sample plot technique. 

Messrs. Maki. EUwood, Zobel. 

FOR 591. Forestry Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or Graduate Standing 

Assigned or selected problems in the field of silviculture, logging, lumber 

manufacturing, pulp technology, or forest management. Staff. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

FOR 601. Advanced Forest Management Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate Standing 

Directed studies in forest management. Graduate Staff. 

FOR 603. Technology of Wood Adhesives 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: CH 425, 426; FOR 433 

The fundamentals of adhesives as applied to wood-to-wood and wood-to- 
metal bonding. Technology of adhesives. Preparation and use of organic 
adhesives. Testing of adhesives and evaluation of quality of adhesives and 
bonded joints. Mr. Hart. 

FOR 604. Timber Physics 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: FOR 441 

Density, specific gravity and moisture content variation affecting physical 
properties; physics of dr)'ing at high and low temperatures; thermal, sound, 
light and electrical properties of wood. Messrs. Ellwood. Hart. 

FOR 605. Design and Control of Wood Processes. 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: FOR 604 

Design and operational control of equipment for processing wood. 

Mr. Ellwood. 

FOR 606. Wood Process Analysis 3-0 

Prerequisites: FOR 512, 604 

Analysis of wood process through the solution of comprehensive problems 

involving the physics of temperature and moisture relations. Mr. Ellwood. 

FOR 607. Advanced Quality Control 0-3 

Prerequisites: FOR 606, ST 515 

Advanced statistical quality control as applied to wood processing. 

Mr. Hart. 

FOR 611. Forest Genetics 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: GN 411 and permission of instructor 

.\pplication of genetic principles to silviculture, management and pulp 
utilization. Emphasis is on variations in wild populations, on the bases for 
selection and desirable qualities and on fundamentals of controlled breeding. 

Mr. Zobel. 

FOR 621. Advanced Wood Technology Problems. Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate Standing 

Selected problems in the field of wood technolog)'. Graduate Staff. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 105 

FOR 671. Problems in Research Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate Standing 

Specific forestry problems that will furnish material for a thesis. 

Graduate Staff. 
FOR 681. Graduate Seminar 1-1 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Forestry or closely allied fields 
Presentation and discussion of progress reports on research, special problems 
and outstanding publications in forestry and related fields. 

Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF GENETICS 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Harold Frank Robinson^ Head, Carey Hoyt Bostian, Daniel 
SwARTwooD Grosch, Warren Durward Hanson, Benjamin Warfield 
Smith, Stanley George Stephens 
Associate Professors: Ken-Ichi Kojima, Dale Frederick Matzinger 
Assistant Professors: Therese Marie Kelleher, Lawrence Eugene Met- 
tler, Robert Harry Moll, A. C. Triantaphyllou 

Associate Members of the Genetics Faculty 

Professors: Fred Derward Cochran, Columbus Clark Cockerham, Dan 
Ulrich Gerstel, Edward Walker Glazener, Walton Carlyle Gregory, 
Paul Henry Harvey, Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., Teddy Theodore Her- 
bert, Guy Langston Jones, Kenneth Raymond Keller, James Edward 
Legates, Thurston Jefferson Mann, Gordon Kennedy Middleton, Philip 
Arthur Miller, Elmer Leon Moore, Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Nash 
Nicks Winstead, Bruce John Zobel 

Associate Professors: Jay Lawrence Apple, Ernest Oscar Beal, William 
Lowery Blow, Charles Aloysius Brim, Emmett Urcey Dillard, James 
Walker Hardin, Richard Robert Nelson, Thomas O. Perry, Lyle 
Llewellyn Phillips, Daniel Townsend Pope, Donald Loraine Thomp- 
son, David H. Timothy 

Assistant Professors: Will Allen Cope, John Wesley Dudley, Donald 
Allen Emery, Gene John Galletta, Joshua A. Lee, John O. Rawlings, 
Odis Wayne Robison 

Graduate study under direction of tlie genetics faculty may enable the 
student to qualify for the Master of Science or the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. A candidate for the master's degree must acquire a thorough under- 
standing of genetics and its relation to other biological disciplines and 
must present a thesis based upon his own research. In addition to a com- 
prehensive knowledge of his field, a candidate for the doctorate must 
demonstrate his capacity for independent investigation and scholarship in 
genetics. 

At North Carolina State College there are no sharp divisions along de- 
partmental lines between theoretical and applied aspects of genetic research. 
The members and associate members of the genetics faculty are located in 
nine different departments of the School of Agriculture, the School of 
Forestry, and the School of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. 



106 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

They are studying an extremely wide range of genetic problems and are 
utilizing not only the "classic" laboratory material (Drosophila, Hahrobracon, 
mice) but also farm animals and agricultural and horticultural plants of the 
region. A student has, therefore, a wide choice of research problems in any 
of the following fields: cytology and cytogenetics, physiological and irradia- 
tion genetics, forest genetics, population genetics, and the application of 
quantitative genetics to breeding methodology. Arrangements with the Uni- 
versity of North Carolina, School of Medicine enable specialized study in 
human and medical genetics. 

The offices and laboratories of the department are located in Gardner 
Hall with greenhouse facilities adjacent to the building. A genetics garden 
for use in the intensive research with plants and teaching functions is 
located three miles from, the departmental offices. The departmental staff 
and the associate faculty members in animal science, botany, crop science, 
horticultural science, poultry science, plant pathology, experimental statistics, 
and forest management are most fortunate in being able to draw upon the 
extensive facilities of the North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

GN 411. The Principles of Genetics 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: BO or ZO 103 

An introductory course. The physical basis of inheritance; genes as units 
of heredity and development; qualitative and quantitative aspects of genetic 
variation. Mr. Bostian. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

GN 503. (See ANS 503. Genetic Improvement of Livestock.) 

GN 512. Genetics 4-0 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

Intended for students desiring more thorough and detailed training in fun- 
damental genetics with some attention to physiological aspects. (Students 
conduct individual laboratory problems.) Mr. Grosch. 

GN 513. Cytogenetics I 4-0 

Prerequisite: GN 512 or with consent of instructor 

The chromosomes as vehicles of heredity. Mitosis and meiosis as bases of 
genetic stability and recombination. Structural and numerical aberrations 
and their effect upon the breeding systems of plants and animals. Inter- 
specific hybrids and polyploids. Lectures and laboratory. Mr. Gerstel. 
GN 520. (See PO 520. Poultry Breeding.) 

GN 532. Biological Effects of Radiations 0-3 

Prerequsite: ZO 103 (or with consent of instructor) 

Qualitative and quantitative effects of radiations (other than the visible 
spectrum) on biological systems, to include both morphological and physio- 
logical aspects in a consideration of genetics, cytology, histology, and mor- 
phogenesis. Mr. Grosch. 
*GN 540. Evolution 3-0 
Prerequisite: GN 411 

The facts and theories of evolution in plants and animals. The causes and 
consequences of organic diversity. Mr. Smith. 



* Offered in 1962-63 and alternate years. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 107 

GN 541, CS 541 and HS 541. Plant Breeding Methods 3-0 

Prerequisites: GN 512 and either ST 511 or consent of instructor 
Principles and methods of plant breeding. Graduate Staff. 

GN 542. (See CS 542 or HS 542. Plant Breeding Field Procedures.) 
**GN 550. Experimental Evolution 0-3 

Prerequisites: GN 512 and either GN 513 or consent of instructor 
Experimental evolution deals primarily with micro-evolutionary processes 
examined at the inter- and intra-specific population level. A review of the 
results from experimental population studies and analyses of natural popu- 
lations concerning variation patterns and adaptation, natural selection, 
polymorphism, introgression, population breeding structure, isolating me- 
chanism, etc., is made and interpreted in relation to Neo-Darwinian concepts 
of the origin of species. Mr. Mettler. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

GN 602. (See ANS 602. Population Genetics in Animal Improvement.) 

*GN 607 and PP 607. Genetics of Fungi 3-0 

Prerequisite: GN 512 or equivalent and consent of instructor. 
Review of major contributions in fungus genetics with emphasis on prin- 
ciples and theories that have evolved in recent developments. 

Mr. Nelson. 
GN 611. (See FOR 611. Forest Genetics.) 

**GN 614. Cytogenetics II 0-3 

Prerequisites: GN 513 or consent of instructor 

Laboratory and discussion: the cytogenetic analysis of natural and experi- 
mental material, plant and animal. Assigned exercises and student projects. 
The course provides the student with a working knowledge of cytogenetic 
procedure. Mr. Smith. 

GN 626. (See ST 626. Statistical Concepts in Genetics.) 

**GN 631. Mathematical Genetics 3-0 

Prerequisites: GN 512 and ST 511 or consent of instructor 
History of mathematical biology, role of mathematical concepts in the devel- 
opment of genetic science, theory of genetic recombination, dynamics of 
genetic population. Mr. Kojima. 

GN 633. Physiological Genetics 0-3 

Prerequisite: GN 512 

Recent advances in physiological genetics. Attention will be directed to 
literature on the nature and action of genes, and to the interaction of 
heredity and environment in the expression of the characteristics of organ- 
isms. Mr. Grosch. 
GN 641. Colloquim in Genetics 2-2 
Prerequisites: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 
Informal group discussion of prepared topics assigned by instructor. 

Graduate Staff. 
GN 651. Seminar 1-1 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

GN 661. Research Credits by Arrangement 

Original research related to the student's thesis problem. 
A maximum of six credits for the Master's degree; by arrangement for the 
Doctorate. Graduate Staff. 

GN 671. Special Problems in Genetics 1 to 3 — 1 to 3 

Prerequisites: Advanced graduate standing and consent of instructor 
Special topics designed for additional experience and research training. 

Graduate Staff. 



* Offered in 1962-63 and alternate years. 
** Offered in 1963-64 and alternate years. 



108 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERING 

See Department of Mineral Industries 

DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Preston \Villiam Edsall^ Head, Marvin L. Brown, Jr., Fred 
Virgil Cahili., Jr., John Tyler Caldwell, Stuart Noblin 

Associate Professors: Burton Floyd Beers, William Joseph Block, Abraham 
Holtzman 

No graduate degrees are offered in history or political science at State 
College. Graduate programs leading to advanced degrees in this field are 
offered at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. The courses 
listed below are eligible for graduate credit when they form a part of an 
approved graduate program in other departments, and work in history and 
political science may serve as a minor field. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

Hi 401. Russian History 3-0 

This course presents the major trends in Russian social, political, economic, 
and cultural histoi7, with emphasis on the nineteenth and twentieth cen- 
turies. USSR policy is studied in relation to the full sweep of Russian history. 
HI 402. Asia and the West 0-3 

A history of Asia from the mid-nineteenth century to the present with em- 
phasis on Asian nationalism and conflict with the imperial powers. 
HI 409. Colonial America 2-0 

A study of the development of the American colonies in the seventeenth 
and eighteenth centuries, with special emphasis on European backgrounds. 
Hi 412. Recent United States History 3 or 3 

A study of the main current in American political, economic, social, and 
diplomatic historj' of the twentieth century. 

HI 422. History of Science 3-0 

A study of the evolution of science from antiquity to the present with par- 
ticular attention given to the impact of scientific thought upon selected 
aspects of western civilization. The course provides a broad perspective of 
scientific progress and shows the interrelationship of science and major 
historical developments. 

Hi 433. American Agricultural History 3-0 

Historical developments of agriclultural activity in the United States from 
the transfer of western European agriculture to America to the present, 
with particular emphasis on the historical place and importance of agri- 
culture in American life. 

PS 401. American Parties and Pressure Groups 3 or 3 

After a brief survey of those features of American government essential 
to an understanding of the political process, the course proceeds to examine 
the American electorate and public opinion and devotes its major attention 
to the nature, organization, and programs of pressure groups and political 
parties and to their efforts to direct opinion, gain control of government, 
and shape public policy. Special attention is given to party organization and 
pressure group activity at the governmental level and to recent proposals to 
improve the political party as an instrument of responsible government. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 109 

PS 406. Problems in North Carolina Government 0-2 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or an acceptable substitute. 

Selected problems arising from the operation of the legislative, administra- 
tive, and judicial machinery in North Carolina. In addition to acquiring a 
comprehensive view of these problems each student will make an intensive 
study of a special phase of one of them. 

PS 431. International Organization 3-0 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or HI 205 or an acceptable substitute 
A study of the evolving machinery and techniques of international organi- 
zation in the present century with particular emphasis on recent develop- 
ments. The actual operation of international organization will be illustrated 
by the study of selected current international problems. 

PS 452. The Legislative Process 0-3 

A study of the formulation of public policy from the institutional and be- 
havioral viewpoints. Important current legislative problems at the con- 
gressional and state legislative levels will be selected and will serve as a 
basis for analyzing the legislative process. 

HI, PS 461. The Soviet Union 0-3 

An analysis of the structure and function of the major Soviet economic, poli- 
tical, and social institutions with special stress on the historical roots and 
continuity of Russian civilization. The course is presented in three equal 
phases of approximately five weeks eacli, covering Russian history, Soviet 
government, and Soviet economy. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

PS 501. Modern Political Theory 3-0 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or HI 205 or an acceptable substitute 
A study of the state and its relationship to individuals and groups, ap- 
proached through the reading of selected jiassages from the works of out- 
standing political philosophers from the sixteenth century to the present. 

Mr. Holtzman. 
PS 502. Public Administration 0-3 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or PS 202 or an acceptable substitute 
A study of the principles and problems of administration in a democracy, 
including such matters as organization, personnel, fiscal management, re- 
lationship to the legislative and judicial functions, control of administrative 
agencies and policies, and public relations. Mr. Block. 

PS 510. (EC 510) Public Finance 0-3 

Prerequisite: The basic course in Economics required by the degree-granting 
school. 

A survey of the theories and practices of government taxing, spending, and 
borrowing, including inter-governmental relationships and administrative 
practices and problems. Mr. Block. 

PS 512. American Constitutional Theory 0-3 

Prerequisite: PS 201 or an acceptable substitute 

Basic constitutional doctrines, including fundamental law, judicial review, 
individual rights and political privileges, and national and state power. 
Special attention is given to the application of these doctrines to the regu- 
lation of business, agriculture, and labor and to the rights safeguarded by 
the First, Fifth, and Fourteenth Amendments to the Constitution. 

Mr. Cahill or Mr. Edsall. 
HI 534. (Same as RS 534) Farmers' Movements 0-3 

Prerequisite: 3 credits in American history, American government, sociol- 
ogy or a related social science. 



110 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

A history of agricultural organizations and movements in the United States 
and Canada principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, the Farmers' 
Alliance, the Populist revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm Bureau, the 
Equity societies, the Nonpartisan League, cooperative marketing, govern- 
ment programs, and present problems. Mr. Noblin. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

PS 610. Applied Principles of Public Administration 2-4 by arrangement 

Prerequisite: PS 502 or an acceptable substitute 

An advanced course in administrative principles and methods. Students will 
perform individual or group research, under supervision, in specific admin- 
istrative topics within the context of those public agencies which function 
in their respective fields of technology. Mr. Block. 

PS 620. Problems in Political Science 2-4 by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Advanced graduate standing 

An independent advanced research course in selected problems of govern- 
ment and politics. The problems will be chosen in accordance with the needs 
and desires of the students registered for the course. Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Fred Derward Cochran, Head, Monroe Evans Gardner, Frank 

Lloyd Haynes, Jr.., John Mitchell Jenkins, Jr. 
Associate Professors: Walter Elmer Ballinger, Leaton John Kushman, 

Clarence Leslie McCombs, Daniel Townsend Pope 
Assistant Professors: Thomas Franklin Cannon, Gene John Galletta, 

Conrad Henry Miller, Robert Johnson Schramm, Jr. 

The Department of Horticultural Science offers the Master of Science de- 
gree and the professional degree. Master of Horticulture. Evidence of high 
scholastic achievement in the basic biological sciences is particularly desir- 
able for students who expect to study for the Master of Science degree in 
horticulture. 

The department has excellent greenhouses, laboratories, cold storages, and 
access to adequate field plots, for graduate training in crop production, 
plant propagation, nutrition and physiology, biochemistry, morphology, 
plant breeding, cytology, and post-harvest physiology. The greenhouse range 
covers over 30,000 square feet of space and has twenty-one sections, each 
containing individual temperature and light control equipment. Laboratory 
facilities include four analytical laboratories, two cytological and anatomical 
laboratories, one soil testing laboratoi^ for greenhouse control, one radio- 
isotope laboratory, and one landscape and floral design laboratory. Post- 
harvest facilities include, additionally, fourteen controlled temperature 
storage rooms; and grading, washing and packaging equipment. These com- 
bined facilities provide a wide variety of opportunities in basic and tech- 
nical research in the horticultural field. An extensive, and varied assortment 
of plant materials is available for use in graduate programs. 

The wide variations in climate and soils in North Carolina, from the 
coast to the mountains, make possible the study of plant responses under 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 111 

these varied conditions. Land and facilities for horticultural research are 
available on ten of the outlying stations located throughout the State. 

The opportunities for employment after advanced training include teach- 
ing and research in state and privately endowed educational institutions; 
research and regulatory positions with the United States Department of 
Agriculture, both foreign and domestic; extension specialists and county 
agents; research, production and promotional work with food, chemical, and 
seed concerns; orchard, nursery and greenhouse supervisors; and inspectors 
and quality control technologists. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

HS 411. Nursery Management 3-0 

Prerequisites: BO 103, SSC 200 

The principles and practices involved in the production, management, and 
marketing of field-grown and container-grown nursery plants. Field trips 
will be taken. Mr. Cannon. 

HS 421. Fruit Production 3-0 

Prerequisites: BO 103, SSC 200 

A study of identification, adaptation, and methods of production and market- 
ing of the principal tree and small fruits. Modern practices as related to 
selection of sites, nutritional requirements, management practices, and 
marketing procedures will be discussed. Mr. Correll. 

HS 432. Vegetable Production 0-3 

Prerequisites: BO 103, SSC 200 

A study of the origin, importance, distribution, botanical relationships, and 
principles of production and marketing of the major vegetable crops. 

Mr. Miller. 
HS 441. Floriculture i 3-0 

Prerequisites: BO 103, SSC 200 

The scope and importance of the commercial flower industry; the basic 
principles and practices involved in the production and marketing of flowers 
grown in the greenhouse and in the field. Mr. Randall. 

HS 442. Floriculture II 0-3 

Prerequisites: BO 103, SSC 200 

Principles and methods of production of commercial flower crops in the 
greenhouse and in the field, including fertilization, moisture, temperature, 
and light relationships, insect and disease control, and marketing of cut 
flowers and pot plants. Mr. Randall. 

HS 471. Arboriculture 0-3 

Prerequisites: BO 103, SSC 200 

A study of the principles and practices in the care and maintenance of orna- 
mental trees and shrubs, such as pruning, fertilization, control of insects and 
diseases, and tree surgery. Field trips will be taken. Mr. Cannon. 

HS 481. Breeding of Horticultural Plants 3-0 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

The application of genetic and other biological sciences to the improvement 
of horticultural crops. Messrs. Galletta, Henderson. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

HS 501. Research Principles Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor 

Investigation of a problem in horticulture under the direction of the in- 
structor. The students obtain practice in experimental techniques and pro- 



112 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

cedures, critical review of literature and scientific writing. The problem 
may last one or two semesters. Credits will be determined by the nature of 
the problem, not to exceed a total of 4 hours. Graduate Staff. 

HS 541. (GN 541 or CS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3-0 

Prerequisites: GN 512; Recommended: ST 511 

An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles and 
concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Timothy, Havnes. 

HS 542. (GN 542 or FC 542) Plont Breeding 

Field Procedures 2 in Suntmer Sessions 

Prerequisites: HS 541 or CS 541 or GN 541 

Laboratory and field study of the application of various plant breeding 
techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants. 

Staff. 
HS 552. Growth of Horticultural Plants 0-3 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of the effect of nutrient-elements, water, light temperature, and 
growth substances on horticultural plants. Mr. Schramm. 

HS 562. Post-Harvest Physiology 0-3 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of chemical and physiological changes that occur during handling, 
transportation, and storage which affect the quality of horticultural crops. 
Consideration will be given to pre- and post-harvest conditions which influ- 
ence these changes. Messrs. McCombs, Ballinger. 
HS 581. Senior Seminar 1-1 
Prerequisite: Senior in Horticulture 

Presentation of scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special 
problems in horticulture and related fields. Mr. Gardner. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

HS 621. Methods and Evaluotion of Horticultural Research 3-0 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Principles and methods of research in the field of horticulture and their 
application to the solution of current problems. Critical study and evalua- 
tion of scientific publications. Compilation, organization, and presentation 
of data. Mr. Cochran. 

HS 641. Research Credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Horticulture, consent of Chairman of 
Adv. Comm. 

Original research on specific problems in fruit, vegetable, and ornamental 
crops. Thesis prepared should be worthy of publication. A maximum of 6 
credits is allowed toward the Master of Science degree; no limitation on 
credits in Doctorate program. Graduate Staff. 

HS 651. Seminar 1-1 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Presentation of scientific articles and special lectures. Students will be re- 
quired to present one or more papers. Attendance of all graduate student? 
is required. Graduate Staff. 

DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ARTS 
(See School of Education) 

DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 
(See School of Education) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 113 

DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Clifton A. Anderson^ Head, Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Robert 

W. Llewellyn 
Visiting Professor: Rudolph Willard 

The Department of Industrial Engineering offers graduate study leading 
to the Master of Science degree. The courses in this department reflect the 
new emphasis in the so-called operations research approach to the field. 

Industrial engineering is concerned with the technical details of organiz- 
ing men, materials, machines, capital and other resources to improve the 
efficiency of manufacturing, processing, and distribution activities. The basic 
education in industrial engineering emphasizes the utilization of the engi- 
neering sciences and mathematical and statistical analyses in the solution 
of planning, operating and control problems. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

IE 401. Industrial Engineering Analysis 3-0 

Prerequisites: IE 304. MA 405, ST 362 

An introductory course in some of the more recently developed operations 
research techniques; applications of dynamic programming, replacement 
theory, Markov processes, queueing theory, linear programming; graphical 
methods of solutions; information theory and servomechanisms in Indus- 
trial Engineering. A balance will be sought between theory and practical 
applications. 

IE 402. Industrial Engineering Analysis 0-3 

Prerequisite: IE 401 
Continuation of IE 401. 

IE 408. Production Control 3-0 

Planning, scheduling and dispatching of production in manufacturing opera- 
tions; conversion of sales requirements into production orders; construction 
of production budgets and their relation to labor, materials and machines; 
laboratory project involving the development and operation of the produc- 
tion control system of a typical plant. 

IE 425. Sales and Distribution Methods 0-2 

An analysis of the distribution of industrial and consumer products; the 
effect of increased productivity on sales and distribution channels; develop- 
ment and marketing of new products; merchandising and packaging. Sales 
training and sales engineering programs. 

IE 430. Job Evaluation and Wage Incentives 0-3 

Job analysis, classification and specification. Grading, ranking, factor com- 
parison and point systems of job evaluation in determining equitable rates 
for job content. Wages surveys and merit rating. Utilization of time stan- 
dards in design, installation and operation of financial incentive plans. 
Comparison of various wage and salary plans. Effect of wage payment 
methods on industrial relations practices. 

IE 443. Quality Control 0-3 

Economic balance between cost of quality and value of quality, and tech- 
niques for accomplishing this balance. Organization for, specification and 
utilization of quality controls. Statistical theory and analyses as applied to 
sampling, control charts, tolerance determination, acceptance procedures and 
control of production. 



114 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates and Advonced Undergraduates 

IE 515. Process Engineering 3-0 

Prerequisites: IE 401, 443 

The technical process of translating product design into a manufacturing 
program. The application of industrial engineering in the layout, tooling, 
methods, standards, costs and control functions of manufacturing. Labora- 
tory problems covering producer and consumer products. 

Graduate Staff. 

IE 517. Automatic Processes 3-0 

Prerequisites: IE 401, 443 

Principles and methods for automatic processing. The design of product, 
process, and controls. Economic, physical, and sociological effects of auto- 
mation. Graduate Staff. 

IE 521. Control Systems and Data Processing 3-0 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

This course is designed to train the student in the problem and techni- 
ques required for systematic control of the production process and the 
business enterprise. This includes training in the determination of control 
factors, the collection and recording of data, and the processing, evaluation 
and use of data. The course will illustrate the applications and use of data 
processing equipment and information machines in industrial processes. Case 
problems will be used extensively. Mr. Llewellyn. 

IE 531. Quantitative Job Evaluotion Methods 0-3 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

A study of statistical and mathematical methods of testing and designing job 
evaluation plans. Ranking, contingency, and analysis of variance methods 
of testing plans and rating performance. Multiple regression and linear 
programming methods of designing plans. Mr. Llewellyn. 

IE 543. Standard Data 3-0 

Prerequsites: ST 361 or ST 515, one course in motion and time study. 
Theory and practice in developing standard data from stopwatch observa- 
tions and predetermined time data; methods of calculating standards from 
data; application of standard data in cost control, production planning 
and scheduling, and wage incentives. Mr. Anderson. 

IE 546. Advanced Quality Control 0-3 

Prerequisites: IE 304 or ST 362 

The statistical foundation of Quality Control are emphasized in this course 
as well as its economic implications. Mathematical derivation of most of 
the formulas used are given. Sampling techniques are treated extensively 
and many applications of this powerful technique are explained. 

Graduate Staff. 

IE 551. Standard Costs for Manufacturing 0-3 

Prerequisites: One course in accounting and one course in motion and 
time study. 

The development, application and use of standard costs as a management 
tool; use of industrial engineering techniques in establishing standard costs 
for labor, material and overhead. Analysis of variances and setting of 
budgets. Measures of management performance. Mr. Willard. 

IE 581. Project Work 2 to 6 — 2 to 6 

Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing 

Investigation and report on an assigned problem for students enrolled in the 

fifth-year curriculum in Industrial Engineering. Graduate Staff. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 115 

Courses for Graduates Only 

IE 621. inventory Control Methods 0-3 

Prerequisites: IE 402, IE 521, MA 511 

A study of inventory policy with respect to reorder sizes, minimum points 
and production schedules. Simple inventory models, models with restrictions, 
price breaks, price changes, analysis of slow-moving inventories. Introduction 
to the smoothing problem in continuous manufacturing. Applications of 
linear «nd dynamic programming and zero-sum game theory. 

Mr. Llewellyn. 
IE 651. Special Studies in Industrial Engineering Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The purpose of this course is to allow individual students or small groups 
of students to take on studies of special areas in Industrial Engineering 
which fit into their particular program and which may not be covered by 
existing industrial engineering graduate level courses. The work would be 
directed by a qualified staff member who had particular interest in the 
area covered by the problem. Such problems may require individual research 
and initiative in the application of industrial engineering training to new 
areas or fields. Graduate Staff. 

IE 671. Seminar 1-1 

Seminar discussion of industrial engineering problems for graduate students. 
Case analyses and reports. Mr. Anderson. 

IE 691. Industrial Engineering Research Credits by arrangement 

Graduate research in Industrial Engineering for thesis axdit. 

Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: John Wesley Cell, Head, Roberts Cozart Bullock, John 
Montgomery Clarkson, Walter Joel Harrington, Jack Levine, Carey 
Gardner Mumford, Peter Musen, Howard Movess Nahikian, Hubert 
Vern Park, Raimond Aldrich Strubi.e, James Hatton Wahab, Lowell 
Sheridan Winton 

Associate Professors: George Charles Caldwell, Constantine Kassimatis, 
Darrell Rhea Shreve, Herbert Elvin Speece 

Adjunct Associate Professor: Robert Taylor Herbst 

Assistant Professors: John William Bishir, Robert Roy Korfhage, Morton 
Lowengrub 

Visiting Assistant Professor: Jacob Burlak 

The Department of Mathematics offers graduate studies in applied mathe- 
matics leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 
.\ student entering this graduate program is expected to have had a strong 
undergraduate major in mathematics, including a year of advanced calculus 
and at least a semester of advanced modern algebra and a minor in some 
mathematically oriented area such as physics, the engineering sciences, or 
genetics. He is expected to choose a minor area of study other than mathe- 
matics. 

Individuals with graduate training in applied mathematics are in great 
demand in industry, in governmental laboratories, and in college teaching 



116 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

positions. Opportunities are many and varied in this field and include work 
as a member of a research team in such areas as satellite orbit tlieory, 
viscoelasticity, biomathematics, thermodynamics, aerodynamics, acoustics, 
solid state physics, nuclear reactor theory, geophysics, and in applications 
of computers in business. 

The department has available a number of teaching and research assistant- 
ships (a student holding a half-time assistantship is allowed to carry a study 
load of nine semester hours). Also available for those graduate students 
studying toward the Ph.D. degree are a limited number of NDEA and Ford 
Foundation fellowships. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

MA 401. Intennediate Differentiol Equations 3-3 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Theory of linear independence of solutions of linear differential equations, 
variation of parameters, superposition integral, simultaneous linear differ- 
ential equations by transform methods, series solutions, special functions 
(Bessel, Legendre, etc.), orthogonal functions, and partial differential equa- 
tions by separation of variables. 

MA 403. Fundamental Concepts of Algebra 3-0 

Prerequisites: MA 202 or MA 212 

Integers; integral domains; rational numbers; fields, rings, groups. Boolean 
algebra. 

MA 404. Fundamental Concepts of Geometry 0-3 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Foundations of geometry; laws of logic; affine geometry; geometric transfor- 
mations; homogeneous coordinates; comparison of Euclidean and non- 
Euclidean geometries. 

MA 405. Introduction to Determinants and Matrices 3-3 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or MA 212 

Properties of determinants; theorems of Laplace and Jacobi; systems of linear 
equations. Elementary operations with matrices; inverse, rank, characteristic 
roots and eigenvectors. Introduction to algebraic forms. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

MA 511. Advanced Calculus I 3-3 

Prerequisite: MA 301 and, preferably, a B-average in mathematics courses 
Vectors, differential calculus of functions of several variables, vector differ- 
ential calculus, integral calculus of functions of several variables. 

Graduate Staff. 
MA 512. Advanced Colculus II 3-3 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

Vector integral calculus, infinite series. Graduate Staff. 

MA 513. Advanced Calculus III 3-3 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

Functions of a complex variable, Fourier series. Graduate Staff. 

MA 514. Methods of Applied Mathematics 3-3 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

Introduction to difference equations, integral equations, and calculus of 
variations. Graduate Staff. 

MA 516. Principles of Mathematical Analysis 3-0 

Prerequisite: MA 512 
The real number system, elements of set theory, limits, continuity, differen- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 117 

tiation, Riemann-Stieltjes integration, sequences of functions, fundamentals 
of Lebesgue theory, axiomatic development of set theory, topological and 
metric spaces. Graduate Staff. 

MA 517. Introduction to Point-Set Topology 0-3 

Prerequisite: MA 516 

A study of basic set-theoretic and general topological notions of modem 
mathematics. Topics include set theory and cardinal numbers, topological 
spaces, metric spaces, and elementary discussion of function spaces. 

Graduate Staff. 
MA 522. Theory of Probability I 3-3 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or consent of instructor 

Definitions, discrete and continuous sample spaces, combinatorial analysis, 
Stirling's formula, simple occupancy and ordering problems, conditional 
probability, repeated trials, compound experiments, Bayes' theorem, binom- 
ial, Poisson and normal distributions, the probability integral, random vari- 
ables, expectation. Graduate Staff. 
MA 523. Theory of Probobility II 0-3 
Prerequisites: MA 405 and MA 522 

Binominal, Poisson, and normal distributions, law of large numbers, re- 
current events, renewal theor)', Markov chains. Characteristic function and 
distribution functions, simple stochastic processes. Introduction to game 
theory and linear programming. Graduate Staff. 

MA 527. Numericol Analysis I 3-0 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

Numerical solution of equations, introduction to the theory of errors, finite- 
difference tables and the theory of interpolation, numerical integration, 
numerical differentiation, and elements of difference calculus. 

Graduate Staff. 
MA 528. Numerical Anolysis II 0-3 

Prerequisite: MA 527 

Difference operators, summation procedures, numerical solution of ordinary 
differential equations, least-squares polynominal approximation, and Gaus- 
sian quadrature. Graduate Staff. 
MA 532. Differentiol Equations II 0-3 
Prerequisite: MA 511 

Phase-plane concepts; elementary critical points and stability theory; second 
order linear equations with variable coefficients; general linear autonomous 
systems; forced oscillations of linear systems; the method of Frobenius; 
Bessel, Legendre and hypergeometric functions; regular singular points; 
Sturm-Liouville systems; eigenvalue problems and generalized Fourier ex- 
pansions; existence and uniqueness theorems. Graduate Staff. 
MA 536. Logic for Digital Computers 3-0 
Prerequisite: MA 511 

Introduction to logic and formal languages of digital computers, algorithms, 
compilers, and heuristic programming. Graduate Staff. 

MA 537. Non-numeric Uses of Computers 0-3 

Prerequsite: MA 536 

The use of computers in problems not involving numerical analysis. Formal 
differentiation and integration, algebraic models, combinatorics, theorem 
proving and decision making. Problems of mechanical translation. Special 
computers. Graduate Staff. 

MA 551. (PY 551) Principles of Astrodynamics 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: MA 511, either PY 401 or EM 312 

The differential equations of motion in two-body problems and their inte- 
grals; orbit theory; integrals of the n-body problem; differential equations 



118 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

of motion of natural and artificial satellites and their approximate solu- 
tions. Mr. Musen. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

MA 602. Partiol Differential Equations 0-3 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

Ordinary differential equations in more than two variables, partial differ- 
ential equations of the first order, partial differential equations of the 
second order, Laplace's equation, the wave equation, the diffusion equation. 

Mr. Struble. 
MA 605. Non-Linear Differential Eauations 3-0 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 532 

Phase-plane and phase-space concepts; existence and uniqueness theorems: 
continuity, analytic and differentiability properties of solution; properties 
of linear systems; stability in non-linear systems; topological methods; per- 
turbations of periodic solutions; asymptotic methods and resonance prob- 
lems. Mr. Struble. 
*MA 608. Integral Equations 3 
Prerequisites: MA 512, MA 532 

Linear Volterra integral equations of the first and second kinds. Relation- 
ship to linear differential initial value problems. Special Volterra equations 
of the convolution type. Singular Volterra equations. Linear Fredholm inte- 
gral equations of the first and second kind. Basic theory. Symmetric kernels. 
Hilbert-Schmidt theory (generalizations). Mr. Winton. 

MA 611. Complex Variable Theory and Applicotions I 3-0 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

Elementary functions; analytic functions and Cauchy-Riemann equations: 
conformal mapping and applications; Taylor and Laurent series; contour 
integration and residue theory; the Schwarz-Christoffel transformation, 

Mr. Bullock. 
MA 612. Complex Variable Theory and Applications II 0-3 

Prerequisite: MA 611 

Conformal mapping and applications to flow phenomena; multiple-valued 
functions and Riemann surfaces; further applications of residue theory; 
analytic continuation; infinite series and asymptotic expansions; ellipic 
functions and other special functions in the complex domain; structure of 
functions. Mr. Bullock. 

MA 615. Theory of Functions of o Reol Varioble I 3-0 

Prerequisite: MA 512 
Sets and spaces; continuity and differentiability of real functions. 

Mr. Harrington. 
MA 616. Theory of Functions of a Real Variable II 0-3 

Prerequisite: MA 615 
Measure, measurable sets and functions, theory of Lebesgue integration. 

Mr. Harrington. 
MA 621. Introduction to Modern Abstract Algebra 3-0 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

A study of the abstract structure and properties of groups, rings and ideals, 
and fields. Messrs. Nahikian, Park, Wahab. 

MA 622. Vector Spaces and Matrices 0-3 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

A study of vector spaces and their relation to the theory of matrices. Matrix 
inversion, linear transformations, including similarity and orthogonal trans- 



Offered in 1963 and alternate summers. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 119 

formations, canonical forms. Properties of the characteristic and reduced 
characteristic function. Elementary divisors and functions of matrices. Ap- 
plications to systems of differential equations. 

Messrs. Nahikian, Park, Wahab. 
**MA 625. Introduction to Differential Geometry 3 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

Theory of curves and surfaces in 3-diniensional euclidean space with special 
reference to those properties invariant under the rigid body motions. 

Messrs. Levine, Winton. 
MA 632. Operational Mathematics i 3-0 

Corequisite: MA 513 or MA 611 

Laplace transform with theoi7 and application to problems in ordinary and 
partial differential equations arising from engineering and physics prob- 
lems; Fourier integral and Fourier transforms and applications. 

Mr. Cell. 
MA 633. Operotional Mathematics II 0-3 

Prerequisite: MA 632 

Extended development of the Laplace and Fourier transforms and their 
uses in the solution of problems in ordinary and partial differential equa- 
tions and in difference equations; Sturm-Liouville systems; advanced theory 
in ordinary and partial differential equations; other infinite and finite trans- 
forms and their applications. Mr. Cell. 
MA 635. Mathematics of Computers 0-3 
Prerequisites: MA 528, MA 512, MA 335; Corequisite: MA 405 or MA 622 
The development of methods for the solution of selected problems involv- 
ing matrices; integral rational equations; ordinary and partial differential 
equlations. Particular attention is paid to the question of convergence and 
stability; examples solved on the IBM 650. Graduate Staff. 
*MA 641. Calculus of Variations 3 
Prerequisite: MA 512 

The simplest problem of the calculus of variations in detail; variable end- 
points; iso-perimetric problems; Hamilton's principle; least action principle; 
introduction to the theory of linear integral equations of the Volterra and 
Fredholm types. Mr. Winton. 

**MA 651. Expansion of Functions 3 

Prerequisites: MA 611, 633 or equivalent 

Expansion of functions of one or more variables in Taylor series; asymptotic 
series; infinite products, partial fractions, continued fractions, series of 
orthogonal functions; applications in ordinary partial differential equa- 
tions, difference equations and integral equations. 

Messrs. Cell, Harrington. 
MA 655. Mathematics of Astrodynamics I 3-0 

Prerequisite: MA 532 or MA 605 

Two-body problem and its integrals, differential equations of the disturbed 
planetary motion, disturbing function (potential of the disturbed motion), 
literal and numerical methods for expansion of the disturbing function, 
perturbation of the first and second order, methods of Hansen, Hill, and 
Brouwer, theory of resonance. Mr. Musen. 

MA 656. Mathematics of Astrodynamics II 0-3 

Prerequisite: MA 655 

Theories of artificial satellites, influence of the sun and moon on the motion 
of artificial satellites, orbit stability, lunar theories. Mr. Musen. 



* Offered in 1963 and alternate summers. 
'* Offered in 1962 and alternate summers. 



120 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

MA 661. Tensor Analysis I 3-0 

Prerequisite: MA 512 

The basic theory, tensor algebra, tensor calculus; invariants of quadratic 
differential forms; covariant differentiation; geometric applications, Rieman- 
nian spaces; generalized vector analysis. Mr. Levine. 

MA 662. Tensor Analysis II 0-3 

Prerequisite: MA 661 

Continuation of MA 661. Physical applications; dynamics, Legrange's equa- 
tions, the geometry of dynamics, cofiguration spaces. Further applications 
to electromagnetic theory and elasticity. Mr. Levine. 

MA 681. Special Topics in Anoiysis up to 6 hours credit 

MA 683. Special Topics in Algebro up to 6 hours credit 

MA 685. Special Topics in Numerical Analysis up to 6 hours credit 

MA 687. Special Topics in Geometry up to 6 hours credit 

MA 689. Special Topics in Applied Mathematics up to 6 hours credit 

The above courses, MA 681 -MA 689, afford opportunities for graduate 
students to study advanced topics in mathematics under the direction of 
members of the graduate staff. These will on occasion consist of one of 
several areas such as, for example, advanced theory of partial differential 
equations, topology, mathematics and plasticity or of viscoelasticity, mathe- 
matics or orbital mechanics. Graduate Staff. 
MA 691. Research in Mathematics Credits by arrangement 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing and approval of adviser 
Individual research in the field of mathematics. Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Robert W. TRurrx, Head, Norval WHrre Conner, Jesse Sey- 
mour DooLrrrLE, Graduate Administrator, Karl P. Hanson, Hassan 
Ahmad Hassan, Richard Bennett Knight, Robert McLean Pinkerton, 
James Woodburn 

Associate Professors: M. R. El-Saden, Frederick O. Smetana, John Kerr 
Whitfield, Carl Frank Zorowski 

Assistant Professors: Thomas Benson Ledbetter, Richard S. Lee, James 
T. Yen 

The Department of Mechanical Engineering offers graduate study lead- 
ing to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Entrance 
to the various programs in the department is normally based upon an 
accredited baccalaureate degree in engineering. 

At present, the major emphases in graduate study are the thermal sci- 
ences, including classical thermodynamics, heat transfer and transport 
phenomena, statistical thermodynamics; gas dynamics (aerothermochemistry, 
aerothermodynamics) and the mechanical sciences, such as principles of 
fluid motion, dynamics of compressible flow and viscous fluids, vibrations, 
mechanical transients, stress analysis, and applied mechanics; the aero and 
space science of aerodynamics, propulsion, and aeroelasticity. 

The professional technological interests of the department are represented 
by graduate courses in nuclear pov^^er plants, steam and gas turbines, re- 
frigeration, internal combustion engines, lubrication, mechanics of machinery, 
and machine design analysis and synthesis. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 121 

Graduate programs in mechanical engineering normally include substan- 
tial work in the basic sciences of mathematics and physics, and study in re- 
lated engineering departments is encouraged. 

The fundamental objective of graduate study in this field is to prepare 
the student for leadership in the various categories of research, teaching, 
and design. The graduate student is placed in close association with the 
graduate faculty who conduct individual research. Participation in a research 
project as a research assistant or employment as a teaching assistant is re- 
garded as significant experience during residence. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

ME 401. Power Plants 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: ME 302 

Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering 

Application of thermodynamics, economics and other basic studies to the 
engineering of power generation, with emphasis on energy balances, com- 
busion, steam generation, prime movers, heat transfer devices and auxiliaries. 
ME 405. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III 1.0 

Prerequisite: ME 306 

Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering 

The selection of appropriate instrumentation and the experimental analysis 
of small, predetermined engineering systems designed for flexibility and 
wide variation of parameters. Systems cover the gamut of Mechanical Engi- 
neering activity with emphasis on analysis of system rather than character- 
istics of particular systems. 

ME 406. Mechanical Engineering Laboratory IV 0-1 

Prerequisite: ME 405 

Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering 

Individual or small group investigation of an original problem under the 
supervision of a faculty member with an interest in the problem area. The 
investigation may be experimental, analytical, or both. Emphasis is placed 
on the philosophy and methodology of engineering research, and on individ- 
ual thinking and effort. 

ME 410. Jet Propulsion 0-3 

Prerequisites: ME 302 and ME 352 or EM 430 

Application of fundamental principles of thermodynamics and the mechanics 
of a compressible fluid to the processes of jet-propulsion and turbo-propeller 
aircraft; the effect of performance of components on performance of engine; 
analysis of engine performance parameters. 

ME 411. Machine Design I 3-0 

Prerequisites: ME 312, EM 321 
Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering 

Basic principles of the mechanical sciences applied to the analysis of 
machines, devices, and mechanical systems. State of stress, state of strain, 
elasticity, working stresses, stress concentration, fatigue, impact and shock, 
plasticity, thermal stress, wear, lubrication and contact stress. 
ME 412. Machine Design II 0-3 

Prerequisite: ME 411 

Required of seniors in Mechanical Engineering 

Synthesis of machines, devices, and mechanical systems. The specification of 
systems, formulation of region of design, synthesis of elements, complete 
analysis of the ensemble, evaluation and closure of the design. Project activ- 
ity with research emphasis. 



122 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ME 421. Aerospace Propulsion Systems 0-3 

Prerequisites: ME 361, ME 302 

A study of propulsion systems and their relation to the various flight regimes 
and space missions. The principles of thrust generation, the control, and the 
performance of various propulsion systems will be considered. 
ME 435. Industrial Automatic Controls 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: ME 301, MA 301 

Introduction to concept of automatic controls; fundamentals of two-position, 
proportional, floating and rate modes of control with a graphical and 
analytical presentation of each. Theoretical considerations of the process 
and an introduction to system analysis. 

ME 441, 442. Technical Seminar 1-1 

Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing 

Meetings once a week for the delivery and discussion of student papers on 
topics of current interest in Mechanical Engineering. 

ME 466. Performance of Hypervelocity Vehicles 0-3 

Prerequisites: ME 361 

The application of the aerospace sciences to the estimation of the perform- 
ance, stability and control of hypervelocity vehicles. 

ME 451. Introduction to Rocketry 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: ME 301 and 351, or equivalent 

Basic principles of rocket propulsion. Consideration of the significance and 
use of parameters such as specific impulse, characteristic velocity, thrust 
coefficient. General description of liquid, solid and hybrid power plants. 
Performance calculations and design considerations. 

ME 453. Applied Aerodynamics 3-0 

Prerequisite: ME 352 

Determination of design data, tunnel wall and ground effect interference 
corrections, spanwise and chordwise load distributions, performance estima- 
tion, and stability and control analysis. Attention is given to transonic and 
supersonic aerodynamics. 

ME 465, 466. Aerospace Engineering Laboratory 1-1 

Prerequisite: ME 361 

Laboratory experience in wind tunnel experimentation, structural testing, 
environmental testing, and instrumentation for flight in and beyond the 
atmosphere. 

ME 469. Spacecraft Structures 3-0 

Prerequisites: ME 361, EM 321 

To provide the basic structural background necessary to the design of light 
weight structures for flight in and beyond the atmosphere. 
ME 471. Aircraft and Missile Design 3-0 

Prerequisite: ME 361 

Elements of the design of modern aircraft and highspeed missile configura- 
tion to meet prescribed aerodynamic, structural, performance, and stability 
specifications. 

ME 472. Spacecraft Design 0-3 

Prerequisite: ME 361 

\ study of flight requirements leading to determination of flight criteria 
and the specifications of spacecraft systems. The application of aerospace 
sciences to the design of spacecraft. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ME 501. Steam and Gas Turbines 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: ME 302 and ME 352 or EM 430 

Fundamental analysis of the theory and design of turbomachinery flow 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 123 

passages; control and performance of turbomachinery; gas-turbine engine 
processes. Mr. Doolittle. 

ME 502. Heat Transfer 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: ME 301, MA 301 

A study of the fundamental laws of heat transfer by conduction, convection 
and radiation; steady and unsteady state heat transfer. Mr. Doolittle. 

ME 503, 504. Elements of Nuclear Power Generation, I, II 3-3 

Prerequisite: CHE 521 

Engineering analysis and calculations involved in the elements of nuclear 
power generation including ideal and actual power cycles, prime movers 
and appurtenances. Elements of the cost of power and the engineering 
economics of selection of equipment. The nuclear reactor development 
and status as a source of power including a critical review of recent develop- 
ments. Mr. Hanson. 
ME 507, 508. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals 3-3 
Prerequisite: ME 302 

The fundamentals common to internal combustion engine cycles of opera- 
tion. The Otto engine: carburetion, fuel distribution, flame propagation, 
normal and knocking combustion, throttling, pumping, value and spark 
timing, and altitude effects; the Diesel engine: injection and spray forma- 
tion, fuel rating, atomization, penetration, diesel knock, combustion, pre- 
combustion, and scavenging, as applied to reciprocating and rotary engines. 

Mr. Eedbetter. 
ME 515. Experimental Stress Analysis 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: ME 312 

Stresses determined experimentally by photoelasticity methods, by mechani- 
cal and electrical strain gages, by brittle coatings, etc. Effects of varying 
stresses. Mr. Whitfield. 

ME 516. Photoelasticity 0-3 

Prerequisite: ME 515 

Two and three-dimensional photoelasticity; the stress-optic law, isochroma- 
tics, isoclinics, stress trajectories, fractional orders of interference; three 
dimensional techniques, oblique incidence, rotational and thickness effects; 
determination of principal stresses at interior points; laboratory investi- 
gations. Mr. Whitfield. 
ME 517. Lubricotion 0-3 
Prerequisite: EM 430 

The theory of hydrodynamic lubrication; Reynolds' equation, the Sommer- 
field integration, effect of variable lubricant properties and energy equation 
for temperature rise. Properties of lubricants. Application to design of bear- 
ings. Boundary lubrication. Mr. Woodburn. 

ME 521. Aerothermodynamics 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: ME 301, MA 301, EM 430 

An examination of the basic concepts of gas dynamics such as the continuum, 
domain of applicability of continuum, acoustic velocity, compressibility 
effects, and the conservation laws. Analysis of one dimensional flows such 
as isentropic flow, diabatic flow, flow with friction, the normal shock. An 
introduction to the vector formulation of multi-dimensional problems. 

Mr. Smetana. 

ME 541, 542. Aerodynamic Heating 3-3 

Prerequisites: MA 511, ME 521 or equivalent 

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings of the 
compressible laminar and turbulent boundary layers with special attention 
to the aerodynamic heating problem; application of theory in the analysis 
and design of aerospace hardware. Mr. Truitt. 



124 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ME 545, 546. Project' Work in Mechonical Engineering I, II 2-2 

Individual or small group investigation of a problem stemming from a 
mutual student-faculty interest. Emphasis is placed on providing a situation 
for exploiting student curiosity. Graduate Staff. 

ME 554. Advanced Aerodynomic Theory 0-3 

Prerequisite: ME 453 

Development of fundamental aerodynamic theory. Emphasis upon matlie- 
matical analysis and derivation of equations of motion, airfoil theory and 
comparison with experimental results. Introduction to supersonic flow 
theory. Mr. Pinkerton. 

ME 562. Advanced Aircraft Structures 0-3 

Prerequisites: ME 459, ME 453 

Development of methods of stress analysis for aircraft structures, special 
problems in structural design, stiffened panels, rigid frames, indeterminate 
structures, general relaxation theory. Mr. Whitfield. 

ME 571. Air Conditioning 3-0 

Prerequisite: ME 302 

A fundamental study of summer and winter air conditioning including 
temperature, humidity, air velocity and distribution. Mr. Knight. 

ME 572. Refrigeration 0-3 

Prerequsite: ME 302 

A thermodynamic analysis of the simple, compound, centrifugal and mul- 
tiple effect compression systems, the steam jet system and the absorption 
system of refrigeration. Mr. Knight. 

ME 581, 582. Hypersonic Aerodynamics 3-3 

Prerequisites: MA 512, ME 352 or equivalent 

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings in hyper- 
sonic aerodynamics. Mr. Truitt. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ME 601. Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics 3-0 

Prerequisites.: ME 302 or ME 303, and MA 301 

First and Second Laws; theory of variable specific heats; general equations 
of thermodynamics; characteristic equations of state; reduced coordinates; 
prediction of properties of gases and vapors; chemical equilibrium; metast- 
able states; thermodynamics of fluid flow. 

ME 602. Statistical Thermodynamics 0-3 

Prerequisites: ME 601, ME 511 

Fundamental principles of kinetic theory, quantum mechanics, statistical 
mechanics and irreversible phenomena with particular reference to thermo- 
dynamics systems and processes. The conclusions of the classical thermo- 
dynamics are analyzed and established from the microscopic viewpoint. 

Mr. El-Saden. 
ME 603. Advanced Power Plants 3-0 

Prerequisite: ME 401 

A critical analysis of die energy balance of thermal power plants; thermo- 
dynamic and economic evaluation of alternate schemes of development; study 
of recent developments in the production of power. Mr. Hanson. 

ME 605. Aerothermochemistry 0-3 

Prerequisites: ME 601, MA 511 or equivalent 

A generalized treatment of combustion thermodynamics including deriva- 
tion of thermodynamics quantities by the method of Jacobians, criteria for 
thermodynamic equilibrium, computation of equilibrium composition and 
adiabatic flame temperature. Introduction to classical chemical kinetics. 
Conservation equations for a reacting system, detonation and deflagration. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 125 

Theories of flame propagation, flame stabilization, and turbulent combus- 
tion. Mr. Hassan. 
ME 606. Advanced Gos Dynamics 0-3 

Prerequisites: ME 521, ME 601, MA 511 

The general conservation equations of gas dynamics from a differential and 
integral point of view. Hyperbolic compressible flow equations, unsteady 
one-dimensional flows, the non-linear problem of shock wave formation, 
isentropic plane flow, flow in nozzles and jets, turbulent flow. 

Mr. Smetana. 
ME 608. Advanced Heat Transfer I 3-0 

Prerequisite: ME 502 or equivalent 

Fundamental aspects, from an advanced viewpoint, will be considered in the 
conduction of heat through solids, convective phenomena, and the measure- 
ment and prediction of appropriate physical properties. Boundary value 
problems arising in heat conduction will be examined and both numerical 
and function solution techniques developed. Internal and external boun- 
dary layer analyses will be made on a variety of representative convection 
situations. Mr. Lee. 

ME 609. Advanced Heat Transfer II 0-3 

Prerequisite: ME 608 

Advanced topics in the nonisothermal floAv of fluids through channels will 
be investigated for slug, laminar, transitional and turbulent conditions. The 
influence of mass transfer on flow and heat transfer processes will be con- 
sidered. Radiation exchange processes between solid surfaces and solid sur- 
faces and gases both stationary and moving will be discussed. Mr. Lee. 
ME 610. Advanced Topics in Heot Transfer 3-0 

Prerequisite: ME 609 

This course constitutes a study of recent developments in heat transfer and 
related areas. It is anticipated that the course content will change from 
semester to semester. Mr. Lee. 

ME 611, 612. Advanced Machine Design I, II 3-3 

Prerequisite: ME 412 

Kinematics of mechanical media, the stress tensor, the tensor of strains, 
elasticity, plasticity, time-dependent behavior; theories of failure, working 
stresses; shock and steady dynamic loading, creep, stress concentration, 
thermal stress, contact stresses; energy theories, finite difference and relaxa- 
tion methods; hydrodynamic lubrication. Application to the design of 
machine frames, shafts, bearings, gears, springs, cams, etc. 

Mr. Zorowski. 
ME 613. Mechanics of Machinery 3-0 

Prerequisites: ME 312, MA 512 

Vector dynamics, d'Alembert's principle, Lagrange's equations; rigid kine- 
matics, Euler's angles, rigid rotation, Coriolis accelerations; the inertia 
tensor. Application to mechanisms, gyroscopes, guidance and control sys- 
tems, rotating and reciprocating devices. Mr. Zorowski. 
ME 614. Mechanical Transients and Machine Vibrations 0-3 
Prerequisites: ME 312 or EM 545, MA 512 

Dynamic loads in mechanical media are considered in two categories: steady 
vibrations and transient shock and impact. The Lagrange equations and 
the wave equation are employed to study internal stresses and displace- 
ments in mechanical devices which result from such loading. 

Mr. Zorowski. 
ME 615. Aeroelasticity I 3-0 

Prerequisites: MA 541, ME 411 or ME 459, ME 521 

Deformations of aero structures under static and dynamic loads, natural mode 
shapes and frequencies; two and three dimensional incompressible flow; 



126 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

wings and bodies in unsteady flow; static aeroelastic phenomena. 

Mr. Hassan. 
ME 616. Aeroelasticity II 0-3 

Prerequisites: MA 511, ME 615 

Flutter; dynamic response phenomena such as transient landing stresses, 
gusts, continuous atmospheric turbulence; aeroelastic model theory, model 
design and construction. Mr. Hassan. 

ME 617. Plates and Shells in Mechanical Design 0-3 

Prerequisites: MA 511, ME 611 

The concept of members which are thin in one dimension, that is, plates 
and shells, is applied to mechanical design with particular emphasis on 
type of loading, conditions of service, and compliance of the member to 
its environment. Mr. Zorowski. 

ME 631. Applications of Ultrasonics to Engineering Research 3-0 

Prerequisites: MA 511, EE 332 

The technique and theory of propagation of ultrasonics in liquids, gases 
and solids. Development of ultrasonic transducers, the elastic piezoelectric, 
and dielectric relationships. Ultrasonic applications of asdic or sonar, cavi- 
tation, emulsification, soldering, welding, and acoustic properties of gases, 
liquids and solids. Mr. Woodburn. 

ME 641. Mechanical Engineering Seminar 1 or 1 

Faculty and graduate student discussions centered around current research 
problems and advanced engineering theories. Graduate Staff. 

ME 642. Advanced Topics in Mechanical Engineering 1 to 6 

Prerequisite: Graduate Standing 

Faculty and graduate student discussions of advanced topics in contemporary 
Mechanical Engineering. Graduate Staff. 

ME 645. Mechanical Engineering Research 3 to 6 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in ME and approval of adviser 
Individual research in the field of Mechanical Engineering. 

Graduate Staff. 
ME 651. Principles of Fluid Motion 3-0 

Prerequisite: ME 453 
Corequisite: MA 511 

Fundamental principles of fluid dynamics. Mathematical methods of analy- 
sis are emphasized. Potential flow theory development with introduction 
to the effects of viscosity and compressibility. Two dimensional and three 
dimensional phenomena are considered. Mr. Pinkerton. 

ME 652. Dynamics of Compressible Flow 0-3 

Prerequisite: ME 651 

Properties of compressible fluids, equation of motion of one-dimensional 
motion, channel flows, shock wave theory, methods of observation, and 
flows at transonic speeds. Mr. Pinkerton. 

ME 653. Supersonic Aerodynomics 3-0 

Prerequisite: ME 652 

Equations of motion in supersonic flow, Prandtl-Meyer turns, method of 
characteristics, hodograph plane, supersonic wind tunnels, supersonic air- 
foil theory, and boundary layer shock interaction. Mr. Yen. 
ME 654. Dynamics in Viscous Fluids 0-3 
Prerequisite: ME 651 

Development of the Navier-Stokes equations and the boundary layer theory. 
Laminar and turbulent boundary layers in theory and experiment, flow 
separation, and transition. Mr. Hassan. 

ME 660. Aero-Mechanical Engineering Problems 0-3 

Prerequisites: ME 502, MA 514, 543 or equivalent 
Derivation of governing equations and set up of representative problems 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 127 

in heat transfer, gas dynamics and magneto-hydrodynamics; review of tech- 
niques for solving these problems. Introduction of other techniques such 
as method of steepest descent, method of Weiner-Hopf. variational methods 
and others. Phase-space and function space concepts will be introduced also. 
Purpose of the course in the graduate program to strengthen the analytical 
techniques of the students in dealing with aero-mechanical engineering 
problems so that in their later studies more emphasis may be put on formu- 
lation of new problems and physical interpretation of new results. 

Mr. Yen. 
ME 661, 662. Aerospace Energy Systems 3-3 

Prerequisites: MA 512, ME 521, PY 407 or equivalent 

A study of energy systems appropriate to the varied requirements of space 
operations. Includes analysis of chemical, nuclear and solar energy sources 
and the theory of their adaptation to operational requirements for pro- 
pulsion and auxiliary power, cooling requirements, coolants and materials. 

Mr. Truitt. 
ME 671, 672. Advanced Air CondiHoning Design I, II 3-3 

Prerequisites: ME 571, ME 572 

The design of heating and air conditioning systems; the preparation of 
specifications and performance tests on heating and air conditioning equip- 
ment. Mr. Knight. 
ME 691, 692. Advanced Spacecraft Design 3-3 
Prerequisites: ME 542, ME 582 

Analysis and design of spacecraft including system design criteria, accelera- 
tion tolerance, entry environment, thermal requirements, criteria for con- 
figuration design, aerodynamic design, heating rates, thermostructural de- 
sign, boost phase, de-orbit, entry corridor, lift modulation, rolling entry, 
glide phase, maneuvering and landing, stability and control, thermal pro- 
tection system, materials, instrumentation, and life support systems. 

Mr. Truitt. 



METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING 
See Department of Mineral Industries 

DEPARTMENT OF MINERAL INDUSTRIES 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: William Wyatt Austin, Head, William Callum Bell, William 
WuRTH Kriegel, John Mason Parker, III, Hans Heinrich Stadelmaier, 
Robert Franklin Stoops 

Associate Professors: William Cullen Hackler, Carlton James Leith, 
Havne Palmour, III 

Assistant Professor: Henry Seawell Brown 

The Department of Mineral Industries offers graduate programs leading 
to the degrees of Master of Science in ceramic engineering, geological en- 
gineering, and metallurgical engineering, and to the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree in ceramic engineering. Certain graduate courses are also offered for 
the benefit of students majoring in other areas who may be interested in 
pursuing advanced work in the mineral industries fields. 



128 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Ceramic Engineering 

The graduate program in ceramic engineering includes study and research 
in the following sub-divisions: physical ceramics, electrical ceramics, glass, 
vitreous enamels and coatings, structural clay products, refractories, white- 
wares and materials associated with nuclear reactor programs. 

The prerequisite for graduate work in ceramic engineering is a proficiency 
in the undergraduate courses required for the bachelor's degree in ceramic 
engineering, or substantial equivalent. 

The department's ceramic laboratories are well equipped for research 
work. These facilities are augmented by those of the Ceramic Research 
Laboratories of the Department of Engineering Research. Also available are 
the Electron Microscope and X-Ray Diffraction Laboratories of that de- 
partment, and the Nuclear Reactors of the Physics Department. 

Illustrative of the scope of graduate research in ceramics at North Caro- 
lina State College are some of the recent and current projects. These have 
encompassed studies of the dielectric and physical characteristics of ceramic 
bodies in the system BaTiOa, mechanical properties of single crystal sapphire, 
and spinel, mechanical properties and deformation mechanisms in poly- 
crystalline spinel, studies of the power losses in low dielectric constant 
ceramics, the effect of devitrification of the glassy phase on the conductivity 
of ceramic insulator bodies, studies in spodumene, tremolite, tale, and 
nepheline syenite in multiflux vitreous bodies, diffusion of selected isotopes 
through ceramic and cermet bodies, and the effect of alkali on the hygro- 
scopicity of glass, studies of the maximum safe rate of drying structural 
clays, and the pozzolanic properties of shale. 

Geologicol Engineering 

The graduate program in geological engineering is directed to the ad- 
vanced training of qualified students interested in the professional economic 
applications of geological knowledge. The occupational fields include the 
locating of mineral resources, and the assessing of geological conditions 
at the sites of large civil engineering projects. Candidates for admission to 
this program should hold the Bachelor of Geological Engineering degree or 
a satisfactory equivalent, preferably including a strong background in 
physics, chemistry, and engineering sciences. 

The solution of professional problems in geology is today requiring more 
specialized training and quantitative methods than can be included in an 
under-graduate curriculum. A person with such training in geology finds 
employment with petroleum, mining, and construction companies, govern- 
mental agencies, and educational research institutions. 

A great variety of problems in igneous, sedimentary, and metamorphic 
geology are to be found within a radius of fifty miles of North Carolina 
State College. 

Facilities are available for research in mineralogy, petrography, economic 
geology, mineral dressing, and geologic problems relating to civil engineering. 
Excellent collections of geological literature are available at State College, 
at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, and at Duke University 
in Durham. A well staffed unit of the Ground Water division of the U, S. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 129 

Geological Survey is housed nearby on the campus and is available for 
consultation. 

Metallurgical Engineering 

The rapid development of space and nuclear technology and attendant 
materials problems has brought about a sharp increase in the demand 
for trained leaders in the materials fields. There is at present intense em- 
phasis on advanced study and research on the fundamental behavior of 
metals and alloys. From this work will come urgently-needed improvements 
in metallic materials of construction to withstand increasingly drastic service 
requirements— higher stresses, higher temperatures, corrosive and radioactive 
environments. 

Opportunities for men with graduate training in metallurgy and metal- 
lurgical engineering are almost unlimited. Industry and universities today 
need approximately four times as many metallurgists with advanced degrees 
as are available. It has been estimated that by 1975 the electrical, chemical, 
aircraft, and nuclear industries will require 50,000 research metallurgists 
and metallurgical engineers. The number presently available is approximately 
5,000. Present ratios indicate that one-third to one-half of the 50,000 grad- 
uates needed should have advanced training beyond the bachelor's degree. 
The shortage of graduates with advanced degrees is further accentuated by 
the need for qualified college faculty members to provide adequate instruc- 
tion in metallurgical and related fields. 

North Carolina State College is one of the few institutions in the South, 
and the only institution in North Carolina, prepared to offer graduate in- 
struction in metallurgical engineering. In addition to the advanced work 
in metallurgical engineering, the School of Engineering also offers an excel- 
lent program of supporting courses at the graduate level in the related fields 
of physics, chemistry, mathematics, engineering mechanics, and in mechanical, 
chemical, ceramic, and nuclear engineering. 

Financial assistance is available to graduate students in the Department 
of Mineral Industries. Graduate assistantships permit half-time studies in 
cither ceramic engineering, geological engineering, or metallurgical engineer- 
ing, and half time to be devoted to teaching or other assigned duties. Also, 
certain sponsored fellowships that permit full time to be devoted to grad- 
uate studies, such as the Edward Orton, Jr. Ceramic Foundation Fellowship 
and the Ford Foundation Fellowship, are available. Applications should be 
made to the department. 

Ceramic Engineering 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

MIC 413. Ceramic Process Principles II 4-0 

Prerequisites: MIC 312 and CH 342 

A continuation of MIC 312. Introduction to crystal chemistry and the con- 
stitution of glass. Consideration of special problems relating to glasses, 
glazes and equilibria with particular reference to refractories. 
MIC 414. Senior Thesis 3-3 

One semester required of seniors in Ceramic Engineering 
A second semester may be elected 



ISO THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

An introduction to research. Literature search, laboratory investigation and 
written report in the form of a thesis. Conference and laboratory. 
MIC 415, 416. Ceramic Engineering Design 2-2 

The methods of ceramic equipment, structure and plant design. 
MIC 420. Industrial Ceramics 3-0 

A study of the various ceramic industries, including manufacturing tech- 
niques, labor and professional relationships, and the present and future 
status of the respect industries. Lectures and discussion. 
MIC 425. Seminar 1-1 

One semester required of seniors in Ceramic Engineering 
A second semester may be elected 

Literature survey of selected topics in ceramic engineering. Oral and written 
reports, discussions. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

MIC 503. Ceramic Microscopy 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: MIG 531 

Petrographic techniques for the systematic study of ceramic materials and 

products. Interpretation and representation of results. Mr. Kriegel. 

MIC 505. Research and Control Methods 0-3 

Prerequisite: MIC 413 

Lectures, demonstrations and experiments on instrumental methods of 

ceramic investigation and statistical methods of control. Mr. Hackler. 

MIC 507, 508. Advanced Ceramic Experiments 3-3 

Prerequisite: MIC 414 or equivalent 

Advanced studies in ceramic laboratory experimentation. Graduate Staff. 

MIC 511. Advanced Studies in Firing 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: MIC 413 

Advanced studies of ceramic firing procedures with emphasis on the design, 

calculation and economic evaluation of kilns and furnaces. 

Mr. Hackler. 
MIC 522. Structurol Cloy Products 0-3 

Prerequisite: MIC 413 

The technology of the structural clay products industries with emphasis on 
the latest developments in the field. Mr. Kriegel. 

MIC 527. Refractories in Service 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: CH 342 

A study of the physical and chemical properties of the more important re- 
fractories in respect to their environment in industrial and laboratory fur- 
naces. Mr. Kriegel. 
MIC 540. Glass Technology 3 or 3 
Prerequisite: MIC 413 

Fundamentals of glass manufacture including compositions, properties and 
application of the principle types of commercial glass. Mr. Hackler. 

MIC 548. Technology of Cements 0-3 

Prerequisite: MIC 413 

The technology of the Portland cement industry including manufacture, 
control and uses. Mr. Kriegel. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

MIC 601. Ceramic Phase Relationships 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor 

Heterogeneous equilibrium, phase transformations, dissociation, fusion, lat- 
tice energy, defect structure, thermodynamic properties of ionic phases and 
silicate melts. Mr. Hackler. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 131 

MiC 605, 606. Crystal Structures 2-2 

Prerequisite: CH 342 

Basic laws of crystal structure. Relation of crystal structure to chemical and 
physical properties. Messrs. Hackler, Kriegel. 

MIC 613. Ceramic Thermal Minerology 0-3 

Prerequisite: MIC 605 

Applications of the principles of thermal chemical mineralogy to ceramic 
problems. Mr. Stoops. 

MIC 615, 616. High Temperoture Technology 3-3 

Prerequisite: MIC 613 

An advance consideration of the generation of high temperatures, furnance 
designs and atmosphere controls. 

Theory of sintering, hot pressing and thermo-chemical properties of high- 
temperature materials. Mr. Stoops. 
MIC 650. Ceramic Research Credits by arrangements 
An original and independent investigation in ceramic engineering. A report 
of such an investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 

Graduate Staff. 
MIC 660. Ceramic Engineering Seminar 1-1 

Reports and discussion of special topics in ceramic engineering and allied 
fields. Graduate Staff. 

MIC 661. Special Studies in Ceramic Engineering 1 to 3 credits 

per semester 
Special studies of advanced topics in ceramic engineering. Credit will vary 
with the topic. Graduate Staff. 

Geological Engineering 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

MIG 415. Mineral Exploration and Evaluation 0-3 

Prerequisite: MIG 440, MIG 452 

Application of the principles of geology, geophysics, and geochemistry to 
the discovery and evaluation of mineral deposits. Design of mineral explora- 
tion and development programs based on knowledge of the unique thermo- 
dynamic, geochemical, and tectonic features that control mineral formation 
and concentrations in well known mining districts, especially those yielding 
ferrous, base, and precious metals. Review of economic and technological 
factors governing the value of mineral deposits. 

MIG 440. Endogenic Materials and Processes 0-4 

Prerequisites: MIG 220, MIG 331 

Minerals, rocks, and mineral deposits that are formed at high temperatures 
and pressures by crystallization or solidification of molten magma, or by 
solid state recrystallization of older rocks. Application of principles of 
thermodynamics and of phase-rule chemistry, and the results of modern 
high pressure-temperature laboratory research on the stability fields of 
crystalline phases, to an understanding of igneous and metamorphic rocks. 
Identification, classification, occurrence, origin, and economic value of the 
principal igneous and metamorphic rocks. 

MIG 452. Exogenic Materials and Processes 4-0 

Prerequisites: MIG 220, MIG 331 

Identification, classification, geologic occurrence, origin, and economic value 
of minerals, rocks, and mineral deposits formed by physical, chemical, and 
biological processes at low temperatures and pressures at and near the 
earth's surface. Hydrodynamics of sediment transport and deposition, set- 
tling velocities and size sorting, chemical and biochemical precipitation from 



1S2 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

aqueous solutions, principles of division of stratified terranes into natural 
units, correlation of strata, identification of depositional environments, and 
facies analysis. 

MIG 461. Engineering Geology 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: MIG 120 or 220 

Required in fifth year of Geological Engineering 

The application of geologic principles to engineering practice; analysis of 

geological factors and processes affecting specific engineering projects. 

Mr. Leith. 

MIG 462. Geological Surveying 0-3 

Prerequisites: MIG 351 and 440 

Required of seniors in Geological Engineering 

Methods of field observation and use of geologic surveying instruments in 

surface and underground work; representation of geologic features by maps, 

sections and diagrams. Lectures, laboratories, and field work. 

Mr. Parker. 

MIG 465. Geological Field Procedures 6 Summer 

Prerequisite: MIG 351 or special permission 

A six week summer field course. Practical field procedures and instruments 
commonly used to procure geologic data for evaluating mineral deposits, 
solving engineering problems involving earth materials, and drawing scien- 
tific conclusions. Observation of geologic phenomena in their natural set- 
ting. Large and intermediate scale geologic mapping of surface features 
and large scale mapping underground in mine workings. 

MIG 472. Elements of Mining Engineering 3-0 

Prerequisite: MIG 220 and at least Junior standing in Geological Engi- 
neering. 

Introduction to mining; surface and underground methods of development 
and production; explosives, drilling and blasting; ore loading, transport, 
and hoisting; drainage and ventilation; mine surveying and sampling; fire 
assaying; mining law, organization, administration, and safety. Lectures, 
laboratory and field inspections. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

MIG 522. Petroleum Geology 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: MIG 452 

Required in fifth year of Geological Engineering 

Properties, origin and modes of occurrence of petroleum and natural gas. 

Geologic and economic features of the principal oil and gas fields, mainly in 

the United States. Mr. Leith. 

MIG 552. Exploratory Geophysics 0-3 

Prerequisites: MIG 351, PY 202 

Fundamental principles underlying all geophysical methods; procedure and 
instruments involved in gravitational, magnetic, seismic, eletcrical, and 
other methods of studying geological structures and conditions. Spontaneous 
potential, resistivity, radioactivity, temperature, and other geophysical log- 
ging methods. Study of applications and interpretations of results. 

MIG 571, 572. Mining and Minerol Dressing 3-3 

Prerequisite: MIG 472 

Required in fifth year of Geological Engineering 

Principles of the mineral industry; mining laws, prospecting, sampling, 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 133 

development, drilling, blasting, handling, ventilation and safety; adminis- 
tration, surveying, assaying; preparation, benefication and marketing. 

Graduate Staff. 
MIG 581. Geomorphology 3-0 

Prerequisite: MIG 452 

Required in fifth year of Geological Engineering. 

A systematic study of land forms and their relations to processes and stages 
of development and adjustment to underlying structure. Lectures, map 
interpretations, and field trips. Mr. Brown. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

MIG 611, 612. Advanced Economic Geology 3-3 

Prerequisites: MIG 440 and 445 

Required in fifth year of Geological Engineering. 

Detailed study of the origin and occurrence of specific mineral deposits. 

Mr. Brown. 
MIG 632. Microscopic Determination of Opoque Minerals 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: MIG 331 

Identification of metallic, opaque minerals in polished sections by physical 
properties, etch reactions and microchemical tests. Laboratories. 

Mr. Brown. 
MIG 642. Advanced Petrography 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: MIG 331 and 440 

Application of the petrographic microscope to the systematic study of the 
composition and origin of rocks; emphasis on igneous and metamorphic 
rocks. Mr. Parker. 

MIG 681, 682. Seminar 1-1 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Scientific articles, progress reports and special problems of interest to geol- 
ogists and geological and mining engineers discussed. Graduate Staff. 
MIG 691. Geological Research Credits by arrangement 
Prerequisite: Permission of the Instructor 

Lectures, reading assignments, and reports; special work in Geology to 
meet the needs and interests of the students. Graduate Staff. 

Metallurgical Engineering 

MIM 401, 402. Metallurgical Operations I, II 4-4 

Prerequisite: MIM 332 

A systematized treatment of the fundamental operations involved in the 
production and fabrication of metals and alloys. Part I deals primarily with 
procedures and operations employed in chemical or extractive metallurgy. 
Part II covers the operations of physical and mechanical metallurgy. 

Staff. 
MIM 421, 422. Metallurgy I, II 2-2 

Prerequisite: CH 102 
Required of seniors in M.E. and M.E.A. 

The constitution, structure and properties of engineering ferrous and non- 
ferrous metals and alloys; influences of mechanical working and heat treat- 
ment; physical testing, corrosion and its prevention. Staff. 
MIM 423. Metollurgicol Loboratory 1 or 1 
Corequisite: MIM 421 or 422 

Laboratory work to accompany Metallurgy I, II. Staff. 

MIM 431, 432. Metallography I, II 3-3 

Prerequisite: MIM 332 
An intensive study of the principles and techniques for examination and 



184 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

correlation of the structure, constitution, and properties of metals and 
alloys. Staff. 

MIM 451, 452. Metallurgical Engineering Seminar 1-1 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in Met.E. 

Reports and discussion of special topics in metallurgical engineering and 

related subjects. Staff. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

MlM 521, 522. Advanced Physical Metallurgy I, II 3-3 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 

Theories concerning behavior and control of engineering alloys, reaction 
rates in the solid state, and alloy influences; current heat treating practices; 
surface treatments; behavior of metals at high and low temperatures; special 
purpose alloys; powder metallurgy; review of modern equipment and 
methods for the study of metals. ^ Mr. Stadelmaier. 

MIM 523, 524. Metallurgical Factors in Design 3-3 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 

A study of the metallurgical factors that must be considered in using metals 
in design. Mr. Austin. 

MIM 541, 542. Principles of Corrosion I, 11 3-3 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 

The fundamentals of metallic corrosion and passivity. The electro-chemical 
nature of corrosive attack, basic forms of corrosion, corrosion rate factors, 
methods of corrosion protection. Laboratory work included. Mr. Austin. 
MIM 545, 546. Advanced Metallurgical Experiments I, II 3-3 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 or approval of instructor 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific experimental project 
dealing with metallurgy or metallography. A seminar period is provided, 
and a written report is required. Graduate Staff. 

MIM 561. Advanced Structure and Properties of Materials 3-0 

Prerequisite: MIM 422 

A systematic treatment of the fundamental physico-chemical principles gov- 
erning the constitution of both metallic and ceramic materials. Correlation 
of these principles with physical, mechanical and chemical properties of 
materials. Particular emphasis is placed upon materials of construction for 
nuclear reactors. Lecture and Laboratory. Mr. Austin. 

MIM 562. Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering 0-3 

Prerequisite: MIM 561 

Engineering aspects of problems involved in the selection and application 
of reactor materials. Specific attention is given to elevated temperature 
behavior, fatigue, corrosion, irradiation damage, and the fabrication and 
processing of these materials. Lecture and Laboratory. Graduate Staff. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

MIM 651, 652. Theory and Structure of Metals 3-3 

Prerequisite: MIM 522 

An advanced interpretation of the development of theories of the metallic 
state with emphasis on modern physical concepts. Topics include theor)' 
of crystallinity, bonding forces, stability of metallic structures, diffusion, and 
dislocation theory. Mr. Stadelmaier. 

MIM 695. Metallurgical Engineering Research Credits by orrangement 

Independent investigation of an appropriate problem in Metallurgical En- 
gineering. A report on this investigation is required as a graduate thesis. 

Graduate Staff. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 135 

DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES 

Graduate Faculty 

Professor: George W. Poland, Head 

The Department of Modern Languages courses listed below are recom- 
mended to assist graduate students in preparing themselves for the use of 
modern foreign languages in research and advanced study. Students are 
given the opportunity of working a translation project in connection with 
their subject of major interest. They are encouraged particularly to seek 
in this instance useful foreign research related to thesis or other research 
in progress. Although these courses do not carry graduate language credit, 
they may be taken as a means of attaining a reading knowledge. 

Certification may be obtained in languages not normally taught by the 
department with special permission of the Graduate School. 

MLR 101, 102(G). Russian 3-3 

These two courses are given for graduate students only, the first dealing 
with grammar and structure and the second, with reading of Russian 
scientific material. 

MLF 401. Introductory Scientific French 3-3 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific French as 
rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 
MLF 402. Introductory Scientific French 3-3 

Prerequisite: MLF 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical French, supplemented by discussions 
on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic tech- 
niques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 
MLS 401. Introductory Scientific Spanish 3-3 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific Spanish as 
rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 
MLS 402. Introductory Scientific Spanish 3-3 

Prerequisite: MLS 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical Spanish, supplemented by discussions 
on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic tech- 
niques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 
MLG 401. German Grammar for Graduate Students 3-3 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific German as 
rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 
MLG 402. Scientific German 3-3 

Prerequisite: MLG 401 

Reading and translation of technical German, supplemented by discussions 
on terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic tech- 
niques. Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 

DEPARTMENT OF NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 

Professor: Harold Augustus Lamonds, Head 

The Department of Nuclear Engineering offers graduate work leading 
to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in nuclear en- 
gineering. 

Courses are available for specialization in several areas of nuclear en- 
gineering including reactor theory, energy transfer, nuclear materials, and 



136 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

nuclear instrumentation. Established in 1949, the nuclear engineering pro- 
gram has undergone a steady increase in the number and intensity of 
associated course offerings, and presently offers a well-rounded program of 
instruction. 

Candidates for admission are expected to have earned a bachelor's degree 
in one of the physical sciences or branches of engineering at a recognized 
college or university. A knowledge of nuclear physics, advanced differential 
equations and elementary reactor theory at the senior level will reduce the 
time required for completion of the degree. Students without this prepara- 
tion will be able to take the needed courses in the initial phases of their 
graduate program. 

A minimum of thirty credits at the graduate level is required for the 
Master of Science deg^ree. Up to four of these credits will be allowed for 
completion of a thesis in some phase of nuclear technology. The remainder 
of the study plan is developed to suit individual interests and backgrounds 
rather than follow a set curriculum. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is awarded upon successful completion 
of the preliminary examinations and a dissertation. 

Major research facilities available on campus for student use include 
a tank-type heterogeneous reactor, a water-boiler type homogeneous reactor, 
a sub-critical assembly, a pulsed, positive-ion Van de Graaff accelerator, and 
an IBM 650 computer. 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are available. 
Half-time assistantships pay $2,400 for ten months' service. The College is 
also an authorized institution for holders of NSF Graduate Fellowships and 
AEC Special Fellowships in Nuclear Science and Engineering. These may 
be applied for directly by writing to: 

The Fellowship Office 

Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies 

Oak Ridge, Tennessee 
or 

The Fellowship Office 

National Academy of Sciences 

National Research Council 

2101 Constitution Avenue, N.W. 

Washington 25, D. C. 

North Carolina State College has recently received a grant from the Ford 
Foundation to support pre-doctoral students preparing for an academic 
career. Fellowships provided from this grant range up to $2,200 per year 
for full-time study and are renewable up to a total of three years. In addi- 
tion, forgivable loans of up to $S,000 per year are available from the fund. 
Applications for these fellowships should be made to: 

'The Dean of Engineering 

N. C. State College 

Raleigh, N. C. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

NE 501. Nucleor Engineering Systems I 3-0 

Corequisite: PY 410 

An introductory course in reactor theory and engineering including the 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 1S7 

fission process; neutron energy distribution; lethargy; neutron slowing, dif- 
fusion and interactions; Fermi age theory; the diffusion equation, criticality 
conditions reactor instrumentation. Mr. Lamonds. 

NE 502. Nuclear Engineering Systems II 0-3 

Prerequisite: NE 501 

Course considers reactor as a system including aspects of reactor control, 
radiation protection, shielding and thermal design. Mr. Lamonds. 

NE 503. Nuclear Reactor Theory I 0-3 

Prerequisite: NE 501 

Continuation of reactor theory from NE 501. Topics include: treatment of 
reactor parameters for homogeneous and heterogeneous reactors; reflected 
reactors, two-group theory, reactor kinetics, temperature effects, control rod 
theory, perturbation theory and transport theory. Mr. Lamonds. 

NE 530. (PY 530) Introduction to Nucleor Reoctor Theory 0-3 

See PY 530. 

NE 531. (PY 531), Nuclear Reactor Laborotory 1-1 

See PY 531. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

NE 619. (PY 619), Reactor Theory and Analysis I 3-0 

See PY 619. 

NE 620. (PY 620), Nuclear Radiation Attenuation 3-0 

See PY 620. 

NE 630. (PY 630), Reactor Theory and Analysis II 0-3 

See PY 630. 



DEPARTMENT OF OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION 

AND GUIDANCE 

(See School of Education) 

DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION 

PHI 401. Symbolic Logic 3 or 3 

Modern methods in logic involving formalized expression that avoids in- 
herent difficulties and ambiguities of ordinary language and makes possible 
greater effectiveness in handling complex material. 

REL 403. Religions of the World 3 or 3 

Background, general characteristics, and basic teachings of the major living 
religions of the world; consideration of contemporary secular movements 
that are in a sense religions. 

PHI 405. Foundations of Science 3 or 3 

Nature and validity of knowledge, basic concepts of modern science, scien- 
tific method, and the implications of the philosophy of modern science for 
ethics, social philosophy, and the nature of reality. 

DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Raymond Leroy Murray, Head, Willard Harrison Bennett, 
Forrest Wesley Lancaster, Jefferson Sullivan Meares, Arthur Clay- 
ton, Menius, Jr., Rufus Hummer Snyder, Newton Underwood, ARTHWi 
W. Waltner 



138 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Associate Professors: Wesley Osborne Doggett, Joseph Thomas Lynn^ 

Graduate Administrator 
Assistant Professors: William Paul Bucher, Grover Cleveland Cobb, Jr., 
William Robert Davis, Raoul M. Freyre, David Hamilton Martin 
Study in applied physics leading to the degrees Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy is available. Courses, staflf, and facilities are provided 
for presentation of the fundamental subject matter of physics and for 
specialized study and research in several areas, as listed below: 

(a) Nuclear physics: Theory and experimental work in low-energy charged- 
particle physics, neutron physics. 

(b) Space physics: Research on phenomena in the outer atmosphere and 
interplanetary space. 

(c) Plasma physics: Studies of basic ionic processes and applications to 
direct electrical conversion systems and thermonuclear research. 

(d) Nuclear science: The theory of chain reacting systems, radiation 
hazards and protection, and radiation attenuation in matter. 

(e) Theoretical physics: The theory of fields, non-inertial systems, plas- 
mas, and nuclear reactions. 

For additional information relating to research, design and development 
aspects of nuclear technology, reference should be made to the offerings in 
the nuclear engineering curriculum. 

Recommended programs of study with emphasis on fundamental physics 
or on nuclear science leading to the Master of Science degree are available. 
A minimum of 30 semester credits is required, which is to include 4 credits 
for research and 2 for seminar. Research and presentation of a thesis are 
required. Graduates are prepared for research and development activity in 
general physics or in the space, missile and energy conversion programs of 
our country. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is granted on successful completion of 
examinations, independent research, and the preparation of a dissertation. 
A minor in mathematics or other area in science is conventional. 

Extensive laboratory facilities are available for research in the areas of 
specialization. These facilities include: 

(a) An enriched uranium heterogeneous water-moderated nuclear re- 
actor, with power up to 100 kilowatts, for study of neutron physics 
and nuclear reactions. 

(b) A research and training laboratory in radiation hazards and protec- 
tion is provided in conjunction with the reactor. 

(c) A low power homogeneous enriched uranium "water-boiler" reactor, 
for study of the fission process. 

(d) A 2500 kg natural uranium subcritical assembly. 

(e) A one mev Van de Graaff accelerator with pulsing equipment for 
study of neutron scattering, polarization, and diffusion. 

(f) A hypersonic ionic wind tunnel for study of simulated space en- 
vironments. 

(g) Fully equipped laboratories for the investigation of the stability of 
ionic streams and the measurement of plasma phenomena by ultra- 
sonic methods. 

(h) Laboratories for research in magneto-optical effects, radiation detec- 
tion, radiation dosimetry, and positronium research. 



THE GIL\DUATE CATALOG 139 

(i) High speech digital computing facilities including the IBM 650 at 

Raleigh and the Remington Rand UNIVAC 1105 at Chapel Hill. 
The Department of Physics participates in the Nuclear Science and Engi- 
neering Fellowship program of the Atomic Energy Commission; and Fellow- 
ships in Health Physics are currently available under a continuing grant 
from the U. S. Public Health Service. Students are eligible for fellowships 
from the Ford Foundation, the National Science Foundation, and others. 
Research assistantships are available supported by grants or contracts with 
federal agencies. A number of openings for halftime teaching assistantships 
in general and intermediate physics is available each year. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

PY 401. Mechanics 4-0 

Prerequisite: PY 202; Corequisite: MA 301 

An intermediate course in theoretical mechanics. Dynamics of particles and 
rigid bodies with an introduction to advanced dynamics. Lagrange's equa- 
tions and simple applications, Lorentz transformations and an introduction 
to the theory of special relativity. Mr. Moss. 

PY 402. Heat and Sound 0-4 

Prerequisite: PY 202; Corequisite: MA 301 

An intermediate course in the principles of thermodynamics, kinetic theory, 
heat transfer, and vibrations. Mr. Moss. 

PY 403. Electricity and Mognetism 4-0 

Prerequisite: PY 202; Corequisite: MA 301 

An intermediate course in the fundamentals of static and dynamic electricity, 
and electromagnetic theory. Mr. Doggett. 

PY 404. Optics ' 0-4 

Prerequisite: PY 202; Corequisite: MA 301 

An intermediate course in physical and geometrical optics. Mr. Doggett. 
PY 407. Introduction to Modern Physics 3-3 

Prerequisites: PY 202, MA 202 

A survey of the important developments in atomic and nuclear physics of 
this century. Among topics covered are: atomic and molecular structure, 
determination of properties of ions and fundamental particles, the origin 
of spectra, ion accelerators, and nuclear reactions. Staff. 

PY 410. Nuclear Physics I 4-4 

Prerequisite: PY 407 

An introduction to the properties of the nucleus, and the interaction of 
radiation with matter. A quantitative description is given of natural and 
artificial radioactivity, nuclear reactions, fission, fusion, and the structure 
of simple nuclei. Mr. Waltner. 

PY 491. Senior Research 3-3 

Prerequisite: Senior Honors program standing, except with special per- 
mission 

Investigations in physics under the guidance of staff members. Literature 
reviews, experimental measurements, or theoretical studies. A project report 
will be prepared. Staff. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

PY 501. Wave Mechanics 0-3 

Prerequisites: PY 407, MA 511, and either PY 401 or PY 403 
An introduction to the foundations of quantum and wave mechanics, with 
solutions of the problems of the free particle, harmonic oscillator, rigid ro- 
tating molecule, and the hydrogen atom. Approximation methods are de- 
velop>ed for more complex atomic systems. Mr. Cobb. 



140 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PY 503. Introduction to Theoretical Physics 3-0 

Prerequisites: PY 401 or PY 403, MA 511 

An introductory course which offers preparation necessary for advanced 
graduate study, presented from the viewpoint of vector and tensor calculus. 
Particle dynamics, Lagrange's equations of motion, Hamilton's principle, 
mechanics of rigid bodies, topics in electromagnetic theory and relativity, 
with an elementary treatment of the motion of charged particles. 

Mr. Freyre. 
PY 507. Advanced Atomic Physics 3-0 

Prerequisites: PY 401, PY 403, MA 511 

A study of atomic structure and spectra, with emphasis on the analysis of 
spectra. Topics include: the alkali spectra, multiplet structure, electron spin, 
hyperfine structure, moments, etc. Mr. Cobb. 

PY 508. Ionization in Gases 3-0 

Prerequisites: PY 401, PY 403, MA 301 

Statistical theory of matter; excitation and ionization in gases; mobilities and 
conductivities; processes at solid surfaces in ionized gases; characteristic 
forms of electrical discharges in gases. Mr. Bennett. 

PY 509. Plasma Physics 0-3 

Prerequisite: PY 508 

Individual and collective motion of charged particles in electric and mag- 
netic fields and through ionized gases. Pinch effect, relativistic streams, con- 
ductivities, and runaway electrons. Astrophysical concepts and approxima- 
tions. Properties of plasmas, including waves, confinement, instabilities and 
shocks, with applications. Mr. Bennett. 

PY 510. Nuclear Physics II 4-0 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The description and analysis of nuclear energy levels, meson theory, nuclear 
resonance, atomic and molecular magnetism, and cosmic radiation. Prin- 
ciples and experiments in neutron physics are discussed. In the laboratory 
work, emphasis is placed on gaining experience in independent research. 

Mr. Waltner. 
PY 518. Radiation Hazard and Protection 3-3 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The hazards from external exposure to ionizing radiation are evaluated, 
and the factors influencing dosage due to internal exposure are investigated. 
Methods of providing protection are analyzed. Mr. Underwood. 

PY 520. Physical Measurements in Radioactivity 3-3 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The principles of experimental measurements on radioactive materials are 
presented and demonstrated through laboratory work. Emphasis is placed 
on preparation of samples for precise quantitative study, detection of radia- 
tions, and analytical interpretation of experimental data. Mr. Lynn. 
PY 530. (NE 530) Introduction to Nuclear Reactor Theory 0-3 
Prerequisites: PY 410, MA 401 or M.\ 511 

The principles of neutron motion in matter, with emphasis on the analysis 
of the nuclear chain reactor. Slowing of neutrons, diffusion, space distribu- 
tions of flux, conditions for criticality, group theories, and the time de- 
pendent behavior of fissionable assemblies. Mr. Murray. 
PY 531. (NE 531) Nuclear Reactor Laboratory 1-1 
Corequisites: PY 518, PY 530 

Observation and measurements of static and dynamic nuclear reactor be- 
havior, the effectiveness of control and temperature, and correlation with 
theory. Experiments on the motion and detection of neutrons and gamma 
rays, with emphasis on the research uses of nuclear reactor radiations. 

Graduate Staff. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 141 

PY 541. Special Problems in Physics 1-3 credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Permission of department 

Study and research in special topics of classical and modern physics. Ex- 
perimental measurements with emphasis on the treatment and interpretation 
of data, literature surveys, or theoretical investigations. 

Graduate Staff. 
PY 552. Introduction to the Structure of Solids 0-3 

Prerequisites: PY 202, MA 202; PY 403 and PY 407 are recommended 
Basic considerations of amorphous and crystalline solids, metals, conductors, 
and semi-conductors. Mr. Doggett. 

PY 555. (MA 555) Principles of Astrodynamies 3-3 

Prerequisites: MA 511; PY 401 or EM 312 

The differential equations of motion in two-body problems and their 
integrals; orbit theory; integrals of the n-body problem; differential equa- 
tions of motion of nature and artificial satellites and their approximate 
solutions. Mr. Musen. 

PY 601, 602. Advanced General Physics 3-3 

Prerequisite: PY 503; Corequisite: MA 661 

Mathematical and theoretical approach to relationships between the various 
branches of physics, with applications to mechanical, electrical, optical, 
thermal, and vibratory problems. The restricted theory of relativity, electro- 
dynamics, the theory of electrons, classical field theory, and the general 
theory of relativity. Mr. Davis. 

PY 610. Advanced Nucleor Physics 0-3 

Prerequisites: PY 501, PY 510 

Current hypotheses of nuclear structure and reactions including deuteron 
binding, neutron-proton scattering, the compound nucleus, stripping re- 
actions, shell structure, beta decay, neutron resonances, and mesons. The 
use of neutrons in present-day nuclear research is emphasized. 

Graduate Staff. 

PY 611. Quantum Mechanics 3-0 

Prerequisites: PY 501, MA 512 

Theory of quantum mechanics with applications to atomic and molecular 
structure, scattering phenomena, and a semi-classical treatment of the 
interaction of radiation with matter. Mr. Davis. 

PY 612. Advanced Quantum Mechanics 0-3 

Prerequisites: PY 601, PY 611 

Dirac's relativistic electron theory, elementary scalar and vector meson 
field theory. Introduction to quantum electrodynamics and the general 
theory of quantized fields. Mr. Davis. 

PY 617, 618. Principles of Health Physics Measurements 2-2 

Prerequisite: PY 410; Corequisite: PY 518, PY 520 recommended 
The physical principles underlying health physics measurements are studied 
both theoretically and experimentally. The purpose of the course is to 
develop in the student an insight into the principles and problems involved 
in measuring radiation and determining dose. Mr. Underwood, 

PY 619. (NE 619) Reactor Theory and Analysis I 3-0 

Prerequisite: PY 530 

The theory of neutron slowing, resonance capture, Doppler effect, and 
thermal flux distributions in heterogeneous nuclear reactors. Analysis of 
reactor control by temperature, effects of localized and distributed absorbers, 
fission products, fuel consumption and production. One-velocity neutron 
transport theory. Mr. Murray. 



142 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

PY 620. (NE 620) Nuclear Radiation Attenuation 3-0 

Prerequisites: PY 530, MA 512 

Physical theory of the behavior of neutrons, gamma-rays and charged par- 
ticles in matter. Calculation of source terms, attenuation factors, heating 
rates, geometrical transformations, radiation streaming and radioactive decay 
effects required in the design of nuclear radiation shields for reactors, ac- 
celerators, and space vehicles. Transport theory of gamma-ray and neutron 
transmission through matter. Analysis of experimental techniques for ob- 
taining shielding data. Mr. Doggett. 
PY 621. Kinetic Theory of Gases 3-0 
Prerequisites: PY 501, PY 503, and MA 512 

The theory of molecular motion, including velocity and density distribution 
functions; the phenomena of viscosity, heat conduction, and diffusion; equa- 
tions of state; fluctuations. Mr. Freyre. 
PY 622. Statistical Mechanics 0-3 
Prerequisites: PY 501, PY 503, MA 512, and PY 621 

A treatment of statistical mechanics from both the classical and quantum 
points of view. Development of thermodynamic theories and application to 
atomic systems. Mr. Freyre. 

PY 630. (NE 630). Reactor Theory and Analysis if 0-3 

Prerequisite: PY 530 

The theory of neutron multiplication in uniform media, v^ith several dimen- 
sions, regions, and neutron energy groups. Reactor control by absorbers, 
time dependent reactor behavior, matrix treatment of perturbation theory, 
neutron thermalization, energy dependent neutron transport theory, and 
multigroup machine methods. Mr. Murray. 

PY 670. Seminar 1-1 

Literature surveys and written and oral presentation of papers on current 
topics in (a) general physics, (b) nuclear physics, (c) ionic phenomena of 
space physics, (d) plasma physics, (e) non-inertial space mechanics. 

Graduate Staff. 
PY 690. Research Credits by arrangement 

Graduate students sufficiently prepared may undertake research in some 
selected field of Physics. Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF PLANT PATHOLOGY 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Don Edwin Ellis^ Head, Robert Aycock, Carlyle Newton 
Clayton, Frank Arlo Haasis, Teddy Theodore Hebert, Arthltr Kel- 
MAN, Elmer Leon Moore, Lowell Wendell Nielson, Charles Joseph 
NusBAUM, Nash Nicks Winstead 

Professor Emeritus: Samuel George Lehman 

Associate Professors: Jay Lawrence Apple, William Earl Cooper, George 
Blanchard Lucas, Richard Robert Nelson, John Paul Ross, Joseph 
Neal Sasser, Hedwig Hirschmann Triantaphyllou. 

Assistant Professors: David M. Kline, Nathaniel T. Powell, Robert T. 
Sherwood 

Research Assistant Professor: Charles S. Hodges, Jr. 

The Department of Plant Pathology offers graduate work leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 143 

The department is equipped with laboratory and greenhouse facilities for 
graduate study in plant pathology including special equipment for all 
phases of phytopathological research. The State's wide range of soil types 
and climatic areas make possible the commercial production of a variety of 
field, vegetable, fruit, and ornamental crops. Especially favorable oppor- 
tunities exist for training in diseases caused by nematodes, viruses, fungi, 
and bacteria which affect many crops. Land and facilities for experimental 
work are available at some sixteen permanent research stations located 
throughout the State. Student participation in the Plant Disease Clinic 
provides top-notch training and experience in the diagnosis of all types of 
plant diseases. 

Many opportunities for employment in research, extension, and teaching 
are available to persons with the Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy 
degree in plant pathology'. There are openings for qualified persons in plant 
pathology research in the United States Department of Agriculture, State 
Experiment Stations and in industry. Opportunities exist in foreign service 
through international and federal organizations as well as commercial pro- 
duction enterprises. The rapid development of agricultural chemicals for 
disease control offer numerous opportunities in both research, promotion, and 
service activities. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

PP 500. Advanced Plant Pathology 0-2 

Prerequisites: PP 315 or equivalent 

An advanced study of the economic importance, symptoms, disease cycles, 
epiphytology and control of major groups of plant diseases. Students who 
register for this course are also required to register for either PP 501 or 
PP 502, or they may register for both. Mr. Winstead. 

PP 501. Advanced Plant Pathology Laboratory-Field Crops Diseases 0-1 

Prerequisite: PP 315 or equivalent. 

Laboratory course for students whose major interest is diseases of field crops 
to accompany lecture course in Advanced Plant Pathology (PP 500). Dis- 
eases will be selected for study which are important on field crops. Either 
this course or PP 502 must be taken concurrently with PP 500. 

Mr. Kline. 
PP 502. Advanced Plant Pathology Laboratory-Horticultural Crop Diseases 0-1 
Prerequisite: PP 315 or equivalent. 

Laboratory course for students whose major interests is in diseases of horti- 
cultural crops to accompany lecture course in Advanced Plant Pathology 
(PP 500). Diseases will be selected for study which are important on fruit, 
ornamental and vegetable crops. Either this course or PP 501 must be taken 
concurrently with PP 500. Mr. Winstead. 

***PP 503. Diagnosis of Plant Diseases Summer School 3 

Prerequisites: One advanced course in Plant Pathology and permission of 
instructor 

A study of techniques used in plant disease diagnosis with emphasis on 
diagnostic value of signs and symptoms for certain types of diseases. Con- 
sideration will be given to major sources of descriptive information on 
plant pathogens and the use of keys for the identification of fungi. 

Mr. Hebert. 



** Offered summer 1962 and in alternate years. 



144 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates Only 

PP 601. Phytopathology I 4-0 

Prerequisites: PP 315 and permission of the instructor 

A study of the principles of phytopathological research. The course is 

designed to apply the classical scientific method to disease investigation. 

Exercises will include appraising disease problems, reviewing literature, 

laboratory and greenhouse experiments and the evaluation and presentation 

of data. Mr. Apple. 

PP 602. Phytopathology 11 0-4 

Prerequisites: PP 315 and permission of the instructor 

The basic concepts of the etiology, pathology, epiphytology and control of 

plant diseases. Mr. Nusbaum. 

PP 604. Plant Parasitic Nematodes 2-0 

Prerequisite: PP 315 

A study of morphology, anatomy, physiology and taxonomy of plant para- 
sitic nematodes. Methods of isolating nematodes from soil and plant parts 
and other laboratory techniques used in the study and identification of nema- 
todes will be considered. Mrs. Triantaphyllou. 

**PP 605. Plant Virology 3-0 

Prerequisites: PP 315, GN 411, and a course in organic chemistry 
A study of plant viruses including effects on host plants, transmission, classi- 
fication, methods of purification, determination of properties, chemical 
nature, structure and multiplication. Mr. Hebert. 

*PP 607 and GN 607. Genetics of Fungi 3-0 

Prerequisites: GN 512, or equivalent and permission of instructor 
Review of major contributions in fungus genetics with emphasis on prin- 
ciples and theories that have evolved in recent developments. 

Mr. Nelson. 

""'PP 608. History of Phytopathology 1-0 

Prerequisites: PP 315 and permission of instructor 

Development of the science of phytopathology from its early beginnings 

to the early part of the 20th century. Mr. Ellis. 

PP 609. Current Phytopathological Research Under Field Conditions 0-2 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study of concepts involved, procedures used, and evaluation made in current 
phytopathological research by Plant Pathology staff. Visits to various Re- 
search Stations will be made by the class. Mr. Clayton. 

PP 611. Nematode Diseoses of Plants 0-3 

Prerequisite: PP 604 

A study of plant diseases caused by nematodes. Special consideration will 
be given to host-parasite relationships, host ranges and life cycles of the 
more important economic species. Principles and methods of control will 
be considered. Mr. Sasser. 

*PP 612, Plont Pathogenesis 3-0 

Prerequisite: PP 500 

A study of interactions of pathogens and suscept plants. The following 
major topics will be considered: hydrolytic enzymes, polysaccharides, and 
toxins in wilting phenomena; mode of action of toxins in altering plant 
metabolism; role of growth regulators in hypertrophic responses; altera- 
tions in respiration and other physiological processes during pathogenesis; 
and nature and biochemical basis for disease resistance. Mr. Kelman. 



* Offered 1962-63 and in alternate years. 
'* Offered 1963-64 and in alternate years. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 145 

PP 615. Research in Plont Pathology Credits by arrangement 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of instructor. 

Original research in Plant Pathology. Graduate Staff. 

PP 625. Seminar in Plant Pathology 1.1 

Prerequisite: Consent of seminar chairman 

Discussion of phytopathological topics selected and assigned by seminar 

chairman. Mr. Nielsen. 

UNC BOTANY 212, 211. Advanced Mycology 5-5 

Prerequisite: BO 42 or 101 (UNC) or equivalent 

Phycomycetes, Ascomycetes, Basidiomycetes and Fungi Imperfecti. These 

courses are intended for students who plan to specialize in Mycology, Plant 

Pathology, and Biology. Classwork consists of lectures and student reports 

on literature. Laboratory work consists of the collection and identification of 

fungi and the study of their structure and development, and techniques for 

isolation and pure culture. 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory each week. Mr. Couch. 

DEPARTMENT OF POULTRY SCIENCE 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Henry Wilburn Garren, Head, Clifford Warren Barber^ 
Frank Rankin Craig^ Charles Horace Hill, Jr., Morley Richard Kare 
Associate Professors: William Lowry Blow, Joseph Wheeler Kelly 
Assistant Professor: Freeman Waldo Cook 

The Department of Poultry Science offers graduate work leading to the 
Master of Science degree in poultry science with major studies in genetics, 
nutrition, veterinary pathology, and physiology. Students expecting to begin 
graduate study must have the equivalent of an undergraduate major in 
poultry and a background in the biological sciences. Fundamental work in 
chemistry, biochemistry, physiology, bacteriology, statistics, and fields that 
relate directly to the major interest are required as a part of the program 
for the Master of Science degree. 

Facilities for graduate study include a laboratory building which contains 
offices, library, bird rooms, and other equipment for comprehensive research 
studies. In addition to the laboratory building, chicken and turkey research 
plants are available for use. These plants, with three branch farms located 
in the western, Piedmont and eastern part of the State, provide a place for 
genetic and nutrition studies under field conditions. 

To offer wider scope to the regular programs of work, cooperative projects 
are under way with the United States Department of Agriculture in genetics 
and pathology. 

Many opportunities exist in educational and commercial fields for jjoultry 
majors with advanced degrees. The larger feed manufacturers, hatcherymen, 
and commercial poultrymen as well as educational institutions need men 
with advanced training. The supply of trained men is limited and starting 
salaries are adequate. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

PO 401. Poultry Diseases 0-4 

Prerequisites: Required of majors in Poultry Science. Elective for others 
with permission of the instructor 



146 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

The prevention, control, and treatment of the diseases of pouhry. 

Mr. Barber. 
PO 402. Commercial Poultry Enterprises 0-4 

Prerequisites: Required of majors in Pouhry Science. Elective for others 
with permission of the instructor. 

Principles of incubation, hatchery management, development and organi- 
zation of plans for the building, operation, and maintenance of a commer- 
cial poultry plant. Problem. Mr. Brown. 
PO 403. Poultry Seminor 1-1 
Prerequisites: Required of majors in Poultry Science, senior year 
Topics and problems relating to Poultry Science and Poultry Industry as- 
signed for report and discussion. StaflE. 
PO 520. Poultry Breeding 3-0 
Prerequisites: GN 411. Required of majors in Poultry Science 
Elective for others with permission of the instructor 

Application of genetic principles to chickens and turkeys, considering 
physical traits and physiological characteristics— feather patterns, egg pro- 
duction, hatchability, growth, body conformation, and utility. Laboratory 
problems. Mr. Martin. 

PO 521. Poultry Nutrition 3-0 

Prerequisites: CH 203, 451. Required of majors in Poultry Science; elective 
for others 

Protein, vitamin, and mineral requirements for growth, egg production, and 
reproduction in the chicken and turkey. Methods of feeding and compound- 
ing poultry mashes. Laboratory exercises in the production of vitamin and 
mineral deficiencies. Mr. Kelly. 

PO 522. Endocrinology of the Fowl 0-«3 

Prerequisite: ZO 301 or equivalent 

Study of the endocrine system with respect to its physiological importance to 
metabolism, growth, and reproduction. Mammalian examples as well as 
the fowl are used to illustrate basic concepts. Laboratory techniques and 
demonstrations. Mr. Garren. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

PO 602. Advanced Poultry Nutrition Semester by orrangement 

Prerequisites: PO 521, CH 551 or equivalent 

Research problem in poultry nutrition involving the design and carrying 

out of microbiological and chick experiments. Results from microbiological 

and chick assays are correlated. Mr. Hill. 

PO 611. Poultry Research Credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Poultry Science 

Critical study of some particular problem involving original investigation. 

A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the Master's degree. 

Graduate Staff. 
PO 613. Special Problems in Poultry Science Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 
Specific problems using advanced technology for theory exploration. 

Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 
(See School of Education) 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 147 

DEPARTMENT OF RURAL SOCIOLOGY 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Selz Cabot Mayo, Head, Charles Horace Hamilton 
Associate Professor: Glenn C. McCann 
Assistant Professor: James N. Young 

The Department of Rurial Sociology offers the Master of Science and the 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

Graduate students studying for the Doctor of Philosophy degree usually 
take approximately one semester of course work in the Department of 
Sociology at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Students seek- 
ing the Master of Science degree may take courses at Chapel Hill. However, 
they will be able to complete their entire programs at State College. 

The physical and educational resources of the Rural Sociology Depart- 
ment, available to graduate students, include a departmental library of 
bulletins, monographs, and other materials consisting of several thousand 
items, accumulated over a period of thirty years, and catalogued in indexed 
files. Laboratory equipment consists of calculating machines, drawing table 
and instruments, chart making materials, cameras, typewriters, and statis- 
tical aids. Also at the disposal of the graduate students are automobiles used 
for making field sun'eys and IBM tabulating equipment operated by the 
Department of Experimental Statistics. 

The Department of Rural Sociology provides training in a number of 
social sciences, and prepares the graduate student for a variety of positions. 
Men and women with graduate degrees in rural sociology have opportunities 
for careers in college teaching, sociological research, social statistics, social 
work, administration of social organizations and governmental agencies, 
agricultural journalism, and in branches of the government's foreign service 
relating to agriculture and the under-developed areas of tlie world. 

Institutions offering employment to graduates are Land-Grant colleges, 
agricultural experiment stations, and extension services; other colleges and 
universities; the United States Departments of Agriculture, State, and Health, 
Education and Welfare; state departments of health, education and welfare; 
farm journals and newspapers, and voluntary social agencies such as Red 
Cross, Community Chest, Boy Scouts, and National Tuberculosis Association. 

Each year outstanding graduate students are awarded research or teaching 
assistantships, usually requiring the devotion of half of their time to a 
research project or teaching function as appropriate. Cooperative research 
work with various governmental agencies fiequently provides opportunities 
for part-time employment for graduate students not on assistant status. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduotes and Graduates 

RS 511. Rural Population Problems 3-0 

Prerequisite: RS 301 

A study of population growth, rates of cliange, and distribution. Consider- 
able attention is given to the functional roles of population, i.e., age, sex, 
race, residence, occupation, marital status, and education. The dynamic 
aspects of population are stressed: fertility, mortality, and migration. Popu- 



148 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

lation policy is analyzed in relation to national and international goals. 
A world view is stressed throughout, Mr. Mayo. 

RS 513. Community Orgonization 3-0 

Prerequisite: RS 301 

Community organization is viewed as a process of bringing about desirable 
changes in community life. Community needs and resources available to 
meet these needs are studied. Democratic processes in community action 
and principles of community organization are stressed, along with tech- 
niques and procedures. The roles of leaders, both lay and professional, in 
community development are analyzed. Mr. Mayo. 

UNC Philo. 107. Foundations of the Social Sciences 0-3 

Prerequisites: Two courses in philosophy, psychology or sociology 
An inquiry into the nature of social reality through an examination of the 
basic concepts of sociology, history, etc. Behavioral and subjective approaches 
are contrasted. Both methodological and more broadly philosophical prob- 
lems are discussed. Mr. Natanson. 
*UNC Anthro. 121. Culture and Personality 0-3 
A scientific analysis of the influence of cultural forms on the individual in 
our own and other societies, considered from the anthropological, psycholog- 
ical, and clinical points of view. Mr. Honigmann. 
UNC Soc. 122. Cultural Anthropology 3-0 
A systematic survey of the customs and modes of life of mankind based on 
scientific explanation of the ways of culture. Fee: $1.00. Fall. 

Mr. Johnson. 
UNC Soc. 125. The Negro 0-3 

A study of the Negro community and its institutions, status of the Negro 
in American society, problems of race relations, and the process of integra- 
tion. Spring. Mr. Johnson. 
**UNC Soc. 128. Folk Cultures in the Modern World 0-3 
The folk culture is viewed as a way of life which stands midway between 
that of the "primitive" tribal native and of the urbanized city dweller. 
Fee: $1.00. Mr. Erasmus. 

RS 534. (HI 534.) The Farmers' Movement 0-3 

Prerequisite: 3 hours of Sociology 

A history of agricultural organizations and movements in the United States 
and Canada principally since 1865, emphasizing the Grange, the Farmers' 
Alliance, the Populist revolt, the Farmers' Union, the Farm Bureau, the 
Equity societies, the Nonpartisan League, cooperative marketing, govern- 
ment programs, and present problems. Mr. Noblin. 

UNC Soc. 152. History of Social Thought 3-0 

Prerequisite: One course in one of the social sciences or philosophy 
Emphasis on historic social ideas of Western culture considered against 
a background of general cultural analysis in terms of systematic theory. 

Mr. Vance. 

UNC Soc. 153. Social Structure 3-0 

Analysis of social structure and stratification in terms of class, status, pres- 
tige, rank, and function. Attention is given to the social role of the elite, 
bureaucracies, and professional and middle classes. Mr. Vance. 

UNC Soc. 161. Sociology of the Family 0-3 

Analysis of the family institution as a background for the study of family 
interaction: socialization and the parent-child relationship, courtship and 
marriage interaction, family crises and problems. Mr. Bowermann. 



* Offered in the spring of 1961-62 and alternate years. 
'* Offered in 1961-62 and alternate years. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 149 

UNC Soc. 168. The City 0-3 

The city as a social phenomenon in the modern world. Analysis of urban 
trends, characteristics, and functions; urban social organization. Sociological 
elements in housing, urban planning, and metropolitan dominance. Growth 
patterns in new centers of urbanization. Mr. Campbell. 

UNC Soc. 181. Regional Sociology of the South 0-3 

A sociological analysis of the southern region of the United States. Em- 
phasis on fact, factors, and policies pertaining to geography, population and 
culture; resources and waste; social institutions and planning. 

Mr. Simpson. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

UNC Soc. 210. Folk Sociology 3-0 

Folk sociology as a subject field for the historical study of total human society 
and the empirical study of group behavior. Mr. Simpson. 

RS 611. Research Methods in Sociology 3-0 

Prerequisite: 6 hours of Sociology 

Designed to give the student a mature insight into the nature of scientific 
research in sociology. Assesses the nature and purpose of research designs, 
the interrelationship of theory and research, the use of selected techniques 
and their relation to research designs, and the use of modern tabulation 
equipment in research. Mr. McCann. 

UNC Soc. 212. American Sociologists 0-3 

A general treatise on the rise and development of American sociology and 
a survey of the work and personalities of American sociologists projected on 
the background of social theory and research. Mr. Simpson. 

**UNC Soc. 218. Human Ecology (Seminar) 0-3 

Consideration of theory and research emerging around the concept of 
human ecology. A review of the background of human ecology is followed 
by readings, reports, and research on its contemporary development. 

Mr. Vance. 

*UNC Anthro. 220. Theories of Culture 0-3 

A systematic survey of the history in cultural anthropology leading to the 
development of a system of operational principles which the student may 
apply in his own fieldwork and further studies involving cultural problems. 

Mr. Honigmann. 

RS 621. Rural Social Psychology 3-0 

Prerequisite: 6 hours of Sociology 

Treats the genetic development of the rural personality and the interrela- 
tionship of the individual and the rural society. Studies of social psychologi- 
cal factors related to rural leadership, morale, social organization, and social 
change, and examines the attitudes and opinions of rural people on current 
local and national issues. Mr. McCann. 

UNC Anthro. 221. Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology 0-3 

Practical exercises and discussion cover topics of role taking, observation, 
interviewing, note taking, and pattern generalization. Mr. Honigmann. 

UNC Anthro. 230. Race and Culture Contacts 0-3 

An analysis of acculturation situations arising from contacts of peoples of 
different racial or cultural heritages in America, Africa, Polynesia, Melanesia, 
and other areas. Mr. Johnson. 



* Offered in 1961-62 and olternate years. 
** Offered in 1962-63 and alternate years. 



150 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

RS 631. Population Analysis 0-3 

Prerequisite: 6 hours of Sociology 

Methods of describing, analyzing, and presenting data on human popula- 
tions: distribution, characteristics, natural increase, migration, and trends 
in relation to resources. Mr. Hamilton. 

RS 632. Rural Family 3-0 

Prerequisite: 6 hours of Sociology 

Emphasis is placed on the development of an adequate sociological frame of 
reference for family analysis; on discovering both the uniquely-cultural and 
common-human aspects of the family by means of cross-cultural compari- 
sions; on historical explanations for variability in American families with 
especial concern for the rural family; and on analyzing patterns of family 
stability and effectiveness. Mr. Hamilton. 

RS 633. The Rural Community 0-3 

Prerequisite: 6 hours of Sociology 

The rural community is viewed in sociological perspective as a functioning 
entity. A method of analysis is presented and applied to eight "dimensions," 
with emphasis on the unique types of understanding to be derived from 
measuring each dimension. Finally, the effect of change on community inte- 
gration and development is analyzed. Mr. Mayo. 

UNC Soc. 262. European Sociological Theory 3-0 

Theory in sociological research. Major methodological and theoretical orien- 
tations. Development from European backgrounds of current theories of 
differentiation, integration, change, social systems and structural-functional 
analysis. Mr. Simpson. 

UNC Soc. 333. Seminar in Marriage and the Family 3-0 

Mr. Bowerman. 

**UNC Soc. 334. Critique of Research in Marriage and the Family 3-0 

This seminar reviews the basic conceptual frameworks used in family re- 
search in the past; identifies changing emphasis in family study; and evalu- 
ates current studies in the major fields of family research. 

Mr. Bowerman. 

UNC Psych. 233. Methods of Investigation in Social Psychology 0-3 

Methods of investigation in social psychology with application to the social 
sciences. Survey methodology with particular emphasis on techniques, con- 
tributions, and limitations of public opinion polling. Mr. Thibaut. 

RS 641. (ST 641) Statistics in Sociology 3-0 

Prerequisite: Statistics 513 

The application of statistical methods of sociological research. Emphasis on 
selecting appropriate models, instruments, and techniques for the more 
frequently encountered problems and forms of data. Mr. Hamilton. 

RS 642. Reseorch in Rural Sociology Credits by orrongement 

Prerequisite: Permission of chairman of graduate study committee. (Maxi- 
mum of six credits.) 

Planning and execution of research, and preparation of manuscript under 
supervision of graduate committee. Staff. 

RS 653. Theory and Development of Rural Sociology 0-3 

Prerequisite: 6 hours of Sociology 

Required of all masters and doctoral candidates in rural sociology and is 
recommended for all graduate minors. Designed to meet two objectives: 

(1) to introduce the student to the study of current sociological theory, and 

(2) to survey events and trends in the historical development of rural 
sociology. Mr. Hamilton. 



Offered in 1962-63 and alternate years. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 151 

UNC Religion 170. Sociology of Religion 0-3 

Analysis of tensions between the scientific, ethical, and theological study 
of society; the role of religion in social change; the social origins of the 
denominations; the sociological significance of the Reformation; "sect" and 
"church" in sciological theory. Mr. Nash. 

RS 671. Seminor Credits by arrongemenf 

Appraisal of current literature; presentation of research papers by students; 
progress reports on departmental research; review of developing research 
methods and plans; reports from scientific meetings and conferences; other 
professional matters. (A maximum of three credits is allowed toward the 
master's degree, and six credits toward the doctorate.) Staff. 

DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

Graduate Faculty 

Professor: Sanford Richard Winston^ Head 

Associate Professors: Elmer Hubert Johnson, Horace D. Rawls 

Assistant Professor: John W. Tomlin 

Tlie Department of Sociology and Anthropology does not offer graduate 
degrees. However, the department supplies courses that are acceptable for 
graduate credit as part of a program in other areas of graduate study. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduates 

SOC 401. Human Relations in Industrial Society 3 or 3 

Prerequisite: Senior status or permission of instructor 

Selected societies about the world are contrasted with American society to 
demonstrate the correlation between technology and general behavior pat- 
terns, both within industry and in the total social order. The patterns of 
adjustment by the individual to the organizational framework (business 
concern, manufacturing enterprise, etc.) are analyzed in terms of social 
status, social roles, work norms, and attitudes. The social significance of 
major characteristics of contemporary industry is considered in terms of 
such topics as enlargement of the geographic bounds of the human com- 
munity, development of occupational specialization, alteration of the char- 
acter of inter-group interaction, and the growing integration of American 
culture. The interrelationships between industry and social change are dis- 
cussed to show the effect of new social conditions upon industrial operations 
and the effect of technological change upon the family, school, church, and 
government. The contribution of industry to social progress is analyzed to 
promote the student's understanding of the dynamic quality of the social 
environment within which he will function. 

SOC 402. Urban Sociology 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: SOC 202 and permission of instructor 

The course begins with a study of the factors behind the organic growth of 
cities. The relationship between the physical design of cities and their social 
organization is discussed. This is followed by a detailed analysis of new 
developments in the serving of human needs (adequate housing, and the 
design of physical and social structures for religious, educational, public 
welfare, and recreational activities). Socio-psychological aspects of life in 
an urbanized society are compared with those of predominantly agricultural 
societies. The increasing integration of urban and rural living is emphasized. 



152 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Finally, the changing character of urban life is seen in the resulting demand 
for city and regional planning and the use of administrative personnel 
having both technical and social backgrounds. 

SOC 411. Community Relationships 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: SOC 202 and permission of instructor 

A survey of the institutions, organizations, and agencies to be found in mod- 
ern communities; the social conditions or problems, such as recreation, 
health, welfare, etc., with which they deal; their inter-relationship and the 
trend toward over-all planning. 

SOC 412. Introduction to Social Work 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: SOC 202 and permission of instructor 

An introductory course, designed to acquaint students with the various 
types of public and private social work and with remedial and preventive 
programs in applied sociology, social psychiatry, health, public welfare, and 
recreation. 

SOC 414. Social Structure 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: Six hours in Sociology and permission of instructor 
Studies of the major social institutions and systems of stratification; the 
organization of social systems as, for example, religion, education, and gov- 
ernment; the functions of such structural components as age and sex groups, 
vocational and professional groups, and social classes. 

Messrs. Winston, Johnson. 
SOC 416. Research Methods 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: Nine hours in Sociology and permission of instructor 
An analysis of the principle methods of social research; the development of 
experiments; schedules and questionnaires; the measurement of behavior. 

Messrs. Winston, Johnson. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

SOC 501. Leadership 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301, or equivalent 

A study of leadership in various fields of American life: analysis of the 
various factors associated with leadership; techniques of leadership. Par- 
ticular attention is given to recreational, scientific, and executive leadership 
procedures. Mr. Winston. 

SOC 502. Society, Culture, and Personality 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301, or equivalent 

Human personality is studied from its origins in primary groups through 
its development in secondary contacts and its ultimate integration with 
social norms. While comparative anthropological materials will be drawn 
upon, emphasis is placed upon the normal personality and the adjustment 
of the individual to our society and to our culture. The dynamics of per- 
sonality and character structure are analyzed in terms of the general culture 
patterns and social institutions of society. Messrs. Rawls, Winston. 

SOC 505. The Sociology of Rehabilitation 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301, or equivalent 

The course stresses the social and cultural implications of the rehabilitation 
approach. Emphasis is placed upon the social and personal problems of 
physically and mentally handicapped persons. The interrelationships of 
the major social environments are considered at length in this regard. Ob- 
jectives of the rehabilitation processes are analyzed in terms of the sociology 
of work. A major portion of the course is devoted to rehabilitation as a 
profession, particular attention being given to the diverse roles of specialists 
in this field. Mr. Rawls. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 153 

SOC 510. Industriol Sociology 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301 or equivalent 

Industrial relations are analyzed as group behavior with a complex and 
dynamic network of rights, obligations, sentiments, and rules. This social 
system is viewed as an interdependent part of total community life. The 
background and functioning of industrialism are studied as social and cul- 
tural phenomena. Specific social problems of industry are analyzed. 

Mr. Johnson. 
SOC. 511. Social Theory 3 or 3 

Prerequisites: Nine semester hours of sociology, or equivalent work in re- 
lated fields, and permission of instructor. 

The study of social theories from the earliest recorded thinkers to those 
of modern times; the evolution of theories of the individual, groups, cul- 
ture, community, and society; the modern development of sociology and 
anthropology, and interpretive systems accompanying these developments. 

Graduate Staff. 
SOC 515. Research in Applied Sociology 3-3 

Prerequisites: SOC 202, SOC 301, or equivalent 

Individual research problems in applied fields of sociology, such as problems 
of the family, population, and social work; rural-urban relations; student 
success; American leadership. Graduate Staff. 



DEPARTMENT OF SOIL SCIENCE 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: James Walter Fitts^ Head, William Victor Bartholomew, 
James Fulton Lirrz, William Garland Woltz, William Walton Wood- 
house, Jr. 

Associate Professors: William A. Jackson, Eugene J. Kamprath, Charles 
B. McCants, Ralph Joseph McCracken, Preston Harding Reid, James 
M. Spain, Richard J. Volk, Sterling B. Weed, Sanford Eugene Younts 

Assistant Professors: George A. Cummings, Robert E. McCollum 

The Department of Soil Science offers training leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy with major emphases in the 
fields of soil chemistry, soil fertility, soil physics, soil genesis, and soil micro- 
biology. 

Facilities are provided for soils graduate teaching and research in Williams 
Hall, a large modern building. Office and laboratory space is assigned to 
each student. A library equipped with books, periodicals and biographic 
material relative to soils and related subjects is maintained for departmental 
use. Facilities set up for graduate study include radioactive and stable isotope 
laboratories containing automatic recording scalers, a mass spectrometer, and 
other modern equipment. Complete equipment for soil mineralogical studies 
include x-ray diffraction apparatus with fluorescence, differential thermal 
analyses, infrared spectrophotometer, polarizing microscope, high speed cen- 
trifuges and thin sectioning apparatus. Photomicrographic equipment is 
available for photographing thin sections and microorganisms. 

Service laboratories for routine soil and plant analyses are available as 
well as special preparation rooms for soil and plant samples. Greenhouses 
and growth chambers situated at the back of Williams Hall are accessible 



154 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

for controlled plant studies. Outdoor experiments in concrete frames, large 
tile, or small plots are conducted in an area near Williams Hall. Field 
experiments are made on the sixteen research farms owned or operated by 
the State. These farms are located throughout North Carolina to include a 
wide variety of soil and climatic conditions needed for experiments in soils. 
One of the largest and best equipped soil testing laboratories in the United 
States is operated by the North Carolina Department of Agriculture in 
Raleigh. Special studies on the various problems of soil testing can be made 
in conjunction with this laboratory. 

Strong supporting departments greatly increase the graduate student's 
opportunities for a broad and thorough training. Included among those 
departments in which graduate students in soil science work cooperatively or 
obtain instructions are crop science, botany, chemistry, geology, mathematics, 
plant pathology, physics, and statistics. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

SSC 511. Soir Physics 4-0 

Prerequisites: SSC 200 and PY 212 

Physical constitution and analyses; soil structure, soil water, soil air and soil 
temperature in relation to plant growth. Mr. Lutz. 

**SSC 522. Soil Chemistry 0-4 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 553 and CH 433 or permission of instructor 
A consideration of the chemical and colloidal properties of clay and soil 
systems, including ion exchange and retention, soil solution reactions, solva- 
tion of clays, and electrokinetic properties of clay-water systems. 

Mr. Weed. 
*SSC 524. Moss Spectrometry 0-2 

Prerequisites: SSC 302 and CH 433 or permission of instructor 
An examination of theoretical and analytical aspects of mass spectrometry' 
and stable isotopic techniques; application of these methods to biochemical 
research. Mr. Volk. 

*SSC 532. (BO 532) Soil Microbiology 0-3 

Prerequisites: SSC 302, BO 312 and CH 220 

The more important microbiological processes that occur in soils; decom- 
position of organic materials, ammonification, nitrification, and nitrogen 
fixation. Mr. Bartholomew. 

SSC 541. Soil Fertility 3-0 

Prerequisites: SSC 302 and SSC 341 

Soil conditions affecting plant growth and the chemistry of soil and fertilizer 
interrelationships. Factors affecting the availability of nutrients. Methods 
of measuring nutrient availability. Mr. Kamprath. 

*SSC 551. Soil Morphology, Genesis and Classification 3-0 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 302 or 341 and MIG 120 

Morphology: Study of concepts of soil horizons and soil profiles and chemi- 
cal, physical and mineralogical parameters useful in characterizing them. 
Genesis: Critical study of soil forming factors and processes. Classification: 
Critical evaluation of historical development and present concepts of soil 
taxonomy with particular reference to great soil groups as well as discussion 
of logical basis of soil classification. Mr. McCracken. 

SSC 553. Soil Mineralogy 3-0 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 341 and MIG 330 or permission of instructor 



* Offered in 1962-63 and alternate years. 
** Offered in 1963-64 and alternate years. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 155 

Composition, structure, classification, identification, origin, occurrence, and 
significance of soil minerals with emphasis on primary weatherable silicates, 
layer silicate clays, and sesquioxides. Messrs. McCracken and Weed. 

***SSC 560. North Carolina Soils and Their Management 3(Suninier) 

Prerequisites: SSC 200, SSC 302 or SSC 341 

Field studies of selected soil series in the Coastal Plain, Piedmont and Moun- 
tain areas of North Carolina. Discussion of management practices that 
should be associated with the various soils under different types of farming. 

Messrs. McCracken, Fitts, and Spain. 
SSC 570. Special Problems Credits by arrangement 

Prerequisites: SSC 200 and SSC 302 

Special problems in various phases of soils. Problems may be selected or 
will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and current 
research. Staff. 

Courses for Graduate Students Only 

*SSC 622. Physicol and Chemical Properties of Soils 0-4 

Prerequisites: SSC 511, SSC 522, CH 433, MA 301 or permission of in- 
structor 

An examination in depth of current ideas concerning the physics and chem- 
istry of soil and clay systems. Topics will include ion exchange, molecular 
adsorption, electrokinetics, relations between mineral structures and their 
physical and chemical properties, and the properties of adsorbed water. Em- 
phasis will be determined by student interest and by current literature. 

Messrs. Miller and Weed. 
**SSC 651. Pedology 2 or 3-0 (By arrangement) 

Prerequisites: SSC 522 and SSC 511 

A critical study of current theories and concepts in soil genesis and Mor- 
phology; detailed study of soil taxonomy. Topics include weathering and 
clay mineral genesis as related to soil morphology and genesis, functional 
analyses of soil genesis, properties of and processes responsible for soil 
profiles formed under various sets of soil forming factors, classification theory 
and logic as applied to soil classification, structure of soil classification 
schemes. Any of those topics may be emphasized at the expense of the 
others according to interests of students. Mr. McCracken. 

**SSC 672. Soil Properties and Plant Development 0-4 

Prerequisites: CH 551, SSC 522 or equivalents 

A detailed examination of the effects of soil factors in the development of 
crop plants. Segments of the course will treat (1) soil transformation pro- 
cesses of both organic and inorganic constituents, (2) concepts of nutrient 
availability and (3) the relation of plant development indices to specific 
soil properties. Messrs. Jackson, Bartholomew and Davey. 

SSC 680. Seminar 1-1 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Soil Science 

Scientific articles, progress reports in research and special problems of 
interest to agronomists reviewed and discussed. 

A maximum of two credits is allowed toward the Master's degree, but any 
number toward the Doctorate. Graduate Staff. 

SSC 690. Research Credits by arrangement 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Soil Science 

A maximum of six credits is allowed toward the Master's degree, but any 
number toward the Doctorate. Graduate Staff. 



* Offered in 1962-63 and alternate years. 
** Offered in 1963-64 and alternate years. 
'* Offered in summer 1963 and alternate years. 



156 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

SCHOOL OF TEXTILES 

Graduate Faculty 

Professors: Malcolm Eugene Campbell, Dean, Clarence Monroe Asbill, 
Jr., John Francis Bogdan, Kenneth Stoddard Campbell, Elliot Brown 
Grover, Dame Scott Hamby, Harley Young Jennings, Henry Ames 
Rutherford, William Edward Shinn 

Associate Professors: Arthur A. Armstrong, Jr., David Marshall Gates, 
Arthur Courtney Hayes, Joseph Alexander Porter, Jr., William Clif- 
ton Stuckey, Jr. 

Assistant Professor: Ernest Bezold Berry 

The School of Textiles offers programs leading to the Master of Science 
in textile technology and Master of Science in textile chemistry. 

The fundamental objectives of the graduate program in the School of 
Textiles are to develop in students their abilities to initiate and conduct 
independent investigations which lead to the development of new knowledge, 
and to stimulate the thought processes associated with learning and decision 
making. These objectives are accomplished through programs designed to 
increase the general knowledge of the student and to develop a more com- 
prehensive understanding of the major field through study and research. 

The program of study for the graduate student in textile technology may 
be arranged in a way that a broad background in advanced technology will 
be developed and, at the same time, emphasize areas such as fiber and yarn 
technology, fabric technology, knitting technology, or quality control. In 
addition to the major field of textile technology', students may minor in 
fields such as experimental statistics, economics, mathematics, physics, engi- 
neering, psychology, and political science. 

In the Department of Textile Technology the current activities in research 
include such problems as fundamental studies of man-made fiber properties, 
characterization of combed and carded yarns, influence of variation in linear 
density of in-process materials as related to finished product quality, and 
processing problems as associated with the newest developments in materials 
and supplementary equipment. 

In the Department of Textile Chemistry research emphasis is placed on 
absorption studies, textile chemical processes, new materials and new 
methods, and modification of fibrous polymers. The objective of the gradu- 
ate program is to stimulate basic research and to train scientists at the 
graduate level in the general field of fiber chemistry. Strong supporting 
programs are maintained in chemistry, chemical engineering, mathematics, 
experimental statistics, and physics. The Department of Textile Chemistry 
is presently located in the Nelson Textile Building, but will move its 
facilities, except for the Radiological Laboratory, to Mangum Hall which 
will house the chemical and physical testing laboratories and the processing 
laboratory comprising a bleaching, dyeing, and finishing pilot plant. 

The physical resources of the School of Textiles are at the disposal of 
all graduate students. Separate research laboratories for both physical and 
chemical investigations are available for graduate research. The extensive 
research and educational programs of the school have facilitated the de- 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 157 

velopment of a competent staff of instructors and researchers. A large, well- 
equipped shop is available in Nelson Textile Building for construction and 
maintenance of apparatus. 

The Textile Library, a division of the College Library located in the 
Nelson Textile Building, is one of the largest and most complete of its type 
in the country, and offers facilities for graduate study. 

A number of teaching assistantships and research fellowships are available. 
The stipend ranges from $1,800 to $2,400, with some fellowships also in- 
cluding tuition and fees. 

The demand by industry and educational institutions for graduates with 
advanced degrees has constantly exceeded the supply. The financial remun- 
eration is not only larger, but the professional development and recognition 
are generally more readily attained. 

Courses for Advanced Undergraduol-es 

Textile Technology 

TX 430. Continuous Filoment Yarns 3-3 

Prerequisite: TX 303 

Required of students in Fiber and Yarn Technology and Knitting Technol- 
ogy 

Elective for others 

A study of properties and processes applicable only to filament yarns such 
as texturizing and bulking. Detailed studies of throwing systems, engineer- 
ing requirements of equipment, and yarn property changes resulting from 
processing. 
Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. 

Mr. Wiggins. 
TX 436. Staple Fiber Processing 3-3 

Prerequisite: TX 303 

Required of students in Fiber and Yarn Technology 
Elective for others 

A study of special systems of processing long staple, natural and man-made 
fibers, including woolen, worsted, direct spinning. Turbo Stapler, or Pacific 
Converter, and sliver to yarn methods. New concepts and research findings 
as applied to all yarn processes. 
Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. 

Mr. Pardue. 

Textile Chemistry 

TC 403, 404. Textile Chemical Technology 5-5 

Prerequisites: TC 304; CH 223 

Required of seniors in Textile Chemistry 

Basic principles are applied to the study of three important areas of textile 

processing: dyeing, printing, and finishing. These areas are concerned with 

the chemical nature of dyes and other chemical agents applied to fibrous 

systems; with the chemical and physical properties of the various fibers; 

and with the mechanical aspects of the application of chemical materials 

to fibers and fabrics. The course includes an extensive review of the various 

classes of dyes and their application to all important textile fibers and 

blends of fibers; a comparative analysis of dyeing machinery and processes 

involving special machinery and equipment; a survey of modern preparatory 



158 THE GR.\DUATE CATALOG 

and bleaching for all important fibers; a study of the roller printing ma- 
chine, and tlie principles involved in print formulations for the major 
classes of dyes and their application to the various fibers; a study of impor- 
tant mechanical, additive, and chemical modification type finishes for 
fabric. Three 1-hour lectures and two 3-hour laboratories per week. 

Mr. Campbell. 
TC 412. Textile Chemical Analysis II 3-0 

Prerequisites: CH 215 and TC 304 
Required of students in Textile Chemistry 

Analysis of textile materials involving specialized instruments, and tech- 
niques such as spectrophotometry, pH measurements, electrometric titra- 
tion, viscometry, etc. One 1-hour lecture and two 3-hour laboratories per 
week. Messrs. Campbell, Cates, Rutherford. 

TC 421. Fabric Finishing I 0-2 

Prerequisite: TC 201 

Students in Textile Chemistry may not take this course for degree credit. A 
general course in fabric finishing designed for students not majoring in 
Textile Chemistry. Emphasis placed on finishes used on garment-type 
fabrics, including stabilization finishes, water repellency, crease resistance, 
moth and mildew proofing, fire-proofing, etc. Emphasis on chemistry of 
finishes varied to fit requirements of students. Two 1 hour lectures per week. 

Mr. Hayes. 

General Textile Courses 

TX 483. Textile Cost Methods 2-2 

Prerequisites: TX 303 and TX 365 

Required of seniors in Textiles except those in Management Option 
A survey of cost methods applicable to textile mills with emphasis on cal- 
culations, the preparation of cost reports, and their use in cost control. 
Two 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Shinn. 

Knitting Technology 

TX 441. Flat Knitting 3-0 

Prerequisite TX 342 

Required of seniors in Knitting Technology 

Elective for others 

A study of the leading types of fiat knitting machines including warp knitting 

machines, design possibilities and fabric adaptability. Two 1-hour lectures 

and one 2-hour laboratory per week. Mr. Shinn. 

TX 442. Knitted Fabrics 3-3 

Prerequisite TX 342 

Required of seniors in Textile Technology and Knitting Technology 

Design, analysis, and production of knitted fabrics, including flat, circular, 

and warp types. The economic aspects of the knitting process as a method 

of clothing production. Introduction to garment design, production and 

marketing. Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per 

week. Messrs. Shinn, Middleton. 

TX 444. Garment Manufacture 0-3 

Prerequisite: TX 342 

Required of seniors in Knitting Technology 

Elective for others 

A study of circular latch needle and spring needle machines for knitted 

fabric production. Styling, cutting and seaming of the basic garment types 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 159 

for underwear and outerwear, standard seam types; high-speed sewing ma- 
chines. Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. 

Mr. Shinn. 
TX 445. Full-Fashioned Hosiery Manufacture 0-2 

Prerequisite: TX 342 
Offered by election 

Mechanics of the full-fashioned hosiery machine including practical training 
in its adjustment and operation. Attention is given to yarn preparation, 
knitting, inspection, finishing and packaging hosiery. Two 1-hour lectures 
per week. Mr. Lewis. 

TX 447, 448. Advanced Knitting Laboratory 2-2 

Prerequisite: TX 342 

Required of seniors in Knitting Technology 
Elective for others 

Systematic study of circular hosiery mechanisms; hosiery types and construc- 
tions. Seamless hosiery production methods utilizing the newer synthetic 
yarns, toe closing methods, finishing processes, and marketing are emphasized. 

Mr. Lewis. 
TX 449. Tricot Knitting 0-3 

Prerequisite': TX 342 
Elective for juniors and seniors 

A study of basic types of tricot knitting machines with emphasis on mechan- 
isms and fabrics. Attention is given to warp preparation methods applicable 
to the tricot machine, the characteristics of yarn made from natural and 
synthetic fibers as they affect processing into warp knitted fabrics, machine 
settings for proper qualities and ratios; economics of warp knitting, and 
end uses. Attention is given to fabric design and analysis. Two 1-hour lec- 
tures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. Mr. Shinn. 

TX 478. Design and Weaving 3-3 

Prerequisite: TX 366 

Required of students in Fabric Technology 
Elective for others 

Advanced study of special weave formations and the techniques and equip- 
ment necessary to form these fabrics. Studies in depth of new developments 
and research findings in the areas of warp preparation, design, weaving and 
fabric formation. Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period 
per week. Messrs. Porter, Berry. 

TX 485. Mill Design and Organization 0-3 

Prerequisites: TX 303; TX 365 

Required of students in the Textile Technology curriculum. For seniors in 
final semester only. (Effective— Fall, 1963) 

Application of economic principles to textile factoring, hedging, and other 
buying and selling problems. Inventory control, organization, and depart- 
mental functions of textile companies. Technical problems of plant site 
selection, plant design and layout, and selection of equipment. Layout of a 
mill by each student. Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period 
per week. Messrs. Grover, Pardue. 

TX 490. Development Project I 1-1 

Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor 

Elective 

A problem of independent study assigned to seniors in the major field of 

study serving also as the laboratory period for senior level courses. 

One 2-hour laboratory period per week. 



160 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Textile Technology 

TX 501. Textile Technology Seminar 2-2 

Prerequisite: Senior standing and permission of instructor 
Elective 

Lecture and discussion periods are designed for students who are particularly 
interested in the yarn manufacturing aspects of the textile industry. Subject 
matter will include such various aspects as training methods, safety pro- 
grams, modern mill design, specialized techniques in setting rates, employee 
relations, and developments that arise from technical meetings. 
Two 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Grover and Graduate Staff. 

TX 521. Textile Testing II 3-0 

Prerequisite: TX 327 
Elective 

Advanced techniques for measuring properties of natural and man-made 
fibers, yarns, and fabrics. Interrelations of raw material, quality, processing 
characteristics, and end product properties. The application of the laws of 
physical sciences to evaluation of textile materials. 
Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory per week. 

Messrs. Hamby, Stuckey. 
TX 522. Textile Quality Control 0-3 

Prerequisite: TX 521 
Elective 

Quality control systems for textile operations. Defect prevention methods, 
isolation of processes contributing to substandard quality, relationship be- 
tween quality control department and operating division. Laboratory design, 
equipment and personnel selection, installation of quality control systems. 
Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour laboratory period per week. 

Messrs. Hamby, Stuckey. 
TX 524. Special Projects in Textiles 1 to 3 

Prerequisite: TX 327; Senior standing, permission of instructors 
Elective 

Special studies in either the major or minor field of the advanced under- 
graduate or graduate student. These special studies will take the form of 
current problems of the industry, independent investigations in the areas of 
textile testing and quality control, seminars and technical presentations, 
both oral and written. Staff. 

TX 525. Advanced Textile Microscopy 2-2 

Prerequisite: TX 327 

Elective 

Experiments, lectures and demonstrations in more advanced techniques of 

textile microscopy. Detailed studies of structures of fibers covered in lecture 

series, supplemented by experiments on lecture topics. Detailed study of all 

types of microscopes and their uses in textiles. Preparation of slides for 

photography. Uses of photomicrographic equipment. 

Lectures and laboratories arranged. Mr. Stuckey. 

TX 551. Complex Woven Structures 4-4 

Prerequisites: TX 303 and TX 478 
Elective 

The development of design specifications for complex fabrics as related to 
fabric geometry, functional and aesthetic properties and manufacturing 
limitations. Three 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory per week. 

Mr. Berry. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 161 

TX 575. Fabric Analytics and Characteristics 3-3 

Prerequisites: TX 365 or TX 366 or TC 511 

Analysis and study of textile fabrics to determine the composite effects of 
yarn and fiber properties. Fabric design features that are related to mechani- 
cal as well as aesthetic properties. Engineering of fabrics based on utilization 
of other mixtures and homogeneous blends of natural and man-made fibers. 
Three 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Porter. 

Textile Chemistry 

TC 501. Seminar in Textile Chemistry 0-2 

Prerequisite: TC 403 

Required of seniors in Textile Chemistry 

The course is designed to familiarize the student with the principal sources 
of textile chemical literature and to emphasize the importance of keeping 
abreast of developments in the field of textile chemistry. Particular attention 
is paid to the fundamentals of technical writing. Reports. 
Lectures arranged. Mr. Campbell, Staff. 

TC 511. Chemistry of Fibers 3-0 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

Required of seniors in Textile Chemistry 

A lecture course emphasizing the theory of fiber structure; the relationship 
between the chemical structure and physical properties of natural and man- 
made fibers; the nature of the chemical reactions which produce degrada- 
tion of fibers; the production of man-made fibers. 

Three 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Rutherford. 

TC 512. (CH 512) Chemistry of High Polymers 0-3 

Prerequisite: CH 431 
Elective. 

Principles of condensation and free radical polymerization: kinetics and 
molecular weight description; copolymerization and composition; emulsion 
polymerization; structure. Three 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Gates. 

TC 521. Textile Chemical Analysis III 3-3 

Prerequisite: TC 421 or permission of instructor 
Elective for students in Textile Technology 
No credit allowed for students majoring in Textile Chemistry 
The work includes a survey of organic chemistry, with emphasis on organic 
surfactants, warp sizes, and fabric finishes of all types; the identification of 
fibers by chemical means; the qualitative and quantitative analysis of fiber 
blends by chemical means; the identification of finishes; the evaluation tech- 
niques for dyed and finished materials. Two 1-hour lectures and one 3-hour 
laboratory period per week. Staff. 

General Textiles 

TX 581. Instrumentation and Control 3-3 

Prerequisite: PY 212 

Required of all seniors in Textiles and Textile Chemistry 
A lecture series with coordinated laboratory exercises designed to familiarize 
the student with the theory and application of instruments and control 
apparatus that he w'ill find in the modern textile plant. 
The studies cover the measurement and control of temperature, humidity, 
pressure, flow and liquid level, the application of control apparatus to chem- 
ical processes and physical finishing of textile products. 
Two 1-hour lectures and one 2-hour laboratory period per week. 

Mr. Asbill. 



162 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Courses for Graduates Only 

TX 601, 602. Yarn Technology 3>3 

Prerequisite: Graduate Standing 

Studies of advanced techniques in textile production; the technological 
aspects of fiber properties in relation to processing; studies of research find- 
ings and application of these to processing equipment. 

Messrs. Grover, Hamby. 

TC 606. Chemistry of Fiber-Forming High Polymers 3-0 

Prerequisite: CH 431 

Structure and properties of fibers; thermodynamics of sorption and solution; 
solution properties; molecular weight determination; flow properties; me- 
chanical properties. Three 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Gates. 

TX 621. Textile Testing III 2-2 

Prerequisite: TX 522 or equivalent 

Design of textile laboratories, including conditioning equipment and instru- 
ments required for specific needs; performance of tests and analysis of data 
on industrial problems; specialized physical tests; inter-laboratory tests and 
analysis; study of A. S. T. M. specifications and work on task groups for 
the A. S. T. M. Society. Mr. Hamby. 

TX 631. Synthetic Fibers 0-2 

Prerequisites: TX 430 or TX 436, or equivalent 

Lectures and projects on advanced problems relative to the properties and 

processing of man-made continuous filament and staple fiber yarns. 

Messrs. Grover, Hamby. 

TX 641, 642. Advanced Knitting Systems and Mechanisms 3-3 

Prerequisite: TX 441 or equivalent 

A critical study of inventions which have contributed to the development 
of the modern knitting industry; knitting needles and their adaption for 
specific uses; means for mounting them for individual and en masse opera- 
tion; construction and functioning of cooperating elements including slid- 
ers, jacks, sinkers, dividers, pressing elements, narrowing and tensioning 
and draw-off motions, regulating mechanisms, timing and control chains and 
cams. Use will be made of patent literature which covers important develop- 
ments in the hosiery industry. Three I-hour lectures per week. 

Mr. Shinn. 

TX 643, 644. Knitting Technology 3-3 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and 8 credits in Knitting Technology 
Problems of specific interest to the knitting industry will be assigned for 
study and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be empha- 
sized. Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for publication. 

Graduate Staff. 

TX 651, 652. Fabric Development and Construction 3-3 

Prerequisite: Graduate Standing 

Application of advanced technology to the development and construction 

of woven fabrics. Mr. Porter. 

TX 681. Textile Research Credits by Arrangement 

Problems of specific interest to the textile industry will be assigned for study 
and investigation. The use of experimental methods will be emphasized. 
Attention will be given to the preparation of reports for publication. The 
master's thesis may be based upon the data obtained. Graduate Staff. 

TX 683. Seminar 1-1 

Discussion of scientific articles of interest to textile industry; review and 
discussion of student papers and research problems. Graduate Staff. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 163 

TC 605. Physical Chemistry of Dyeing 3-3 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Development of principles of thermodynamics, emphasizing applications in 
dye and fiber chemistry. Mr. Gates. 

TC 606. Chemistry of Fiber-Forming High Polymers 3-3 

Prerequisite: CH 431 

Composition and structure of high polymers; properties of linear polymers 
with particular emphasis on mechanical behavior; chemistry of high polymer 
degradation. Three 1-hour lectures per week. Mr. Cates. 



DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY 

Groduate Faculty 

Professors: Frederick Schenck Barkalow, Jr.^ Head, Daniel Swartwood 
Grosch, Reinard Harkema, Morley Richard Kare^ Thomas Lavelle 
Quay 
Professor Emeritus: Bartholomew Brander Brandt 
Associate Professors: William Walton Hassler, John A. Santolucito 
Assistant Professors: Charles Walter Alliston, Francis Eugene Hester^ 
Grover Cleveland Miller 

The Department of Zoology offers graduate work leading to the Master 
of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees in animal ecology and wild- 
life biology. Graduate programs leading to advanced degrees in animal 
parasitology and other fields of zoology are arranged in cooperation with the 
Department of Zoology of the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. 

The O. Max Gardner Biological Laboratories building houses training 
and research facilities. Also, offices and a number of research laboratories 
are set up for graduate student use. Library facilities are provided for ad- 
vanced study in the areas of zoology in which graduate degrees are offered. 

Collections of fish, reptiles, and amphibians used for teaching purposes 
are housed in the Zoology Department. In addition, a bird and mammal 
range which contains about 5,000 specimens and a wildlife teaching labora- 
tory are set up in the department. Collections used for food habits research 
studies on native game animals are also found in the department. 

Facilities for life history and ecologic studies in the field of animal para- 
sitology are available for student use. A large autopsy and specimen prepara- 
tion laboratory is housed in a building adjacent to the department head- 
quarters in Gardner Hall. Also found in this building are an aquarium 
room, small mammal room, and demestid room. 

A number of farm ponds ranging in size from two to seven acres are 
located on State land near Raleig.> and are available for research studies. 
Several experimental nursery pools are located adjacent to Gardner Hall, 
and additional facilities near Fayetteville have been made available through 
a cooperative program with the North Carolina Wildlife Resources Com- 
mission. 

Equipment and facilities are available for undertaking graduate problems 
in marine and estuarine fisheries. 



164 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

A variety of positions are open to students holding advanced degrees in 
animal ecology and wildlife biology. There is particular need for young men 
with training in parasitology and related subjects. Various State game and 
fish departments, United States Fish and Wildlife Service, United States 
Forest Service, United States Soil Conservation Service, United States Na- 
tional Parks Service, and other State and land use departments employ the 
majority of graduates. Also, an increasing number of teaching positions in 
these fields are available. There are more job vacancies open to zoologists 
than can be adequately filled. 

Courses for Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

ZO 501. Ornithology 0-3 

Prerequisite: ZO 103 

The biology and classification of birds. Field trips for the study and identifi- 
cation of local forms, including trips to Lake Mattamuskeet in February 
and the coast in May. Individual research projects on nesting populations. 

Mr. Quay. 
ZO 513. Comparative Animal Physiology 3-0 

Prerequisite: ZO 301 

The comparative physiology of selected systems. Topics will be chosen for 
detailed consideration in lectures, collateral reading, and class discussion. 
Each student will, in addition, prepare a term report. A few topics for study 
may be determined by the interests of the students and by their needs as 
may be expressed by the supervisor of their major work. Mr. Santolucito. 
ZO 520. Fishery Science 3-0 

Prerequisites: ZO 103 and approval of the instructor 

This course is intended as an introduction to the principles and methods 
of fishery science. Current theories and practices of fish management will be 
studied. Life history and biology of important game and commercial species. 
Survey of fishery resources. Mr. Hassler. 

ZO 521. Fishery Science 0-3 

Prerequisite: ZO 520 

An analysis of fishery research methods and objectives. Detailed studies of 
the procedures for estimating fish populations, annual reproduction, mor- 
tality rates, growth rates, and exploitation rates. The relationship between 
natural fluctuations in fisheries and environmental factors. Mr. Hassler. 
ZO 522. Animal Ecology 3-0 

Prerequisites: ZO 103 and BO 103 

The general principles of the inter-relations among animals and between 
animals and their environments— land, freshwater, marine. Mr. Quay. 

ZO 541. Cold-blooded Vertebrates (Ichthyology) 0-3 

Prerequisite: ZO 103 

The classification and ecology of selected groups of fishes. Lectures, labora- 
tories, and field trips dealing with the systematic positions, life histories, 
interrelationships, and distribution of the particular groups of fishes selected 
in accordance with the needs and interests of the class. Mr. Hassler. 

ZO 542. Cold-blooded Vertebrates (Herpetology) 0-3 

Prerequisite: ZO 103 

The classification and ecology of selected groups of amphibians and reptiles. 
Lectures, laboratories, and field trips dealing with the systematic positions, 
life histories, interrelationships, and distribution of the particular groups 
of amphibians and reptiles selected in accordance with the needs and in- 
terests of the class. Mr. Hassler. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 165 

ZO 544. Mammalogy 3-0 

Prerequisites: ZO 103, ZO 206, and approval of instructor 
The classification, identification, and ecology of the major mammalian 
groups. Mr. Barkalow. 

ZO 545. Histology 4-0 

Prerequisite: ZO 103 

The microscopic anatomy of animal tissues. Mr. Roberts. 

ZO 551, 552. Wildlife Science 3-3 

Prerequisite: ZO 206 

The principles of wildlife management and their application are studied in 
the laboratory and in the field. Mr. Hester. 

ZO 561. Animal Embryology 0-4 

Prerequisite: ZO 103 

The study of fundamental principles which apply in the achievement of 
complex animal structure, including both invertebrate and vertebrate ma- 
terials. Correlative laboratory study to provide training in the basic disci- 
plines and techniques. This course is intended for advanced students in 
entomology, animal industry, poultry science, and zoology. Mr. Alliston. 
ZO 571. Special Studies Credits by Arrangement 

Prerequisites: ZO 103 and approval of the instructor 

A directed individual investigation of a particular problem in Zoology, 
accompanied by a review of the pertinent literature. A maximum of three 
credits allowed toward the bachelor's degree, six toward the master's degree 
and nine toward the doctorate. Graduate Staff. 

*Z0 581. Parasitology I 4-0 

Prerequisites: ZO 103 and 223 

The study of the morphology, biology, and control of the parasitic protozoa 
and helminths of man, domestic and wild animals. Mr. Harkema. 

**Z0 582. (ENT 582) Medical Entomology 0-3 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or 312 

A study of the morphology, biology and control of the parasitic arthropods 
of man, domestic and wild animals. Messrs. Farrier and Harkema. 

Courses for Graduates Only 

ZO 603. Advanced Parasitology 0-3 

Prerequisites: ZO 581 and 582 

The study of the theoretical and practical aspects of parasitism; taxonomy 
physiology, and immunology of animal parasites. Mr. Harkema. 

ZO 604. (Al 604) Experimental Animal Physiology 4-0 

Prerequisite: ZO 513 or equivalent 

A study of the theories and techniques involved in the use of animals in 
physiological investigation. Messrs. Ulberg, Wise. 

ZO 614. Cell Physiology 3-0 

Prerequisites: ZO 301, and approval of the instructor 

A study of those fundamental physiological properties at the cellular level 
which are common to nearly all organisms. Lectures, discussions, and critical 
reports (oral and written) to promote acquaintance with general literature 
and recent advances. Mr. Santolucito. 

ZO 622. Seminar 1-1 

The presentation and defense of current literature papers dealing either 
with the findings of original research or with fundamental biological con- 
cepts. Graduate Staff. 



Offered in the fall 1963. 
Offered in spring 1964. 



166 . THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

ZO 627. Zoogeography 3-0 

Prerequisites: ZO 522, and approval of instructor 

The geographic distribution of animals, with primary emphasis on land and 
fresh-water vertebrates. Mr. Quay. 

ZO i41. Research in Zoology Credits by arrangement 

Prerequisites: Twelve semester credits in Zoology, and approval of the in- 
structor 

Problems in development, life history, morphology, physiology, ecology, game 
management, taxonomy, or parasitology. A maximum of six credits is 
allowed toward the master's degree, but any number toward the doctorate. 

Graduate Staff. 




TEXTILES— Monomers applied to fibrous polymers in the 
vapor phase undergo graft polymerizations. 



Vl^ / 




CROP SCIENCE— A suction tube is used to emasculate alfalfa 
flowers prior to hybridization. 



*»- 




EXPERIMENTAL STATISTICS-The laws of probability are 
demonstrated by dropping steel balls in a Quincunx. 



ENTOMOLOGY-Tax- 

onomic studies of the Ap- 
hididae. 




OCCUPATIONAL INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE- 

To improve their counseling procedures, graduate students eval- 
uate tape recordings of each other's counseling conferences. 





CERAMIC ENGINEERING-Data is recorded while single 
crystal sapphires are being examined using a microhardness test- 
ing machine. 




ZOOLOGY— Students study radiographs of experimental fish 
to determine variation in skeletal structure. 




POULTRY SCIENCE— Blood, which will be typed in much 
the same maymer as human blood is typed, is drawn from the wing 
vein of a chicken. 



PLANT PATH- 

OLOGY-State Col- 
lege students learn 
to diagnose plant 
diseases. 




i2^\^ i: 




AGRICULTURAL EXGLXEERLXG-Research and develop- 
ment of a once-over peanut harvester-' I) differential fluorescence 
of plant material, 2) equilibrium moisture content of peanuts, 
and 3) analog computer for machine analysis. 




ENGINEERING MECHANICS-A problem is checked out 
in the test bearing assembly of apparatus designed for studies of 
lubrication behavior of liquid metals. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 175 

* GRADUATE FACULTY 

at 
NORTH CAROLINA STATE COLLEGE 

Charles Walter Alliston, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 
Ph.D., N. C. State College. 

Michael Amein, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 
Ph.D., Cornell University. 

Clifton A. Anderson, Professor of Industrial Engineering and Head of 
Department. 
Ph.D., Ohio State University. 

Richard Loree Anderson, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 
Ph.D., Iowa State College. 

Roy Nels Anderson, Professor of Education, Head of Department of Occu- 
pational Information and Guidance. 
Ph.D., Columbia University. 

Jay Lawrence Apple, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 
Ph.D., N. C. State College. 

Arthur A. Armstrong, Research Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 
Ph.D., N. C. State College. 

Clarence Monroe Asbill, Jr., Professor of Textile Machine Design and De- 
velopment. 
B.S., Clemson College. 

Leonard William Aurand, Research Professor of Food Science. 
Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College. 

William Wyatt Austin, Jr., Professor of Metallurgical Engineering and Head 
of Department of Mineral Industries. 
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. 

Robert Aycock, Research Professor of Plant Pathology. 
Ph.D., N. C. State College. 

Ernest A. Ball, Professor of Botany. 
Ph.D., University of California. 

Walter Elmer Ballinger, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 
Ph.D., Michigan State College. 

Clifford Warren Barber, Professor of Poultry Science. 
Ph.D., Cornell University. 

William John Barclay, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
Ph.D., Stanford University. 

Aldos Cortez Barefoot, Jr., Assistant Professor of Wood Products. 
Doctor of Forestry, Duke University. 

Frederick Schenck Barkalow, Jr., Professor of Zoology and Head of Depart- 
ment. 
Ph.D., University of Michigan. 

Key Lee Barkley, Professor of Psychology and Director of Applied Experi- 
mental Psychology Laboratory. 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

Elliott Roy Barrick, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Animal Hus- 
bandry Section. 
Ph.D., Purdue University. 

William Victor Bartholomew, Professor of Soil Science. 
Ph.D., Iowa State College. 

* Membership in the graduate faculty may be in either of two categories: (1) full statu* 
or (2) associate status. Full status permits a faculty member to engage in any and all 
phases of the graduate programs of the College. Associate members may teach courses 
at the graduate level and serve as chairmen of master's advisory committees. 



176 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Edward Guy Batte, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Veterinary 

Section. 

D.V.M., Texas A & M. 
Ernest Oscar Beal, Associate Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., State University of Iowa. 
Kenneth Orion Beatty, Jr.. Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Burton Floyd Beers, Associate Professor of History and PoHtical Science. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Norman Robert Bell, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

M.S., Cornell University. 
Thomas A. Bell, Associate Professor of Food Science. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
William Galium Bell, Research Professor of Ceramic Engineering in Engi- 
neering Research. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
David Maurice Benensen, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., California Institute of Technology. 
Willard Harrison Bennett, Burlington Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Ernest Bezold Berry, Assistant Professor of Textiles. 

B.S., Clemson College. 
*Richard Hugh Bigelow, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

M.S., N. 'C. State College. 
John William Bishir, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Charles Edwin Bishop, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of 

Agricultural Economics and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
William Joseph Block, Associate Professor of History and Political Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
William Lowry Blow, Associate Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
T. N. Blumer, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
John Francis Bogdan, Professor of Textiles and Director of Processing Re- 
search. 

B.T.E., Lowell Textile Institute. 
Carey H. Bostian, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. 
Henry Dittimus Bowen, Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
Thomas Glenn Bowery, Research Professor of Chemistry and Entomology. 

Ph.D., Rutgers University. 
Charles Raymond Bramer, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

E.M., Michigan College of Mining and Technology. 
Bartholomew Brandner Brandt, Professor Emeritus of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Charles H. Brett, Research Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Kansas State College. 
Richard Bright, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

M.S., State University of Iowa. 
Charles A. Brim, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Nebraska. 

* On leave 1961-62 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 177 

Henry Seawell Brown, Assistant Professor of Geological Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Marvin L. Brown, Jr., Professor of History and Political Science. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
William Paul Bucher, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Roberts Cozart Bullock, Professor of Mathematics, 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Jacob Burlak, Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Cambridge (England). 
Fred Virgil Cahill, Jr., Professor of History and Political Science and Dean 

of the School of General Studies. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 
George Charles Caldwell, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
John Tyler Caldwell, Professor of Political Science and Chancellor. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Kenneth Stoddard Campbell, Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

B.S., Bates College. 
Malcolm Eugene Campbell, Professor of Textiles and Dean of the School of 

Textiles. 

B.S., Clemson College 
William V. Campbell, Research Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Thomas Franklin Cannon, Assistant Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
George L. Capel, Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Robert Gordon Carson, Jr., Professor of Industrial Engineering and Director 

of Instruction for School of Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Roy Merwin Carter, Professor of Wood Technology. 

M.S., Michigan State College. 
David Marshall Gates, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
John Wesley Cell, Professor of Mathematics and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Douglas Scales Chamblee, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
John Montgomery Clarkson, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Albert J. Clawson, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Carlyle Newton Clayton, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Grover Cleveland Cobb, Jr., Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Fred Derward Cochran, Professor of Horticulture and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Columbus Clark Cockerham, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Norval White Conner, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Director 

of Department of Engineering Research. 

M.S., Iowa State College. 
\Villiam Stokes Connor, Adjunct Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 



178 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Freeman Waldo Cook, Assistant Professor of Poultrv Science. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
John Oliver Cook, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., New York University. 
Arthur W. Cooper, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
William Earl Cooper, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Alonzo Freeman Coots, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University, 
Will Allen Cope, Research Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Harold Maxwell Corter, Professor of Psychology, Director of Psychological 

Clinic. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College. 
Arthur James Coutu, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Gertrude Mary Cox, Professor Emeritus of Experimental Statistics. 

M.S., Iowa State College. 
Frank Rankin Craig, Professor of Poultry Science. 

D.V.M., University of Georgia. 
Paul Day Cribbins, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University, 
George A. Cummings, Assistant Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
William Robert Davis, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

Doktor der Naturwiss, University of Hanover, Germany. 
Emmett Urcey Dillard, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri, 
George Osmore Doak, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 
Wesley Osborne Doggett, Associate Professor of Physics, 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Jesse Seymour Doolittle, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

M.S., Pennsylvania State College, 
Robert Alden Douglas, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics, 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Louis A. Dow, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., Indiana University. 
Donald W. Drewes, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Purdue University, 
John Wesley Dudley, Research Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Arthur Raymond Eckels, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

D. Eng., Yale University. 
Preston William Edsall, Professor of History and Political Science and 

Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Gerald H. Elkan, Assistant Professor of Bacteriology. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 
Don Edwin Ellis, Professor of Plant Pathology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Eric Louis Ellwood, Professor of Wood Products and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 



THE GIL\DUATE CATALOG 179 

Munir R. El-Saden, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Donald Allen Emery, Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
John Lincoln Etchells, Professor of Food Science and Botany. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
James Brainerd Evans, Professor of Bacteriology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Ralph Eigil Fadum, Professor of Civil Engineering and Dean of the School 

of Engineering. 

S.D., Harvard University. 
Maurice H. Farrier, Research Associate Professor of Entomology and 

Forestry. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
James K. Ferrell, Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Alva Leroy Finkner, Adjunct Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
James Walter Fitts, Professor of Soil Science and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Leon David Freedman, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 
Raoul M. Freyre, Assistant Professor of Physcis. 

Ph.D., University of Havana, Cuba. 
Daniel Fromm, Associate Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Gene John Galletta, Assistant Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Gerald Garb, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Monroe Evans Gardner, Professor of Horticultural Science. 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Henry Wilburn Garren, Professor of Poultry Science and Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Dan Ulrich Gerstel, Research Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Forrest William Getzen, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
*George Wallace Giles, Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 

M.S., University of Missouri. 
Edward Walker Glazener, Professor of Poultry Science and Director of 

Instruction for School of Agriculture. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Gennaro L. Goglia, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering and 

Graduate Administrator. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Lemuel Goode, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

M.S., University of West Virginia. 
Arnold H. E. Grandage, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Clifton W. Gray, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 

* On leave 



180 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Walton Carlyle Gregory, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 

of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Virginia. 
Daniel Swartwood Grosch, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
Harry Douglas Gross, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Elliot Brown Grover, Abel C. Lineberger Professor of Textiles and Head of 

Department of Textile Technology. 

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
George Albert Gullette, Professor of Social Studies and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Frank Edwin Guthrie, Associate Professor of Entomolog)'. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Frank Arlo Haasis, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
William Cullen Hackler, Associate Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Robert John Hader, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
William Jackson Hall, Associate Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Dame Scott Hamby, Burlington Industries Professor of Textiles. 

B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute. 
Charles Horace Hamilton, Professor of Rural Sociology. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Durwin M. Hanson, Professor of Industrial Education and Head of Depart- 
ment. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Karl P. Hanson, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

M.S., University of Michigan. 
Warren Durward Hanson, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
James W. Hardin, Associate Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan, 
Reinard Harkema, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Cleon Wallace Harrell, Associate Professor of Economics. 

M.A., University of Virginia. 
Walter Joel Harrington, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Clarence Arthur Hart, Research Associate Professor of Forestry. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Lodwick Charles Hartley, Professor of English and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Paul Henry Harvey, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of 

Crop Science and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Hassan Ahmad Hassan, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Francis Jefferson Hassler, Research Professor of Agricultural Engineering and 

Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Michigan State College. 
William Walton Hassler, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 181 

Arthur Courtney Hayes, Associate Professor of Textile Chemistry. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
Frank Lloyd Haynes, Jr., Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Teddy Theodore Hebert, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
William Ray Henry, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Robert Taylor Herbst, Adjunct Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
Francis Eugene Hester, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Alabama Polytechnic Institute. 
Charles Horace Hill, Professor of Poultry Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Thomas I. Hines, Professor of Recreation and Park Administration and 

Head of Department. 

M.A., University of North Carolina. 
George Burnham Hoadley, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Head of 

Department. 

D.Sc, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Charles S. Hodges, Jr., Research Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Georgia. 
Ernest Hodgson, Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Oregon State University. 
Abraham Holtzman, Associate Professor of History and Political Science. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Maurice W. Hoover, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
John William Horn, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

M.S.C.E., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Ivan Hostetler, Professor of Industrial Arts Education and Head of De- 
partment. 

Ed.D., University of Missouri. 
George Hyatt, Jr., Professor of Animal Science and Associate Director of 

Agricultural Extension Service. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
William A. Jackson, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Gerald Blaine James, Adjunct Associate Professor of Agricultural Education. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois. 
Herman Brooks James, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Dean of 

the School of Agriculture. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
John Mitchell Jenkins, Jr., Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Harley Young Jennings, Professor of Textile Research. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Elmer Hubert Johnson, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Joseph Clyde Johnson, Associate Professor of Psycholog}'. 

Ed.D., Peabody College. 
William Hugh Johnson, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Guy Langston Jones, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 



182 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Ivan Dunlavy Jones, Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., University ol Minnesota. 
Louis Ailiuan Jones, Associate Proiessor of Crop Science and Chemistry. 

Ph.D., 1 exas Agricultural and Mechanical College. 
Kennetn Allan Joroan, Assistant Professor ot Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Charles Howard Kaiin, Associate Professor of Architecture. 

M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Joseph S. Kahn, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Eugene J. Kamprath, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Morley Richard Kare, Professor of Poultr)' Science and Zoology. 

Pn.D., Cornell University. 
Constantine Kassimatis, Associate Piofessor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Queen's University ( Kingston, Canada). 
Therese Mane Kelleher, Assistant Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Kenneth Raymond Keller, Professor of Crop Science and Assistant Director 

in Charge of Tobacco Research. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Joseph Wheeler Kelly, Associate Professor of Poultry Science, 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Arthur Kelman, Professor oi Plant Pathology and Forest Management. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Richard Adams King, M. G. Mann Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
James Bryant Kirkland, Professor of Agricultural Education and Dean of 

the School of Education. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
David M. Kline, Research Assistant Professor of Plant Patholog)'. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Glenn Charles Klingman, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Rutgers University. 
*Richard Bennett Knight, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

M.S., University of Illinois. 
Ken-ichi Kojima, Associate Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
John Clement Koop, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Robert Roy Korfhage, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
William Wurth Kriegel, Professor in charge of Ceramic Engineering. 

Dr. Ing., Technische Hochschule, Hanover, Germany. 
Leaton John Kushman, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

M.S., George Washington University. 
John R. Lambert, Associate Professor of Social Studies. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Joe Oscar Lammi, Professor of Forestr)'. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Harold Augustus Lamonds, Professor of Nuclear Engineering and Head of 

Department. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 

* On leove 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 183 

Forrest Wesley Lancaster, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
James Giacomo Lecce, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 
James Murray Leathenvood, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Thomas Benson Ledbetter, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
Joshua Alexander Lee, Research Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Richard Shao-Lin Lee, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
James Edward Legates, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of 

Animal Science and Head of Animal Breeding Section. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Samuel George Lehman, Professor Emeritus of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Washington University. 
Carlton James Leith, Associate Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Jack Levine, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Princeton University. 
Robert W. Llewellyn, Professor of Industrial Engineering. 

M.S., Purdue University. 
Richard Henry Loeppert, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
George Gilbert Long, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Florida 
Roy Lee Lovvorn, Professor of Crop Science and Director of Research in 

the School of Agriculture. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Morton Lowengrub, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
George Blanchard Lucas, Research Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Henry Laurence Lucas, Jr., William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 

of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
James Fulton Lutz, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Missouri. 
Joseph Thomas Lynn, .Associate Professor of Physics and Graduate Adminis- 
trator. 

M.S., Ohio State University. 
Glenn C. McCann, Associate Professor of Rural Sociology. 

Ph.D., Washington State College. 
Charles B. McCants, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Robert E. McCollum, Research Assistant Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Clarence Leslie McCombs, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Ralph Joseph McCracken, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 



184 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Charles Russell McCullough, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

M.S., Purdue University. 
Patrick Hill McDonald, Professor of Engineering Mechanics and Head of 

Department. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
VV'illiam McGehee, Visiting Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Peabody College. 
John Joseph McNeill, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
Francis Edward McVay, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
James Gray Maddox, Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
T. Ewald Maki, Carl Alwin Schenck Professor of Forest Management. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Carroll Lamb Mann, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering. 

C.E., Princeton University. 
Thurston Jefferson Mann, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Edward George Manning, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
David Boyd Marsland, Assistant Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
David Hamilton Martin. Assistant Professor of Physics. 

M.S., University of Wisconsin. 
David Dickenson Mason, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Gennard Matrone, Research Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Dale Frederick Matzinger, Associate Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Jack R. Mauney, Research Assistant Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Selz Cabot Mayo, Professor of Rural Sociology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Jefferson Sullivan Meares, Professor of Physics. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
Arthur Clayton Menius, Jr., Professor of Physics and Dean of the School of 

Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Lawrence Eugene Mettler, Assistant Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Texas. 
Gordon Kennedy Middleton, Professor Emeiitus of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Conrad Henry Miller, Assistant Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Grover Cleveland Miller, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 
Howard G. Miller, Professor of Psychology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. 
Philip Arthur Miller, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State. 
William Dykstra Miller, Associate Professor of Forestry-. 

Ph.D., Yale University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 185 

Walter Joseph Mistric, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., A & M College of Texas. 
Adolphus Mitchell, Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

M.S., University of North Carolina. 
Theodore Bertis Mitchell, Professor Emeritus of Entomology. 

D.S., Harvard University. 
Richard Douglas Mochrie, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Robert Harry Moll, Assistant Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
^Robert James Monroe, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Elmer Leon Moore, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Robert Parker Moore, Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Charles G. Morehead, Associate Professor of Occupational Information and 

Guidance. 

Ed.D., University of Kansas. 
Donald Edwin Moreland, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Carey Gardner Mumford, Professor of Mathematics and Assistant to Dean 

of the School of Physical Sciences and Applied Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
W. Ray Murley, Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Raymond LeRoy Murray, Burlington Professor of Physics and Head of 

Department. 

Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 
Peter Musen, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Belgrade (Yugoslavia). 
Howard Movess Nahikian, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Richard Robert Nelson, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Herbert H. Neunzig, Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Slater Edmund Newman, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Lowell Wendell Nielsen, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Stuart Noblin, Professor of History and Political Science. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Charles Joseph Nusbaum, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 

of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Bernard Martin Olsen, Associate Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Guy Owen, Jr., Associate Professor of English. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Hayne Palmour, III, Associate Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Hubert Vern Park, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 

* On leave 



186 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Thomas H. Park, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

A.B., Vanderbilt University. 
John Mason Parker, III, Professor in charge of Geological Engineering. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Thomas Oliver Perry, Associate Professor of Forestry. 

Ph.D., Harvard University. 
Roger Gene Petersen, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
AValter John Peterson, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of 

Chemistry and Dean of the Graduate School. 

Ph.D., University of Iowa. 
^Vilbur Carroll Peterson, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., Northwestern University. 
Lyle L. Phillips, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Washington. 
Walter Henry Pierce, Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Richard Coleman Pinkerton, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Iowa State University. 
Robert McLean Pinkerton, Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 

B.Sc, Bradley University. 
George Waverly Poland, Professor of Modern Languages and Head of De- 
partment. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Daniel Townsend Pope, Associate Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Joseph Alexander Porter, Jr., Associate Professor of Textiles. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
I. D. Porterfield, Professor of Animal Science and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Nathaniel T. Powell, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Richard Joseph Preston, Professor of Forestry' and Dean of the School of 

Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of Michigan. 
Charles Harry Proctor, Associate Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Thomas Lavalle Quay, Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Robert Lamar Rabb, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Harold Arch Ramsey, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
John Oren Rawlings, Assistant Professor of Statistics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Horace D. Rawls, Associate Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
Preston Harding Reid, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Willis Alton Reid, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Frances M. Richardson, Research Associate Professor of Engineering Re- 
search. 

M.S., University of Cincinnati. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 187 

Jackson Ashcraft Rigney, Professor of Experimental Statistics and Head of 

Department. 

M.S., Iowa State College. 
William Milner Roberts, Professor of Food Science and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Cowin Cook Robinson, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Harold Frank Robinson, Professor of Genetics and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Nebraska University. 
Odis Wayne Robison, Assistant Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
John Paul Ross, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Paul James Rust, Associate Professor of Psychology and English. 

Ph.D., University of Washington. 
Henry Ames Rutherford. Professor of Textile Chemistry and Head of 

Department. 

M.A., George Washington University. 
John A. Santolucito, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Joseph Neal Sasser, Associate Professor of Plant Patholog)'. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland 
Clarence Cayce Scarborough, Professor of Agricultural Education and Head 

of Department. 

Ed.D., University of Illinois. 
George Edward Schafer, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Colorado. 
Edward Martin Schoenborn, Jr., Professor of Chemical Engineering and 

Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Robert Johnson Schramm, Jr., Assistant Professor of Horticultural Science. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
♦Herbert Temple Scofield, Professor of Botany and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
James Arthur Seagraves, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
John Frank Seely, Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

M.S., North Carolina State College. 
Heinz Seltmann, Assistant Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Luther Shaw, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Ching S. Shen, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Francis Webber Sherwood, Professor Emeritus of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Robert T. Shervvood, Research Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
William Edward Shinn, Chester H. Roth, Professor of Knitting and Head 

of Knitting Department, School of Textiles. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
John William Shirley, Professor of English and Dean of the Faculty. 

Ph.D., University of Iowa. 



On leave until October 31, 1962 



188 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Darrell Rhea Shreve, Associate Professor of Mathematics, and Director of 

Computing Laboratory. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Richard Lee Simmons, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Edward Carroll Sisler, Assistant Professor of Cheniistr)' and Crop Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Norman Clifford Small, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., Brown University. 
Charles Smallwood, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering and Graduate Ad- 
ministrator. 

M.S., Harvard University. 
William Wesley Garry Smart, Jr., Research Associate Professor of Animal 

Science and Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., North Carolina State College. 
Frederick Otto Smetana, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Southern California. 
Benjamin Warfield Smith, Professor of Genetics. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Clyde Fuhriman Smith, Professor of Entomology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Frank Houston Smith, Research Professor of Animal Science. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
Rufus Hummer Snyder, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
James Maurice Spain, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Purdue University. 
Marvin Luther Speck, Reynolds Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Herbert Elvin Speece, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Education. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
William Eldon Splinter, Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., Michigan State University. 
Hans Heinrich Anton Stadelmaier, Research Professor of Mineral Industries. 

Dr. rer. nat., Technische, Hochschule, Stuttgart, Germany. 
Alfred J. Stamm, Research Professor of ^Vood Technology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Robert George Douglas Steel, Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Anthony Paul Stemberger, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
William A. Stephen, Assistant Professor of Entomology. 

M.A., University of Toronto, Canada. 
Stanley G. Stephens, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of 

Genetics. 

Ph.D., Edinburgh University, Scotland. 
William Damon Stevenson, Jr., Professor of Electrical Engineering and 

Graduate Administrator. 

M.S., University of Michigan. 
Hamilton Arlo Stewart, Professor of Animal Science and Assistant Director 

of Research in the School of Agriculture. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Robert Franklin Stoops, Research Professor of Ceramic Engineering. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 189 

Raimond Aldrich Struble, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of Notre Dame, 
WilHam Clifton Stuckey, Jr., Associate Professor of Textiles. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
Charles Wilson Suggs, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Joseph Gwyn Sutherland, U.S.D.A. Agricultural Economist. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Paul Porter Sutton, Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. 
Ralph Clay Swann, Head and Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 
Ernst W. Swanson, Professor of Economics and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Donald Loraine Thompson, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
David Harry Timothy, Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
George Stanford Tolley, Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
John W. Tomlin, Assistant Professor of Sociology and Anthropology. 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
William Douglas Toussaint, Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Samuel B. Tove, Research Professor of Animal Science and Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Anastasios Christos Triantaphyllou, Assistant Geneticist. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Hedwig Hirschmann Triantaphyllou, Associate Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Erlangen, Germany. 
James Richard Troyer, Associate Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Columbia University. 
Robert Wesley Truitt, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Head of 

Department. 

Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 
Lester Curtis Ulberg, Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Newton Underwood, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., Brown University. 
Robert Phillip Upchurch, Research Associate Professor of Crop Science. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
Mehmet Ensar Uyanik, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Jan van Schilfgaarde, Research Associate Professor of Agricultural Engi- 
neering. 

Ph.D., Iowa State College. 
Hubertus Robert van der Vaart, Associate Professor of Experimental Sta- 
tistics. 

Ph.D., University of Leiden, Netherlands. 
Richard J. Volk, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
James Hatton Wahab, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 



190 THE GRADUATE CATALOG 

Thomas Dudley Wallace, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and 

Experimental Statistics. 

M.S., Oklahoma State University. 
.\rthur W. Waltner, Professor of Physics. 

Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 
Daniel Shou-ling Wang, Associate Professor of Engineering Mechanics. 

Ph.D., University of Illinois. 
Frederick Gail Warren, Associate Professor of Food Science. 

Ph.D., Pennsylvania State College. 
Geoffrey Stuart Watson, Adjunct Professor of Experimental Statistics. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
David S. Weaver, Professor Emeritus of Agricultural Engineering and Assist- 
ant to the Dean of the School of .\griculture. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
Sterling B. Weed, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., N. C. State College. 
Bertram W. Wells, Professor Emeritus of Botany. 

Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
Joseph Arthur Weybrew, William Ncal Reynolds Distinguished Professor 

of Crop Science and Chemistry. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Raymond Cyrus White, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Ph.D., West Virginia University. 
John Kerr Whitfield, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
Larry Alston Whitford, Professor of Botany. 

Ph.D., Ohio State University. 
Rudolph Willard, Visiting Lecturer in Industrial Engineering. 

Ph.B., Yale University. 
James Claude Williamson, Jr., Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics. 

M.S., N. C. State College. 
Nash Nicks Winstead, Professor of Plant Pathology. 

Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 
Sanford Richard Winston, Professor of Sociology and Head of Department. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Lowell Sheridan Winton, Professor of Mathematics. 

Ph.D., Duke University. 
George Herman Wise, William Neal Reynolds Distinguished Professor of 

Animal Science, Head of .Animal Nutrition Section. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
Milton B. Wise, Associate Professor of Animal Science. 

Ph.D.. Cornell University. 
Willie Garland Woltz, Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell Universit}'. 
James Woodburn. Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Dr. Engr., Johns Hopkins University. 
William Walton Woodhouse, Jr., Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D.. Cornell University. 
James T. Yen, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 
David Allan Youne, Jr., Professor of Entomology. 

Ph.D., University of Kansas. 
James N. Young, Assistant Professor of Rural Sociology. 

Ph.D., University of Kentucky. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 191 

Talmage Brian Young. Associate Professor of Industrial Arts Education 

Ph.D., University of Florida. 
Sanford Eugene Younts, Associate Professor of Soil Science. 

Ph.D., Cornell University. 
Paul Z. T. Zia, Associate Professor of Civil Engineerin<r 

Ph.D., University of Florida. '^ 

Bruce J. Zobel, Professor of Forestry. 

Ph.D., University of California. 
^^^^Jj^^ Zorowski, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineerine 

Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of Technology. 



192 



THE GRADUA IE CATALOC; 



THE COLLEGE CALENDAR 



SUMMER SESSIOI 

1962 

First Session 


MS 


June 12 


Tues. 


June 13 
June 18 


Wed. 
Mon. 


June 22 


Fri. 


June 28 


Thurs. 


July 3 


Tues. 


July 4 
July 12 


Wed. 
Thurs. 


July 18 
July 19 


Wed. 
Thurs. 


Second Session 




July 20 


Fri. 


July 23 
July 27 


Mon. 
Fri. 


August 1 


Wed. 


August 3 


Fri. 


August 17 


Fri. 


August 23 
August 24 


Thurs. 
Fri. 


FALL SEMESTER 
1962 




September 10 
September 14 


Mon. 
Fri. 



Registration. Late registration fee of .^5.00 pay- 
able by all who register after June 12. 
First day of classes. 

Last day for registration. Last day to withdraw 
with refund and last day to drop any course 
with refund. 

Last day for dropping courses without failure 
and last day to withdraw without failure. 
Last day for accepting theses for candidates 
for the master's and doctoral degrees in July. 
Last day for taking qualifying examinations 
for students expecting to receive doctorate in 
January. 
Holiday 

Last day for taking final oral examination for 
candidates for the master's and doctoral degrees 
in July. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



Registration. Late fee of 85.00 payable by all 
who register after July 20. 
First day of classes. 

Last day for registration. Last day to withdraw 
with refund and last day to drop any course 
with refund. 

Last day for dropping courses without failure 
and last day to withdraw without failure. 
Last day for accepting theses for candidates for 
the mastefs and doctoral degrees in August. 
Last day for taking final oral examination for 
candidates for the master's and doctoral de- 
gree in August. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



General faculty meeting. 

Registration. Late registration fee of $5.00 
payable by all who register after September 14. 
Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. 

Last day for registration. Last day for refund 
less $5.00 registration fee. Last day for filing 
application for admission to candidacy for stu- 
dents expecting to complete requirements for 
the master's degree in January. 

* Application for admission to the Graduate School, accompanied by full ci-edentials in the 
form of transcripts of academic records, should be filed in the office of the Graduate Dean 
at least thirty days in advance of the semester in which admission is sousrht. 



September 17 Mon. 
September 21 Fri. 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



193 



September 28 Fri. 
October 5 Fri. 



November 5 



Mon. 



November 10 Sat. 

November 21 Wed. 

November 26 Mon. 

November 27 Tues. 



December 17 


Mon. 


December 19 


Wed. 


December 31 


Mon. 



January 3, 1963 Thurs. 
January 11 Fri. 



January 16 
January 18 



Wed. 
Fri. 



January 18-25 Fri. -Fri. 
January 21 Mon. 



SPRING SEMESTER 
1963 



February 1 

February 4 
February 8 



Fri. 

Mon. 
Fri. 



February 15 
February 22 


Fri. 
Fri. 


March 23 
April 1 


Sat. 
Mon. 


April 5 


Fri. 


April 11 
April 17 
April 22 


Thurs. 

Wed. 

Mon. 


May 6 


Mon. 


May 17 


Fri. 



Last day to add a course. 

Last day to drop a course without failure. Last 
day for taking qualifying examinations for 
students expecting to receive doctorate in June. 
Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council of 
the Consolidated University. 
Mid-term reports. 

Thanksgiving holidays begin at 1:00 p.m. 
Classwork resumes at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day to withdraw from school without fail- 
ures. 

Last day for accepting theses for candidates for 
the Ph.D. degree in January. 
Christmas holidays begin at 6:00 p.m. 
Last day for accepting theses for candidates for 
the master's degree in January. 
Classwork resumes at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day for taking final oral examinations for 
candidates for the master's degree in January. 
Last day of classes. 

Last day for taking final oral examinations for 
candidates for the Ph.D. degree in January. 
Final examinations. 

Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council of 
the Consolidated University. 



Registration. Late registration fee of %b.QQ pay- 
able by all who register after February 1. 
Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. 

Last day to register. Last day for refund less 
SS.OO registration fee. Last day for filing appli- 
cation for admission to candidacy for students 
expecting to complete requirements for the 
master's degree in June. 
Last day to add a course. 

Last day to drop a course without failure. Last 
day for taking qualifying examinations for 
students expecting to receive doctorate in Au- 
gust. 

Mid-term reports. 

Meeting of the Graduate Executive Council of 
the Consolidated University. 
Last day for withdrawing from school without 
failures. 

Easter holidays begin at 12:00 noon. 
Classwork resumes at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day for accepting theses for candidates for 
the Ph.D. degree in June. 

Last day for acceptirig theses for candidates 
for the master's degree in June. 
Last day for taking final oral examination for 
candidates for the master's degree in June. 



194 



THE GRADUATE CATALOG 



May 22 
May 24 


Wed. 
Fri. 


May 24-31 
June 1 


Fri.-Fri. 
Sat. 


SUMMER SESSIONS 
1963 


First Session 




June 11 


Tues. 


June 12 
June 17 


Wed. 
Mon. 


June 21 


Fri. 


June 28 


Fri. 


July 4-5 
July 12 


Thurs." 
Fri. 


July 18 
July 19 


Ihurs. 
Fri. 


Second Session 




July 22 


Mon. 


[uly 23 
July 29 


Tues. 
Mon. 



August 2 



August 16 



August 23 
August 24 



Fri. 



Fri. 



Fri. 
Sat. 



Last day of classes. 

Last day for taking final oral examination for 

candidates for the Ph.D. degree in June. 

Final examinations. 

Commencement. 



Registration. Late registration fee of §5.00 pay- 
able by all registering after June 11. 
First day of classes. 

Last day for registration. Last day to withdraw 
with refund and last day to drop any course 
with refund. 

Last day to drop courses without failure and 
last day to withdraw without failure. 
Last day for accepting theses for candidates 
for master's and doctoral degrees in July. 
Fri. Holidays. 

Last day for taking final oral examinations for 
candidates for the master's and doctoral de- 
grees in July. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



Registration. Late registration fee of .S5.0() pay- 
able by all registering after July 22. 
First day of classes. 

Last day for registration. Last day to withdraw 
Avith refund and last day to drop any course 
with refund. 

Last day to drop courses without failure and 
last day to withdraw witliout failure. Last day 
for accepting theses for candidates for the 
master's and doctoral degrees in August. 
Last day for taking final oral examination for 
candidates for the master's and doctoral degrees 
in August. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



INDEX 



Administration, officers of 3, 4 

Administrative Board: 

State College Members 3 

University of North Carolina Members 4 

Woman's College Members 4 

Admission: 

full graduate standing 1 1 

provisional admission 1 1 

unclassified graduate students 11 

Advisory Committee 15, 20 

Agricultural Economics 30 

Agricultural Education 68 

Agricultural Engineering 33 

Agriculture 36 

Animal Science « 36 

Anthropology 151 

Assistantships 28 

Bacteriology 39 

Botany 39 

Calendar 1 92 

Ceramic Engineering 128, 129 

Chemical Engineering 43 

Chemistry 47 

Civil Engineering 52 

College, History of 5 

Computing Facilities 9 

Course of Study 15, 20 

Course Load 12, 20 

Course numbers 30 

Crop Science 59 

Decrees 13. 14 

Doctor of Philosophy Degree 20-25 

admission to candidacy 24 

course of study 20 

dissertation 22 

examinations 22 

languages 22 

residence 21 

summary of procedures 24 

Economics 61 

Education 65 

Electrical Engineering 79 

Engineering Mechanics 83 

Engineering Research, Department of .... 7 
English: 

examination in 17,22 

requirements for foreign students 17, 22 

Entomology 86 

Examinations: 

Master's 17 

Ph.D 22 

physical 12 

Examining Committee 17, 23 

Executive Council 3 

Experimental Statistics 89 

Fees 26 

Fellowships 28 

Fields of Instruction 30 

Food Science 97 

Foreign Language 16, 18, 22 

Forestry 99 

Genetics 1 05 

Geological Engineering 128, 131 

Grades 1 6 

Graduate Credit: 

for correspondence courses 14 

for extension courses 14, 15 

for faculty members 12 

for seniors 13 

Groduate Degrees 13-25 



Groduate Faculty: 

conditions of membership in 175 

members of J75 

See list under each department. 

Graduate Record Examinations 1 1 

Graduate School, organization of 7 

History '.'.!;i08 

Horticultural Science jio 

Industrial Arts "\\ 59 

Industrial Education !!!!!!!!!!!! 71 

Industrial Engineering !!!!ll3 

In-State Students, definition of .!......!!!! 27 

Language Requirements: 

for Master of Science 16 

for Doctor of Philosophy 22 

Library g 

Map, College '.'.'.".'.'.'.'." 1 97 

Master of Agriculture 18 

Master of Science Degree 14-17 

class work "".,_ 15 

courses of study 15 

credits 14 

examinations '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 17 

grades 16 

language requirements 16 

summary of procedures 18 

residence 15 

thesis 17 

Master's Degree in a Professional 

field 17, 18 

language requirements 18 

other requirements 18 

thesis requirements 18 

Mathematics '...'.'.'.'.] 1 5 

Mechanical Engineering ......120 

Metallurgical Engineering 129,"l33 

Mineral Industries .'...127 

Modern Languages !..........'l35 

Notional Teachers Examination ........11, 19 

North Carolina Agricultural 

Experiment Station 7 

Nuclear Engineering 135 

Nuclear Reactor Project ...."". 9 

Oak Ridge Institute of Nuclear Studies' 10 
Occupational Information and 

Guidance 72 

Out-of-state Students, definition of "!!! 27 

Philosophy 137 

Physical Examinations 12 

Physics ...........'.'.]37 

Plant Pathology 142 

Political Science .............WoS 

Poultry Science ."!!!!!!!l45 

Procedures: 

for Moster's degree 18 

for Doctor of Philosophy degree ...'. 24 

Psycholoqy 75 

Reaistration 12 

Religion ........}37 

Residence facilities '. 29 

Rural Sociology ............]47 

Sociology 15] 

Soil Science !!!l53 

Statistics, Experimental 89 

Statistics, Institute of ."'7, 9 

Textiles 155 

Thesis } 3 

Tuition and Fees ..!!!!!!!!!!!! 26 

Zoology !!!!.!!!!!!!".!i63 



INSERT FOLDOUT HERE